SECTION 307-01A: Automatic Transaxle/Transmission — 6F35 2010 Escape, Mariner, Escape Hybrid, Mariner Hybrid Workshop Manual

SPECIFICATIONS Procedure revision date: 03/20/2012

General Specifications
Item Specification
Transmission Fluid
The use of any transmission fluid other than what is recommended for this transaxle will cause transaxle damage. Refer to the
material specification for the correct transmission fluid.
NOTICE: Do not use water-based cleaners to clean or flush the transmission fluid cooler tubes or transaxle damage will
occur. Mineral spirits can be used to clean the transmission fluid cooler tubes, providing the transmission fluid cooler
tubes are flushed with clean transmission fluid and blown dry with shop air. Use only clean transmission fluid designated
for this transaxle and torque converter being serviced.

Material
Item Specification Fill
Capacity
Dye-Lite® ATF/Power Steering Fluid Leak — —
Detection Dye
164-R3701 (Rotunda)
Motorcraft® MERCON® LV Automatic MERCON® 8.5L (9 qt)
Transmission Fluid LV
XT-10-QLVC
Multi-Purpose Grease ESB-M1C93-B —
XG-4 and/or XL-5
Ultra Silicone Sealant — —
TA-29

General Specifications
Item Specification
Transaxle Weight 86 kg (189 lb)

Solenoid Operation Chart

Shift Solenoid
PCM
Base Selector Commanded SSA (VFS) NL SSB (VFS) SSC (VFS) SSD (VFS) NH SSE TCC
Lever Position Gear (CB 1,2,3,4) NH (3,5,R) NL (CB 2,6) (CB L,R/C 4,5,6) (On/Off) NC (VFS) NL
P P Off On Off Off On Off
R R Off Off Off Off On Off
N N Off On Off Off On Off
D 1 On On Off Off a On b Off
2 On On On On Off Off
3 On Off Off On Off Off
4 On On Off Off Off On/Off
5 Off Off Off Off Off On/Off
6 Off On On Off Off On/Off
L 1 On On Off Off On Off
a Turns on above 8 km/h (5 mph).
b Turns off above 8 km/h (5 mph).
CB = Clutch brake

NC = Normally closed

NH = Normally high

NL = Normally low

Clutch Application Chart

Direct (C Overdrive (C Forward (CB Low/ Reverse (CB Inter- mediate (CB One-
Gear 3,5,R) 4,5,6) 1,2,3,4) L,R) 2,6) Way
1st X Xa X
2nd X X O/R
3rd X X O/R
4th X X O/R
5th X X O/R
6th X X O/R
Reverse X X
a Turns off above 8 km/h (5 mph).

CB = Clutch brake

O/R = Overrunning

Line Pressure Chart

Gear Line
Pressures at Idle a

P 338-379 kPa (49-55 psi)

R 621-689 kPa (90-100 psi)
N 338-379 kPa (49-55 psi)
D 338-379 kPa (75-85 psi)
L 338-379 kPa (75-85 psi)
Pressure at Wide Open Throttle (WOT) Stall a
P 338-379 kPa (49-55 psi)
R 1,868-2,068 kPa

(271-300 psi)
N 338-379 kPa (49-55 psi)
D 1,868-2,068 kPa

(271-300 psi)
L 1,868-2,068 kPa

(271-300 psi)
a All pressures are approximate.

Stall Speed Chart

Selector Lever Engine rpm
Drive 2.5 2,200-2,500
Reverse 2.5 2,550-2,650
Drive 3.0 2,400-2,500
Reverse 3.0 2,600-2,700

Gear Ratio Chart

Gear Ratio
1st/low 4.584:1
2nd 2.964:1
3rd 1.912:1
4th 1.446:1
5th 1:1
6th 0.746:1
Reverse 2.94:1

Shift Speeds 2.5L

Throttle Position Range Shift KM/H MPH
Light D 1-2 11-16 7-10
Throttle a D 2-3 21-27 13-17
D 3-4 29-37 18-23
D 4-5 45-56 28-35
D 5-6 72-90 45-56
Medium D 1-2 27-43 17-23
Throttle a D 2-3 42-55 26-34
D 3-4 58-77 36-48
D 4-5 77-106 48-66
D 5-6 135-177 84-110
Heavy D 1-2 51-66 32-41
Throttle a D 2-3 79-100 49-62
D 3-4 113-143 70-89
D 4-5 150-190 93-118
D 5-6 201-245 125-152
a Do not exceed the speed limit.

Shift Speeds 3.0L

Throttle Position Range Shift KM/H MPH
Light D 1-2 13-18 8-11
Throttle a D 2-3 19-26 12-16
D 3-4 29-37 18-23
D 4-5 45-56 28-35
D 5-6 72-90 45-56
Medium D 1-2 32-42 20-26
Throttle a D 2-3 48-61 30-38
D 3-4 63-82 39-51
D 4-5 80-108 50-67
 D 5-6 117-159 73-99
Heavy D 1-2 58-72 36-45
Throttle a D 2-3 85-106 53-66
D 3-4 126-156 78-97
D 4-5 151-192 94-119
D 5-6 217-261 135-162
a Do not exceed the speed limit.

Torque Specifications
Description Nm lb-ft lb-in
Catalytic converter support bracket bolts 20 — 177
Clutch support tower bolts 12 — 106
Cross brace nut 175 129 —
Dampener bolts 40 30 —
Driveshaft bolts 37 27 —
Exhaust Y-pipe assembly nuts a — — —
LH support insulator bolts 48 35 —
LH support insulator through bolt 103 76 —
Line pressure tap plug 12 — 106
Lower front insulator bracket bolts 48 35 —
Lower front insulator cross brace bolts 90 66 —
Lower front insulator through bolt 115 85 —
Lower support insulator bolt 80 59 —
Lower support insulator bracket bolts 80 59 —
Lower support insulator nuts 80 59 —
Lower support insulator through bolt 115 85 —
Lube funnel hold-down bracket bolts 12 — 106
Main control-to-case stud 10 — 89
Main control cover bolts/stud bolts 12 — 106
Manual control lever nut a — — —
Main control valve body bolts a — — —
Main control valve body stud nut a — — —
Oil pan-to-transaxle bolts 48 35 —
Output Shaft Speed (OSS) sensor bolt 10 — 89
Power Transfer Unit (PTU) bolts 70 52 —
PTU bracket bolts 45 33 —
PTU bracket-to-engine bolts 40 30 —
PTU support bracket bolts 55 41 —
Pump assembly-to-torque converter housing bolt (6 mm bolt) 10 — 89
Pump assembly-to-torque converter housing bolts (8 mm bolts) 35 26 —
Pump housing bolts 10 — 89
Rear cross brace bolts 115 85 —
Selector lever cable bracket bolts 12 — 106
Separator plate bolts 10 — 89
Solenoid body bolts 10 — 89
Solenoid body-to-main control valve body bolts — — —
Torque converter housing bolts 48 35 —
Torque converter nuts 40 30 —
Transaxle case-to-torque converter housing bolts 24 18 —
Transaxle filler tube nut 11 — 97
Transaxle support insulator bracket nuts 40 30 —
Transmission fluid baffle bolts 12 — 106
Transmission fluid cooler tube bracket nuts 9 — 80
Transmission fluid drain plug 12 — 106
Transmission Range (TR) sensor detent spring bolt 13 — 115
Turbine Shaft Speed (TSS) sensor bolt 10 — 89
a Refer to the procedure in this section.
SECTION 307-01A: Automatic Transaxle/Transmission — 2010 Escape, Mariner, Escape Hybrid, Mariner Hybrid Workshop
6F35 Manual
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION Procedure revision date: 07/27/2009

Transaxle Description

This automatic transaxle is a 6-speed transaxle with electronic shift control. It is designed for operation in a transverse
powertrain for Front Wheel Drive (FWD) and All-Wheel Drive (AWD) vehicles.

This transaxle has a 4-element torque converter design, which includes a Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) and a
geartrain with 3 planetary gearsets.

The hydraulic control system of this transaxle uses 7 electronically controlled solenoids for:

Shift feel (through line pressure control and shift pressure control)

Shift scheduling and timing

TCC operation
SECTION 307-01A: Automatic Transaxle/Transmission — 2010 Escape, Mariner, Escape Hybrid, Mariner Hybrid Workshop
6F35 Manual
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION Procedure revision date: 07/27/2009

Identification Tags

Identification Tag Location

Item Part Number Description

1 7G342 Solenoid body identification tag
2 7B148 Transaxle identification tag

Transaxle Identification Tag

Item Description
1 Transaxle part number
2 Bar code 1
3 Assembly plant line shift
4 Transaxle build date (DDMMYY)
5 Transaxle serial number
6 Bar code 2

When servicing the transaxle, use the transaxle identification tag located on top of the transaxle case.

Original Solenoid Body Tag

Item Description
1 Thirteen-digit solenoid body strategy
2 Seven-digit solenoid body identification

The solenoid body strategy is a file that is programmed into the PCM to control the shift, Line Pressure Control (LPC)
and Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) solenoids to prevent harsh shifts. The solenoid body tag on the transaxle case
contains the 13-digit solenoid body strategy and the 7-digit solenoid body identification.

Replacement Solenoid Body Tag

Item Description
1 Thirteen-digit solenoid body strategy
 2 Seven-digit solenoid body identification

Any time a new solenoid body is installed, a new solenoid body strategy file is downloaded into the PCM using the scan
tool. A replacement solenoid body tag is supplied with the new solenoid body which contains the 13-digit solenoid body
strategy and the 7-digit solenoid body identification. The new tag is placed over the original solenoid body tag.

Solenoid Body Identification and Strategy

Item Description
1 Thirteen-digit solenoid body strategy
2 Seven-digit solenoid body identification

If the solenoid body strategy printed on the solenoid body connector does not match the solenoid body tag, a new
solenoid body must be installed and the solenoid body strategy must be downloaded into the PCM or harsh shifts will
result.

Solenoid Band Number

The solenoids are calibrated from the factory and are not all the same. The solenoids can be replaced separately, but
only with a replacement solenoid with a band that matches the solenoid being replaced. When solenoid(s) are replaced,
the new solenoid band number must match the old solenoid band number. The band number is the last digit of the
number stamped on the side of the solenoid and will be a 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5.
SECTION 307-01A: Automatic Transaxle/Transmission — 2010 Escape, Mariner, Escape Hybrid, Mariner Hybrid
6F35 Workshop Manual
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION Procedure revision date: 07/27/2009

Major Components

This transaxle has the following major components:

Case with torque converter housing

Two drive clutches:
 Direct clutch
 Overdrive (O/D) clutch

Four brake clutches:
 Forward clutch
 Low one-way clutch
 Low/reverse clutch
 Intermediate clutch

Three planetary gearsets:
 Front
 Center
 Rear

Drive chain and sprockets

Final drive planetary gearset and differential assembly

Pump and filter assembly

Main control:
 Valve body assembly
 Solenoid body assembly

Major Component Cutaway View

Major Component Exploded View
Item Part Number Description
1 7G391 Solenoid body
2 7A100 Valve body
3 7B164 Forward clutch (clutch brake 1, 2, 3, 4)
4 7B164 Low/reverse clutch (clutch brake low/reverse)
5 7B164 Intermediate clutch (clutch brake 2, 6)
6 7A089 Low One-Way Clutch (OWC)
7 7B164 Direct clutch (drive clutch 3, 5, R)
8 7B164 Overdrive (O/D) clutch (drive clutch 4, 5, 6)
9 7D491 Rear planetary assembly
10 7D491 Center planetary assembly
11 7D491 Front planetary assembly
12 7F465 Final drive carrier and differential assembly
13 7G132 Drive chain driven sprocket
14 7G384 Input shaft assembly and direct/overdrive clutch hub
15 7A103 Pump assembly
16 7975 Torque converter
17 7G132 Drive chain drive sprocket
18 7G249 Drive chain
19 7060 Park gear
20 7A441 Park pawl
SECTION 307-01A: Automatic Transaxle/Transmission — 2010 Escape, Mariner, Escape Hybrid, Mariner Hybrid Workshop
6F35 Manual
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION Procedure revision date: 07/27/2009

Gear Ratios

This transaxle has 6 forward speeds and reverse.

Gear Ratio Chart

Gear Ratio
1st/low 4.584:1
2nd 2.964:1
3rd 1.912:1
4th 1.446:1
5th 1:1
6th 0.746:1
Reverse 2.94:1
SECTION 307-01A: Automatic Transaxle/Transmission — 2010 Escape, Mariner, Escape Hybrid, Mariner Hybrid Workshop
6F35 Manual
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION Procedure revision date: 07/27/2009

Torque Converter

The torque converter transmits and multiplies torque. The torque converter is a 4-element device:

Impeller and cover assembly

Turbine

Reactor

Clutch and damper assembly

Rotation of the torque converter housing and impeller set the transmission fluid in motion by driving the impeller blades and
pump.

The turbine is driven by the transmission fluid from the impeller and transmits power to the input shaft.

The reactor redirects transmission fluid flow returned from the turbine to the impeller so that it rotates in the same direction as
the impeller. This action assists in torque multiplication.

The reactor has a One-Way Clutch (OWC) to hold it stationary during torque multiplication and allows it to rotate at higher
vehicle speeds.

Torque Converter Operation

Item Description
1 Torque Converter Clutch (TCC)
2 Reactor
3 Turbine
 4 Impeller and cover assembly
5 One-Way Clutch (OWC)
6 Fluid motion
7 Input shaft rotation
8 Input shaft
9 Engine rotation

The Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) connects the torque converter housing to the damper when the TCC is applied.

During TCC release, the direction that the transmission fluid flows through the torque converter allows the TCC to release.
During TCC apply, the transmission fluid flows in the opposite direction to apply the TCC .

The PCM controls TCC operation using the TCC solenoid in the solenoid body. TCC solenoid operation provides the modulation
of hydraulic pressure to change the position of the TCC control valve and TCC regulator apply valve which changes the
pressure and transmission fluid direction in the torque converter.

The TCC can be applied in 3rd, 4th, 5th and 6th gears.

Torque Converter Internal Component Exploded View

Item Description
1 Impeller and cover assembly
2 Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) and damper assembly
3 Turbine
4 Reactor
5 One-Way Clutch (OWC)
6 Thrust bearings
SECTION 307-01A: Automatic Transaxle/Transmission — 6F35 2010 Escape, Mariner, Escape Hybrid, Mariner Hybrid Workshop Manual
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION Procedure revision date: 07/27/2009

Shift Patterns

Upshifts

Upshifting is controlled by the PCM. The PCM receives inputs from various engine or vehicle sensors and driver demands to control shift
scheduling, shift feel and Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) operation.

The PCM has an adaptive learn strategy to electronically control the transaxle which will automatically adjust the shift feel through the life of
the vehicle. The first few hundred miles of operation of the transaxle may have abrupt shifting. This is a normal operation. To reset the
adaptive shift pressure strategy, use the scan tool to clear the transmission keep alive memory tables.

Downshifts

Under certain conditions, the transaxle will downshift automatically to a lower gear range (without moving the selector lever). There are 3
categories of automatic downshifts: coastdown, torque demand and forced or kickdown shifts.

Coastdown

The coastdown downshift occurs when the vehicle is coasting down to a stop.

Torque Demand

The torque demand downshift occurs (automatically) during part throttle acceleration when the demand for torque is greater than the engine
can provide at that gear ratio. If applied, the transmission will disengage the TCC to provide added acceleration.

Kickdown

For maximum acceleration, the driver can force a downshift by pressing the accelerator pedal to the floor. A forced downshift into a lower
gear is possible below calibrated speeds. Specifications for downshift speeds are subject to variations due to tire size, engine and transaxle
calibration requirements.
SECTION 307-01A: Automatic Transaxle/Transmission — 2010 Escape, Mariner, Escape Hybrid, Mariner Hybrid Workshop
6F35 Manual
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION Procedure revision date: 02/25/2011

Mechanical Components and Functions

Planetary Gearset

This transaxle has 3 planetary gearsets to provide operation in reverse and 6 forward speeds.

The gearsets are comprised of the following components:

Front planetary sun gear (part of the front sun gear and shell assembly)

Front planetary carrier

Front planetary ring gear

Center planetary sun gear

Center planetary carrier

Center planetary ring gear

Rear planetary ring gear

Rear planetary carrier

Rear planetary sun gear and shell assembly

The front planetary sun gear is splined to the forward (1, 2, 3, 4) clutch and is held stationary in 1st, 2nd, 3rd and 4th
gears.

The front planetary carrier is splined to the rear planetary ring gear and transfers power from the rear planetary gearset
to the front planetary gearset in 2nd, 3rd, 5th and 6th gears and reverse. The front planetary carrier is splined to the
drive chain drive sprocket. The front planetary carrier is the output component for the planetary gearset.

The front planetary ring gear is splined to the center planetary carrier and transfers power from the center planetary
gearset to the front planetary gearset in 1st, 2nd, 3rd and 4th gears.

The center planetary sun gear is splined to the input shaft and is used as input to the planetary gearsets in 1st, 2nd, 3rd
and 4th gear.

The center planetary ring gear is splined to the rear planetary carrier and transfers power from the center planetary
gearset to the rear planetary gearset in 3rd gear, from the rear planetary gearset to the center planetary gearset in 4th
gear and is held stationary by the low One-Way Clutch (OWC) and low/reverse clutch in 1st gear and reverse.

The rear planetary carrier is splined to the Overdrive (O/D) (4, 5, 6) clutch hub and transfers power from the input shaft
to the rear planetary carrier in 4th, 5th and 6th gears.

The rear planetary sun gear and shell assembly is splined to both the intermediate (2, 6) clutch and the direct (3, 5, R)
clutch. The rear planetary sun gear and shell assembly is held stationary by the intermediate (2, 6) clutch in 2nd and 6th
gear and is driven by the direct (3, 5, R) clutch in 3rd and 5th gears and reverse.

Planetary Gearset Cutaway View

Planetary Gearset Exploded View
 Item Part Number Description
1 7A019 Front planetary sun gear and shell assembly
2 7D491 Front planetary carrier/rear planetary ring gear assembly
3 7D063 Gear — center planetary sun
4 7D491 Center planetary carrier/front ring gear assembly
5 7D491 Rear planetary carrier/center ring gear assembly
6 7A019 Rear planetary sun gear and shell assembly

Input Shaft

The input shaft is part of the direct/ O/D clutch assembly and is splined to the torque converter turbine and the center
planetary sun gear. The input shaft transfers power from the torque converter to the rear planetary gearset through the
center planetary sun gear and the direct (3, 5, R) and O/D (4, 5, 6) clutches.

Input Shaft Cutaway View

Input Shaft Exploded View
 Item Part Number Description
1 7G384 Direct (3, 5, R)/ Overdrive (O/D) (4, 5, 6) clutch hub
2 7F213 Input shaft
3 7B164 Direct (3, 5, R) clutch
4 7B164 O/D (4, 5, 6) clutch
5 7D491 Center planetary sun gear

Front Planetary Carrier Hub (Output Hub)

The front planetary carrier hub/park gear is splined to the front planetary carrier and the drive chain drive sprocket. This
allows torque to be transferred from the planetary gearset to the final drive gearset.

Front Planetary Carrier Hub Cutaway View

Front Planetary Carrier Hub Exploded View

Item Part Number Description

1 7D491 Front planetary carrier
2 7060 Front planetary carrier hub/park gear
3 7G132 Drive chain drive sprocket

Final Drive Chain, Sprockets and Planetary Gearset

The final drive consists of a drive chain and sprockets and a planetary gearset and differential assembly. The drive
chain and sprockets transfer torque from the front planetary carrier hub to the differential assembly that has a planetary
gearset integrated into it for final drive torque multiplication.

The final drive consists of the following components:

Drive sprocket

Drive chain

Driven sprocket

Final drive sun gear

Final drive ring gear

Final drive planetary carrier and differential assembly

Final Drive Component Cutaway View

Final Drive Component Exploded View
 Item Part Number Description
1 7G132 Drive chain drive sprocket
2 7G249 Drive chain
3 7G132 Drive chain driven sprocket
4 7F342 Final drive planetary sun gear
5 7F465 Differential assembly
6 7F343 Final drive planetary ring gear
7 7975 Torque converter housing

Differential

The differential allows the halfshafts and wheels to rotate at different speeds during cornering and transfers power to the
Power Transfer Unit (PTU) for All-Wheel Drive (AWD) vehicles.

The differential assembly consists of the following components:

Differential case (part of the final drive carrier)

Two pinion gears supported by a pinion shaft

Two side gears supported by the differential case and halfshafts

When driving in a straight line, both front wheels rotate at relatively the same speed. This means both side gears are
rotating at the same speed, as well, while both pinion gears revolve (but do not rotate) with the side gears. During
cornering, the wheel on the outside of the turn is forced to rotate faster than the wheel on the inside of the turn. Since
the side gears must now rotate at different speeds, the pinion gears rotate on the pinion shaft allowing the drive axles to
rotate at different speeds while still transferring output torque.

Differential Cutaway View

Differential Exploded View

Item Part Number Description

1 7F465 Differential housing
2 — Pinion shaft
3 — Pinion gears
4 — Side gears

Direct (3, 5, R) Clutch

The direct clutch is a drive clutch that transfers power from the direct/ O/D clutch hub assembly to the rear planetary sun
gear and shell assembly. The direct clutch is applied in 3rd and 5th gears and reverse.

Hydraulic pressure from the regulator valve in the valve body pushes the direct clutch piston against the direct clutch
pack to apply the clutch. The input shaft and direct/ O/D clutch hub assembly transfers torque to the rear planetary sun
gear and shell assembly as a result of the clutch being applied.

Direct (3, 5, R) Clutch Cutaway View

Direct (3, 5, R) Clutch Exploded View

 Item Part Number Description
1 7C122 Direct clutch cylinder snap ring
2 7F283 Direct clutch cylinder
3 7A262 Direct clutch piston
4 7F235 Direct clutch piston return spring
5 7C099 Direct clutch piston seals
6 7G384 Direct/Overdrive (O/D) clutch hub
7 7F213 Input shaft
8 7B070 Direct clutch wave spring
9 7B164 Direct (3, 5, R) clutch assembly
10 7B066 Direct clutch pressure plate
11 7D483 Direct clutch snap ring
12 7A019 Rear planetary sun gear and shell assembly

Overdrive (O/D) (4, 5, 6) Clutch

The O/D clutch is a drive clutch that transfers power from the direct/ O/D clutch hub assembly to the rear planetary
carrier. The O/D clutch is applied in 4th, 5th and 6th gears.

Hydraulic pressure from the regulator valve in the valve body pushes the O/D clutch piston against the O/D clutch pack
to apply the clutch. The input shaft and direct/ O/D clutch hub assembly transfers torque to the rear planetary carrier as
a result of the clutch being applied.

Overdrive (O/D) (4, 5, 6) Clutch Cutaway View

Overdrive (O/D) (4, 5, 6) Clutch Exploded View
 Item Part Number Description
1 7G384 Direct/Overdrive (O/D) clutch hub assembly
2 7A548 O/D clutch piston inner seal
3 7F213 Input shaft
4 7A548 O/D clutch piston outer seals
5 7A262 O/D clutch piston
6 7F222 O/D clutch piston return spring
7 7H360 O/D clutch balance piston
8 7C122 O/D clutch balance piston snap ring
9 7B164 O/D (4, 5, 6) clutch assembly
10 7B066 O/D clutch pressure plate
11 7D483 O/D clutch snap ring
12 7H351 O/D clutch hub
13 7D491 Rear planetary carrier

Forward (1, 2, 3, 4) Clutch

The forward clutch is a brake clutch that holds the front sun gear and shell assembly. The forward clutch is applied in
1st, 2nd, 3rd and 4th gears.

Hydraulic pressure from the regulator valve in the valve body pushes the forward clutch piston against the forward clutch
pack to apply the clutch. The front sun gear and shell assembly is held stationary to the transaxle case as a result of the
clutch being applied.

Forward (1, 2, 3, 4) Clutch Cutaway View

Forward (1, 2, 3, 4) Clutch Exploded View
 Item Part Number Description
1 7005 Transaxle case
2 7L328 Center support
3 7A262 Forward clutch piston
4 7B070 Forward clutch piston return spring
5 7H365 Forward clutch piston return spring snap ring
6 7B070 Forward clutch wave spring
7 7B164 Forward (1, 2, 3, 4) clutch
8 7B066 Forward clutch pressure plate
9 7D483 Forward clutch snap ring
10 7A019 Front sun gear and shell assembly

Low/Reverse Clutch

The low/reverse clutch is a brake clutch that holds the low OWC which is splined to the rear planetary carrier. The
low/reverse clutch is applied in manual LOW, REVERSE and 1st gear up to 8 km/h (5 mph).

Hydraulic pressure from the regulator valve in the valve body pushes the low/reverse clutch piston against the
low/reverse clutch pack to apply the clutch. The rear planetary carrier is held stationary to the transaxle case as a result
of the clutch being applied.

Low/Reverse Clutch Cutaway View

Low/Reverse Clutch Exploded View
 Item Part Number Description
1 7005 Transaxle case
2 7A089 Low One-Way Clutch (OWC)
3 7D491 Rear planetary carrier
4 7B066 Low/reverse clutch pressure plate
5 7B164 Low/reverse clutch
6 7E085 Low/reverse clutch wave spring
7 7C122 Low/reverse clutch piston return spring snap ring
8 7B070 Low/reverse clutch piston return spring
9 7D402 Low/reverse clutch piston
10 7L328 Center support

Intermediate (2, 6) Clutch

The intermediate clutch is a brake clutch that holds the rear planetary sun gear and shell assembly. The intermediate
clutch is applied in 2nd and 6th gears.

Hydraulic pressure from the regulator valve in the valve body pushes the intermediate clutch piston against the
intermediate clutch pack to apply the clutch. The low OWC works as a pressure plate for the intermediate (2, 6) clutch.
The rear planetary sun gear and shell assembly is held stationary to the transaxle case as a result of the clutch being
applied.

Intermediate (2, 6) Clutch Cutaway View

Intermediate (2, 6) Clutch Exploded View
 Item Part Number Description
1 7005 Transaxle case
2 7E005 Intermediate clutch piston
3 7B070 Intermediate clutch piston return spring
4 7D483 Intermediate clutch piston return spring snap ring
5 7E005 Intermediate clutch apply ring
6 7A019 Rear planetary sun gear and shell assembly
7 7E085 Intermediate clutch wave spring
8 7B164 Intermediate clutch assembly
9 7A089 Low/One-Way Clutch (OWC)

Low One-Way Clutch (OWC)

The low OWC is a brake clutch that holds the rear planetary carrier in one direction and allows it to freewheel in the
opposite direction which eliminates engine braking in 1st gear when the transaxle is in DRIVE. The low OWC is also the
pressure plate for the intermediate (2, 6) clutch.

Low One-Way Clutch (OWC) Cutaway View

Low One-Way Clutch (OWC) Exploded View

Item Part Number Description

1 7005 Transaxle case
2 7A089 Low One-Way Clutch (OWC)
3 7D491 Rear planetary carrier

External Sealing

The torque converter housing has a lip-type seal that seals the torque converter hub. The pump assembly seals to the
torque converter housing with a rubber seal. The manual shaft and halfshafts also use lip-type seals. All-Wheel Drive
(AWD) vehicles do not use a RH halfshaft seal, the transaxle is sealed by the Power Transfer Unit (PTU) on the RH
side.

The torque converter housing is sealed to the transaxle case with silicone sealant.

The main control cover is sealed to the transaxle case with silicone sealant and seals to the solenoid body with a
reusable rubber gasket. The Turbine Shaft Speed (TSS) sensor is sealed to the transaxle case with an O-ring seal.

The line pressure tap plug and transmission fluid drain plug have pipe threads and seal when tightened to specification.

The transmission fluid filler tube is sealed to the torque converter housing with an O-ring seal.

External Sealing Exploded View

Item Part Number Description
1 7902 Torque converter
2 7A248 Torque converter hub seal
3 7975 Torque converter housing
4 7A103 Pump assembly
5 7A248 Pump assembly-to-torque converter housing O-ring seal
6 7F337 Manual control shaft seal
7 1177 RH halfshaft seal
8 1177 LH halfshaft seal
9 7005 Transaxle case
10 7M101 Turbine Shaft Speed (TSS) sensor
11 — TSS sensor O-ring seal
12 7G004 Main control cover
13 7B329 Main control-to-cover seal
14 7H398 Line pressure tap plug
15 7010 Drain plug
16 7A228 Transmission fluid filler tube
17 391308 Transmission fluid filler tube O-ring seal

Lubrication

Transmission fluid enters the lubrication circuits after flowing through the transmission fluid cooler. The transmission
fluid cooler is mounted at the front of the vehicle. When the transmission fluid is not up to operating temperature, an
internal thermal bypass valve allows the transmission fluid to bypass the transmission fluid cooler. When the
transmission fluid circulates through the transmission fluid cooler, the transmission fluid returns to the transaxle from the
transmission fluid cooler tubes through the back transmission fluid cooler tube.

The transmission fluid enters main lubrication circuit through the transaxle case and flows through passages in the input
shaft to lubricate the transaxle.

The transmission fluid in the input shaft circuit flows from the back of the input shaft toward the front of the input shaft
and passes through ports in the input shaft to lubricate the planetary gearset, clutches, final drive assembly and other
components of the transaxle.

Item Part Number Description

1 7D273 Transmission fluid cooler return tube fitting
2 7H322 Thermal bypass valve assembly

Lubrication Passages
Park

The park gear is splined to the front planetary carrier and the drive chain drive sprocket. There are lugs around the outer
diameter of the park gear to allow the park pawl to hold the park gear stationary to the transaxle case which holds the
final drive assembly in place and keeps the vehicle from moving.

When the manual control lever is rotated to the PARK position, the park lock works as follows:

The Transmission Range (TR) sensor rotates the range detent plate which pushes the park pawl actuator rod
towards the park pawl.

The actuator rod pivots the park pawl into the lugs on the park gear, locking the gear stationary to the transaxle
case.

Park Component Exploded View

Item Part Number Description
1 W714437 Transmission Range (TR) sensor detent spring bolt
2 7E332 TR sensor detent spring
3 7G100 Manual shaft-to- TR sensor pin
4 7A232 Park pawl actuator rod
5 7H557 TR sensor
6 7C493 Manual shaft
7 7A256 Manual lever
8 7F337 Manual shaft seal
9 W302864 Manual lever nut
10 7A441 Park pawl
11 7D071 Park pawl pin
12 7D070 Park pawl spring
13 7005 Transaxle case
14 7090 Park gear
15 7G132 Drive chain drive sprocket
16 7C122 Drive sprocket snap ring
17 7G099 No. 13 thrust washer
18 7G355 No. 12 thrust bearing
19 7G132 Drive chain driven sprocket
20 7F342 Final drive planetary gearset sun gear
21 7F465 Final drive planetary carrier/differential assembly
22 7C122 Final drive planetary ring gear snap ring
23 7F343 Final drive planetary ring gear
24 7G249 Drive chain
25 7975 Torque converter housing
SECTION 307-01A: Automatic Transaxle/Transmission — 6F35 2010 Escape, Mariner, Escape Hybrid, Mariner Hybrid Workshop Manual
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION Procedure revision date: 07/29/2009

Hydraulic System

Transmission Fluid Filter

The transmission fluid in the sump area at the bottom of the transaxle case flows through a transmission fluid filter to the pump
assembly. The pump is bolted to the torque converter housing and is driven by the torque converter hub.

Fluid Pump and Transmission Fluid Filter Components

Item Part Number Description

1 7902 Torque converter
2 7975 Torque converter housing
3 7A098 Transmission fluid filter
4 7A103 Pump assembly
5 W302860 Pump-to-torque converter housing bolt
6 7005 Transaxle case

Transmission Fluid Level

The transmission fluid level is checked with the transaxle at normal operating temperature between 85°C and 93°C (185°F and 200°
F).

The transmission fluid level indicator is part of the transmission fluid filler tube located at the back of the torque converter housing.

The correct transmission fluid level is between the minimum and maximum marks on the transmission fluid level indicator.

Transmission Fluid Level Indicator

 Part
Item Number Description
1 7A020 Transmission fluid level indicator
2 7A228 Transaxle filler tube
3 — Correct transmission fluid level at normal operating temperature 85°C-
93°C (185°F-200°F)
4 — Minimum transmission fluid level mark
5 — Maximum transmission fluid level mark
6 — Flat tow transmission fluid level

Main Control

The hydraulic system has a main control assembly. The main control assembly consists of a valve body and a solenoid body. Both the
valve body and the solenoid body contain hydraulic shift valves. The solenoid body contains the shift solenoids that control the
hydraulic valves. The solenoid body can be serviced as an assembly with the solenoids or the solenoids can be serviced individually.
The solenoid body is controlled by the PCM. The PCM has software stored in it specific to the solenoid body currently in the transaxle,
called the solenoid body strategy. A new solenoid body strategy must be downloaded into the PCM anytime a new solenoid body is
installed.

The pump assembly contains the main pressure regulator valve assembly and the Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) control valve
assembly.
Main Control Components

Item Part Number Description

1 7975 Torque converter housing
2 7A103 Pump assembly
3 7005 Transaxle case
4 7Z490 Main control-to-transaxle case separator plate
5 7A100 Valve body
6 7E195 Check balls
7 7J191 Solenoid damper (Shift Solenoid A (SSA))
8 7G391 Solenoid body assembly
9 7G004 Main control cover

Main Control Valve Body

 Item Part Number Description
1 7C389 Manual valve
2 7G473 Solenoid pressure regulator valve assembly
3 7G179 Clutch bypass valve
4 7G307 Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) regulator valve
5 7B200 Control pressure regulator
6 7D102 Direct (3, 5, R) clutch regulator valve
7 7D102 Intermediate (2, 6) clutch regulator valve
8 7D102 Forward (1, 2, 3, 4) clutch regulator valve
9 7J187 Forward (1, 2, 3, 4) clutch latch valve
10 7D102 Low reverse/overdrive (4, 5, 6) clutch regulator valve
11 7A100 Valve body

Solenoid Body
 Item Part Number Description
1 7Z490 Main control valve body-to-solenoid body separator plate
2 7G391 Solenoid body
3 7G276 Solenoid body leadframe
4 7J187 Direct (3, 5, R) clutch latch valve
5 7J187 Intermediate (2, 6) clutch latch valve
6 7J187 Low reverse/overdrive (4, 5, 6) clutch latch valve
7 7G383 Line Pressure Control (LPC) solenoid
8 7G136 Shift Solenoid C (SSC)
9 7G136 Torque Converter Clutch (TCC)
10 7G484 ON/OFF solenoid
11 7G136 Shift Solenoid A (SSA)
12 7G383 Shift Solenoid B (SSB)
13 7G383 Shift Solenoid D (SSD)

Pump Assembly
Item Part Number Description
1 7A103 Pump assembly
2 — Main pressure regulator valve assembly
3 — Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) control valve assembly
SECTION 307-01A: Automatic Transaxle/Transmission — 2010 Escape, Mariner, Escape Hybrid, Mariner Hybrid Workshop
6F35 Manual
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION Procedure revision date: 02/25/2011

Hydraulic Circuits

Hydraulic Circuit Identification and Function

Hydraulic Circuit Identification Chart

Circuit Name Description
BYPASS Pressure from the main pressure regulator valve to the pump assembly suction circuit for line pressure
control.
C1234 Regulated line pressure from the 1234 regulator valve supplied to the forward (1, 2, 3, 4) clutch to
apply the clutch.
C1234 FDBK C1234 pressure from the 1234 latch valve supplied to the 1234 regulator valve to oppose movement
of the valve from VBS C1234 pressure during forward (1, 2, 3, 4) clutch application.
C35R Regulated line pressure from the 35R regulator valve supplied to the direct (3, 5, R) clutch to apply the
clutch.
C35R FD Line pressure from the REVERSE circuit supplied to the DRIVE 2/C35R FD shuttle valve by the clutch
control bypass valve to supply the 35R regulator valve with line pressure in reverse.
C35R FDBK C35R pressure from the 35R latch valve supplied to the 35R regulator valve to oppose movement of
the valve from VBS C35R pressure during direct (3, 5, R) clutch application.
C456 Regulated line pressure from the low reverse/456 regulator valve directed to the Overdrive (O/D) (4, 5,
6) clutch by the clutch control bypass valve. C456 also provides latch pressure for the clutch control
bypass valve.
CB26 Regulated line pressure from the 26 regulator valve to the intermediate (2, 6) clutch to apply the clutch
in 2nd and 6th gears.
CB26 FDBK CB26 pressure from the 26 latch valve supplied to the 26 regulator valve to oppose movement of the
valve from VBS C26 pressure during intermediate (2, 6) clutch application.
CBR1 Regulated line pressure from the low reverse/456 regulator valve directed to the low/reverse clutch by
the clutch control bypass valve.
CBR1/C456 Regulated line pressure from the low reverse/456 regulator valve to the clutch control bypass valve.
CBR1/C456 CBR1/C456 pressure from the low reverse/456 latch valve supplied to the low reverse/456 regulator
FDBK valve to oppose movement of the valve from VBS CBR1/456 pressure during low/reverse or O/D (4, 5,
6) clutch application.
COMP FD Pressure supplied to the opposite side of the O/D (4, 5, 6) and direct (3, 5, R) clutch apply pistons to
oppose centrifugal application of the clutches.
CONV FD Line pressure from the main pressure regulator valve supplied to the Torque Converter Clutch (TCC)
control valve for TCC release.
COOLER FD Return pressure from the torque converter during TCC release that is directed to the transmission fluid
cooler by the TCC control valve.
DRIVE Line pressure directed to the clutch control bypass valve, 1234 regulator valve and the 26 regulator
valve by the manual valve in the DRIVE position.
DRIVE 2 DRIVE pressure directed to the TCC regulator valve and the DRIVE 2/C35R FD shuttle valve by the
clutch control bypass valve to supply the 35R regulator valve with line pressure in 3rd and 5th gears.
DRIVE DRIVE 2 or C35R FD pressure supplied to the 35R regulator valve from the DRIVE 2/C35R FD shuttle
2/C35R FD valve during direct (3, 5, R) clutch application.
EXH Fluid exhausted from the valves that drains to the sump area.
EXH BF Unpressurized fluid from the manual valve that fills the unused hydraulic circuits.
LINE Pressure from the pump to the control pressure regulator, solenoid regulator valve, manual valve and
low reverse/456 regulator valve. Line pressure is regulated by the main pressure regulator valve.
LUBE Transaxle lubrication circuit (through the input shaft)
ON/OFF SIG Full solenoid output pressure from Shift Solenoid E (SSE) to the clutch control bypass valve and the
TCC regulator valve. ON/OFF SIG pressure positions the clutch control bypass valve to apply either
the low/reverse clutch or the O/D (4, 5, 6) clutch.
REG APPLY Regulated DRIVE 2 pressure supplied to the TCC control valve by the control pressure regulator for
TCC application.
REVERSE Line pressure directed to the clutch control bypass valve by the manual valve in the REVERSE
position.
SOL FD Regulated line pressure supplied to the shift, TCC and Line Pressure Control (LPC) solenoids.
TCC APPLY Pressure supplied to the torque converter by the TCC control valve to apply the clutch. TCC APPLY is
also the return circuit for the TCC RELEASE circuit.
TCC Pressure supplied to the torque converter by the TCC control valve to release the clutch. TCC
RELEASE RELEASE is also the return circuit for the TCC APPLY circuit.
VBS C1234 Variable SOL FD pressure supplied to the 1234 regulator valve and 1234 latch valve by Shift Solenoid
A (SSA) to position the valves to apply the forward (1, 2, 3, 4) clutch.
VBS C35R Variable SOL FD pressure supplied to the 35R regulator valve and 35R latch valve by Shift Solenoid B
(SSB) to position the valves to apply the direct (3, 5, R) clutch.
VBS CB26 Variable SOL FD pressure supplied to the 26 regulator valve and 26 latch valve by Shift Solenoid C
(SSC) to position the valves to apply the intermediate (2, 6) clutch.
VBS Variable SOL FD pressure supplied to the low reverse/456 regulator valve and low reverse/456 latch
CBR1/456 valve by Shift Solenoid D (SSD) to position the valves to apply the low/reverse clutch or O/D (4, 5, 6)
clutch.
VBS LINE Variable SOL FD pressure supplied to the main pressure regulator valve by the LPC solenoid to
control line pressure.
VBS TCC Variable SOL FD pressure supplied to the TCC regulator valve and TCC control valve to position the
valves by the TCC solenoid to apply the TCC .
Line Pressure Hydraulic Circuits

Line pressure is controlled by the Line Pressure Control (LPC) solenoid, which is controlled by the PCM. This effects
shift feel and apply component operation.

When the engine is running, the pump supplies pressure to the main pressure regulator valve, which is controlled by the
LPC solenoid. The main pressure regulator valve controls the line pressure to the LINE circuit which supplies the
manual valve solenoid regulator valve and the control pressure regulator valve.

When the manual valve is in the reverse position, it supplies the clutch control bypass valve with line pressure to
position it to supply line pressure to the direct (3, 5, R) regulator valve and regulated line pressure to the low/reverse
clutch to apply the clutch.

When the manual valve is in the DRIVE or LOW positions, it directs line pressure from the LINE circuit to the DRIVE
circuit to supply line pressure to the:

Clutch control bypass valve


Forward (1, 2, 3, 4) regulator valve

Intermediate (2, 6) regulator valve

Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) regulator valve

Direct (3, 5, R) clutch regulator valve

Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) And Lubrication Hydraulic Circuits

Pressure for TCC release is supplied by the main pressure regulator valve to the TCC control valve through the CONV
FD circuit. The CONV FD circuit also supplies lubrication for the differential. When the TCC is released, the TCC control
valve is positioned by the TCC solenoid to direct CONV FD pressure to the TCC RELEASE circuit to release the TCC .
TCC RELEASE pressure returns to the TCC control valve through the TCC APPLY circuit. The position of the TCC
control valve opens the TCC APPLY circuit to the COOLER FD circuit which allows the transmission fluid returned from
the torque converter to cycle through the thermal bypass valve circuit when the Transmission Fluid Temperature (TFT)
is below 80°C-93°C (176°F-200°F) or the transmission fluid cooler when the temperature is above 80°C-93°C (176°F-
200°F).
Return transmission fluid from the thermal bypass valve or the transmission fluid cooler supplies transaxle lubrication
through the LUBE circuit which runs through the input shaft.

For lubrication passage location and description, refer to Mechanical Components and Functions in this section.

The position of the TCC control valve is controlled by pressure from the TCC solenoid through the VBS TCC circuit. The
TCC solenoid is controlled by the PCM.

When the TCC clutch is applied, the TCC solenoid applies pressure to the TCC control and regulator valves to position
the valves to apply the TCC clutch. Regulated line pressure is supplied to the TCC control valve through the REG
APPLY circuit by the TCC regulator valve. The TCC control valve directs the regulated line pressure from the REG
APPLY circuit to the TCC APPLY circuit to apply the TCC . The TCC control valve blocks the TCC RELEASE circuit to
maintain pressure in the TCC APPLY circuit. The TCC control valve directs the CONV FD circuit to the COOLER FD
circuit to allow the transmission fluid to flow through the thermal bypass valve or the transmission fluid cooler to the
LUBE circuit to lubricate the transaxle.
Solenoid Hydraulic Circuits

Line pressure from the main pressure regulator valve is directed to the individual shift, TCC and LPC solenoids by the
solenoid regulator valve through the SOL FD circuit. The solenoids, controlled by the PCM, direct the fluid to the valves
that they control.

The LPC solenoid applies varying pressure to the main pressure regulator valve to control line pressure.

In the PARK and NEUTRAL positions, Shift Solenoid D (SSD) applies varying pressure to the low reverse/456 regulator
and latch valves through the VBS CBR1/456 hydraulic circuit to position the valves to apply the low/reverse clutch.
ON/OFF Shift Solenoid E (SSE) directs pressure to the clutch control bypass valve to position the valve to direct
regulated line pressure from the low reverse/456 regulator valve to the low/reverse clutch.
In the REVERSE position, SSD applies varying pressure to the low reverse/456 regulator and latch valves through the
VBS CBR1/456 hydraulic circuit to position the valves to apply the low/reverse clutch. ON/OFF SSE directs pressure to
the clutch control bypass valve to position the valve to direct regulated line pressure from the low reverse/456 regulator
valve to the low/reverse clutch. The clutch control bypass valve also directs line pressure from the REVERSE circuit to
the 35R regulator valve through the C35R FD and DRIVE 2/C35R FD circuits. Shift Solenoid B (SSB) directs varying
pressure to the 35R regulator and latch valves through the VBS C35R hydraulic circuit to apply the direct (3, 5, R)
clutch.
In 1st gear, Shift Solenoid A (SSA) applies varying pressure to the 1234 clutch regulator and latch valves through the
VBS C1234 hydraulic circuit to apply the forward (1, 2, 3, 4) clutch.

When vehicle speed is below 8 km/h (5 mph), or the selector lever is in the manual low position, SSD applies varying
pressure to the low reverse/456 regulator and latch valves through the VBS CBR1/456 hydraulic circuit to position the
valves to apply the low/reverse clutch. ON/OFF SSE directs pressure to the clutch control bypass valve to position the
valve to direct regulated line pressure from the low reverse/456 regulator valve to the low/reverse clutch. As vehicle
speed increases above 8 km/h (5 mph) in 1st gear, SSD removes pressure from the low reverse/456 regulator and latch
valves and SSE removes pressure from the clutch control bypass valve to release the low/reverse clutch.
In 2nd gear, the forward (1, 2, 3, 4) clutch remains applied. SSC applies varying pressure to the 26 regulator and latch
valves through the VBS CB26 hydraulic circuit to apply the intermediate (2, 6) clutch.
In 3rd gear, the forward (1, 2, 3, 4) clutch remains applied. SSC releases pressure to the 26 regulator and latch valves
to release the intermediate (2, 6) clutch. SSB directs pressure to the 35R regulator and latch valves through the VBS
CB26 hydraulic circuit to apply the direct (3, 5, R) clutch.
In 4th gear, the forward (1, 2, 3, 4) clutch remains applied. SSB releases pressure to the 35R regulator and latch valves.
SSD directs pressure to the low reverse/456 regulator and latch valves through the VBS CBR1/456 hydraulic circuit.
With SSE released, the clutch control bypass valve directs the regulated line pressure from the low reverse/456
regulator valve to the Overdrive (O/D) (4, 5, 6) clutch to apply the clutch.

In 5th gear, the O/D (4, 5, 6) clutch remains applied. SSA releases pressure to the 1234 regulator and latch valves to
release the forward (1, 2, 3, 4) clutch. SSB directs pressure to the 35R regulator and latch valves through the VBS
C35R hydraulic circuit to apply the direct (3, 5, R) clutch.
In 6th gear, the O/D (4, 5, 6) clutch remains applied. SSB releases pressure to the 35R regulator and latch valves. SSC
applies varying pressure to the 26 clutch regulator and latch valves through the VBS CB26 hydraulic circuit to apply the
intermediate (2, 6) clutch.

The TCC can be applied in 4th, 5th or 6th gear. To apply the TCC , the TCC solenoid applies pressure to the TCC
regulator valve and the TCC control valve to position the valves to apply the clutch.
During a mechanical, hydraulic or electrical failure with the manual lever in the DRIVE position, the transaxle defaults to
5th gear. When the transaxle is in 5th gear failsafe, the PCM does not control the shift solenoids and they default to their
normal state (maximum pressure, minimum pressure, on or off). The LPC solenoid defaults to maximum pressure, SSA
defaults to minimum pressure, SSB defaults to maximum pressure, SSC defaults to minimum pressure, SSD defaults to
maximum pressure and the TCC solenoid defaults to minimum pressure.

With SSB applying maximum pressure to the direct (3, 5, R) regulator and latch valves, the direct (3, 5, R) clutch is
applied. With SSD applying maximum pressure to the low reverse/456 regulator and latch valves with SSE in the OFF
position, the O/D (4, 5, 6) clutch is applied, providing 5th gear.
Forward (1, 2, 3, 4) Clutch Hydraulic Circuits

Line pressure is supplied to the 1234 regulator valve by the manual valve in the DRIVE and LOW position. To apply the
forward (1, 2, 3, 4) clutch, SSA supplies varying solenoid pressure to the 1234 regulator and latch valves. As the
regulator valve moves, it supplies the forward (1, 2, 3, 4) clutch and 1234 latch valve with regulated line pressure
through the C1234 circuit. The 1234 latch valve directs the regulated line pressure to the opposite side of the 1234
regulator valve through the C1234 FDBK circuit for gradual forward (1, 2, 3, 4) clutch engagement. The forward (1, 2, 3,
4) clutch is applied in 1st, 2nd, 3rd and 4th gears and manual LOW position.
When the forward (1, 2, 3, 4) clutch is released in 5th and 6th gears, solenoid pressure from SSA is removed from the
1234 regulator and latch valves which positions the valves to block line pressure and release the forward (1, 2, 3, 4)
clutch. When the forward (1, 2, 3, 4) clutch is released in the PARK, REVERSE or NEUTRAL position, line pressure is
not supplied to the forward (1, 2, 3, 4) regulator valve.

In the released position, exhaust backfill supplied to the 1234 regulator and latch valves by the manual valve through the
EXH BF circuit is directed to the forward (1, 2, 3, 4) clutch to fill the unused circuits with unpressurized transmission
fluid.
Direct (3, 5, R) Clutch Hydraulic Circuits

When the direct (3, 5, R) clutch is applied in the REVERSE position, line pressure from the manual valve is directed to
the clutch control bypass valve through the REVERSE circuit. Line pressure in the REVERSE circuit positions the clutch
control bypass valve and supplies line pressure to apply the direct (3, 5, R) clutch. Line pressure from the clutch control
bypass valve is supplied to the 35R regulator valve through the C35R FD circuit, DRIVE 2/C35R FD shuttle ball and
DRIVE 2/C35R FD circuit.

To apply the direct (3, 5, R) clutch, SSB applies varying solenoid pressure to the 35R regulator and latch valves. As the
regulator valve moves, it supplies the direct (3, 5, R) clutch and 35R latch valve with regulated line pressure through the
C35R circuit. The 35R latch valve directs the regulated line pressure to the opposite side of the 35R regulator valve
through the C35R FDBK circuit for gradual direct (3, 5, R) clutch engagement.
When the direct (3, 5, R) clutch is applied in 3rd and 5th gear, line pressure from the pump is directed to the clutch
control bypass valve by the manual valve through the DRIVE hydraulic circuit. The clutch control bypass valve directs
the pressure to the 35R regulator valve through the TCC regulator valve, DRIVE 2 circuit, DRIVE 2/C35R FD shuttle ball
and DRIVE 2/C35R FD circuit.

To apply the direct (3, 5, R) clutch, SSB applies varying solenoid pressure to the 35R regulator and latch valves. As the
35R regulator valve moves, it supplies the direct (3, 5, R) clutch and 35R latch valve with regulated line pressure
through the C35R circuit. The 35R latch valve directs the regulated line pressure to the opposite side of the regulator
valve through the C35R FDBK circuit for gradual direct (3, 5, R) clutch engagement.
When the direct (3, 5, R) clutch is released, solenoid pressure from SSB is removed from the 35R regulator and latch
valves which positions the valves to block line pressure and release the direct (3, 5, R) clutch. When the direct (3, 5, R)
clutch is released in the PARK or NEUTRAL position, line pressure is not supplied to the 35R regulator valve.

Compensator feed pressure is supplied to the 35R regulator valve from the control pressure regulator through the
COMP FD circuit and is supplied to the opposite side of the direct (3, 5, R) and O/D (4, 5, 6) clutch pistons to keep the
clutches from centrifugally applying. COMP FD pressure is only about 83 kPa (12 psi) and is applied through all gears.
When the direct (3, 5, R) clutch is released, COMP FD is applied by the 35R regulator valve to the direct (3, 5, R) clutch
to fill the unused circuits.
Intermediate (2, 6) Clutch Hydraulic Circuits

Line pressure is supplied to the 26 regulator valve by the manual valve in the DRIVE and LOW positions. To apply the
intermediate (2, 6) clutch, SSC supplies varying solenoid pressure to the 26 regulator and latch valves. As the 26
regulator valve moves, it supplies the intermediate (2, 6) clutch and 26 latch valve with regulated line pressure through
the CB26 circuit. The 26 latch valve directs the regulated line pressure to the opposite side of the 26 regulator valve
through the CB26 FDBK circuit for gradual intermediate (2, 6) clutch engagement. The intermediate (2, 6) clutch is
applied in 2nd and 6th gears.
When the intermediate (2, 6) clutch is released in 1st, 3rd, 4th and 5th gears and manual LOW position, solenoid
pressure from SSC is removed from the 26 regulator and latch valves which positions the valves to block line pressure
and release the intermediate (2, 6) clutch. When the intermediate (2, 6) clutch is released in the PARK, REVERSE or
NEUTRAL position, line pressure is not supplied to the 26 regulator valve.

In the released position, exhaust backfill supplied to the 26 clutch regulator valve by the manual valve through the EXH
BF circuit is directed to the intermediate (2, 6) clutch and 26 latch valve to fill the unused circuits with unpressurized
transmission fluid.
Low/Reverse Clutch Hydraulic Circuits

Line pressure is supplied to the low reverse/456 regulator valve by the pump in every gear and manual lever position.
To apply the low/reverse clutch, SSD supplies varying solenoid pressure to the low reverse/456 regulator and latch
valves. As the low reverse/456 regulator valve moves, it supplies the clutch control bypass valve and low reverse/456
latch valve with regulated line pressure through the CBR1/C456 circuit. The low reverse/456 latch valve directs the
regulated line pressure to the opposite side of the 456 regulator valve through the CBR1/C456 FDBK circuit for gradual
low reverse/456 clutch engagement. The low/reverse clutch is applied in PARK, REVERSE, NEUTRAL, 1st gear below
8 km/h (5 mph) and manual LOW position.

In REVERSE, both solenoid pressure from ON/OFF SSE and line pressure from the manual valve in the REVERSE
circuit apply pressure to the clutch control bypass valve to position it for low/reverse clutch application. Regulated line
pressure from the CBR1/C456 circuit is directed to the low/reverse clutch by the clutch control bypass valve through the
CBR1 circuit to apply the low/reverse clutch.
When the low/reverse clutch is applied in PARK, NEUTRAL, LOW or 1st gear below 8 km/h (5 mph), only pressure from
ON/OFF SSE , positions the clutch control bypass valve. Line pressure from the REVERSE circuit is not supplied by the
manual valve.
When the low/reverse clutch is released in 1st gear above 8 km/h (5 mph), 2nd and 3rd gears, solenoid pressure from
SSD is removed from the low reverse/456 regulator and latch valves which positions the valves to block line pressure
and release the low/reverse clutch. Solenoid pressure from SSE is removed from the clutch control bypass valve to
position it to apply the O/D (4, 5, 6) clutch.

When the low/reverse clutch is released in 1st gear above 8 km/h (5 mph), 2nd and 3rd gears, exhaust backfill supplied
to the low reverse/456 clutch regulator valve and the clutch control bypass valve by the manual valve through the EXH
BF circuit is directed to the low reverse/456 latch valve, low/reverse clutch and O/D (4, 5, 6) clutch to fill the unused
circuits with unpressurized transmission fluid.

When the low/reverse clutch is released in 4th, 5th and 6th gears, the low reverse/456 regulator valve supplies
regulated pressure to the clutch control bypass valve through the CBR1/C456 circuit. With ON/OFF SSE in the OFF
position, the regulated pressure is directed to the O/D (4, 5, 6) clutch.
Overdrive (4, 5, 6) Clutch Hydraulic Circuits

Line pressure is supplied to the low reverse/456 regulator valve by the pump in every gear and manual lever position.
To apply the low/reverse clutch, SSD supplies varying solenoid pressure to the low reverse/456 regulator and latch
valves. As the regulator valve moves, it supplies the clutch control bypass valve and low reverse/456 latch valve with
regulated line pressure through the CBR1/C456 circuit. The low reverse/456 latch valve directs the regulated line
pressure to the opposite side of the low reverse/456 regulator valve through the CBR1/C456 FDBK circuit for gradual
O/D (4, 5, 6) clutch engagement.

To apply the O/D (4, 5, 6) clutch, the position of the clutch control bypass valve allows the regulated line pressure in the
CBR1/C456 circuit to supply the C456 circuit, applying the O/D (4, 5, 6) clutch. Clutch control bypass valve latch
pressure is supplied by the C456 circuit. The O/D (4, 5, 6) clutch is applied in 4th, 5th and 6th gears.
When the O/D (4, 5, 6) clutch is released in 1st gear above 8 km/h (5 mph), 2nd and 3rd gears, solenoid pressure from
SSD is removed from the low reverse/456 regulator and latch valves which positions the valves to block line pressure
and release the O/D (4, 5, 6) clutch.

When the O/D (4, 5, 6) clutch is released in 1st gear above 8 km/h (5 mph), 2nd and 3rd gears, exhaust backfill supplied
to the low reverse/456 clutch regulator valve and the clutch control bypass valve by the manual valve through the EXH
BF circuit is directed to the low reverses latch valve, low/reverse clutch and O/D (4, 5, 6) clutch to fill the unused circuits
with unpressurized transmission fluid.

When the O/D (4, 5, 6) clutch is released in PARK, REVERSE, NEUTRAL and 1st gear below 8 km/h (5 mph), the low
reverse/456 regulator valve supplies regulated pressure to the clutch control bypass valve through the CBR1/C456
circuit. With ON/OFF SSE in the ON position, the regulated pressure is directed to the low/reverse clutch.
SECTION 307-01A: Automatic Transaxle/Transmission — 2010 Escape, Mariner, Escape Hybrid, Mariner Hybrid Workshop
6F35 Manual
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION Procedure revision date: 07/27/2009

Transaxle Electronic Control System

Electronic System Description

The PCM and its input/output network control the following operations:

Shift timing

Line pressure (shift feel)

Torque Converter Clutch (TCC)

The transaxle control is separate from the engine control strategy in the PCM, although some of the input signals are shared.
When determining the best operating strategy for transaxle operation, the PCM uses input information from certain engine-
related and driver-demand related sensors and switches.

In addition, the PCM receives input signals from certain transaxle-related sensors and switches. The PCM also uses these
signals when determining transaxle operating strategy.

Using all of these input signals, the PCM can determine when the time and conditions are right for a shift, or when to apply or
release the TCC . It will also determine the best line pressure needed to optimize shift engagement feel. To accomplish this,
the PCM uses output solenoids to control transaxle operation.

The following provides a brief description of each of the sensors and actuators used to control transaxle operation.

Electronic Ignition (EI)

The Electronic Ignition (EI) system consists of the PCM, a Crankshaft Position (CKP) sensor and ignition coils. The CKP
sensor sends a crankshaft position signal to the PCM. The PCM then sends the appropriate ignition signal to the ignition coils.
The PCM also uses this signal as well as Wide Open Throttle (WOT) shift control, TCC control and electronic pressure control.

Accelerator Pedal Position (APP)

The Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) sensor is mounted on the accelerator pedal. The APP detects the position of the
accelerator pedal and inputs this information as a voltage to the PCM. The PCM uses APP sensor information to aid in
determining line pressure, shift scheduling and TCC operation. Failure of this sensor will cause the transmission to operate at
higher line pressure to avoid damage to the transmission. This higher line pressure causes harsh upshifts and harsh
engagements.

Throttle Position (TP) Sensor

The Throttle Position (TP) sensor is a potentiometer mounted on the Throttle Body (TB). The TP sensor detects the position of
the throttle plate and sends this information to the processor assembly as varying voltage signal.

The PCM uses the monitored voltage level of the TP sensor for control of Line Pressure Control (LPC), TCC operation and
shift scheduling.

If a malfunction occurs in the TP sensor circuit, the processor will recognize that the TP sensor signal is out of specification.
The processor will then operate the transaxle in a high capacity mode to prevent transaxle damage.
PCM

The PCM controls operation of the transaxle. Many input sensors provide information to the PCM. The PCM then controls the
actuators which affect transaxle operation.

Transmission Range (TR) Sensor Assembly

The Transmission Range (TR) sensor assembly is an internally mounted sensor that includes the detent bracket and is located
above the main control assembly. The components of the TR sensor are factory adjusted and is installed as a calibrated
assembly. The TR sensor contains electronic circuitry that provides the PCM a fixed frequency duty cycle for each of the
various positions of the manual lever (PARK, REVERSE, NEUTRAL, DRIVE and LOW to the PCM). The PCM uses the TR
sensor signal for engine start, reverse lamps, LPC , shift scheduling and TCC operation.

Brake Pedal Position (BPP) Switch

The Brake Pedal Position (BPP) switch tells the PCM when the brakes are applied. The BPP switch closes when the brakes
are applied and opens when they are released. The BPP signal is used for the brake shift interlock actuation.

Turbine Shaft Speed (TSS) Sensor

This Turbine Shaft Speed (TSS) sensor is a Hall-effect pickup that sends a signal to the PCM that indicates transaxle turbine
shaft input speed. The TSS sensor provides converter turbine speed information for TCC strategy. Also used in determining
static LPC pressure settings.

Output Shaft Speed (OSS) Sensor

The Output Shaft Speed (OSS) sensor is a Hall-effect pickup, located on the transfer shaft drive gear, that sends a signal to
the PCM to indicate transmission output speed. The OSS is used for TCC control and shift scheduling.

Solenoid Body

NOTICE: If the solenoid body identification and strategy does not match the solenoid body information in the
Powertrain Control Module (PCM), transaxle damage or driveability concerns can occur.

The solenoid body contains 7 solenoids, 5 shift solenoids (Shift Solenoid A (SSA), Shift Solenoid B (SSB), Shift Solenoid C
(SSC), Shift Solenoid D (SSD) and Shift Solenoid E (SSE)), TCC solenoid and LPC solenoid. The Transmission Fluid
Temperature (TFT) is also located in the solenoid body. The solenoid body is serviced as an assembly.

The solenoid body has a unique strategy data file that must be downloaded to the PCM. There is a 7-digit solenoid body
identification and a 13-digit solenoid body strategy for each solenoid body. Any time a new solenoid body is installed or a new
transaxle is installed, the scan tool must be used to get the solenoid body strategy data file and download it into the PCM.

If the PCM is replaced, the solenoid body identification and solenoid body strategy must be downloaded into the PCM.

Line Pressure Control (LPC) Solenoid

The LPC solenoid is a Variable Force Solenoid (VFS) that varies hydraulic pressure by actuating a hydraulic valve.
The PCM applies variable current to the LPC solenoid which varies pressure in the VBS LINE hydraulic circuit to the main
pressure regulator valve. Refer to Hydraulic Circuits for additional information.

The LPC solenoid uses inversely proportional operation. As the current from the PCM decreases, the pressure from the
solenoid increases. As the current from the PCM increases, the pressure from the solenoid decreases. The LPC solenoid is
supplied hydraulic pressure from the SOL FD circuit.

With zero current, the LPC solenoid fully opens the hydraulic valve which applies the maximum amount of hydraulic pressure
to the Main Pressure Regulator Valve through the VBS LINE hydraulic circuit and applies maximum line pressure in the LINE
hydraulic circuit. With maximum current to the solenoid, the hydraulic valve fully closes the outlet port for minimum pressure to
the VBS LINE hydraulic circuit to lower the line pressure in the LINE hydraulic circuit.

Line Pressure Control (LPC) Inversely Proportional Variable Force Solenoid (VFS)

Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Solenoid

The TCC solenoid is a VFS that varies hydraulic pressure by actuating a hydraulic valve.

The PCM applies variable current to the TCC solenoid which varies pressure in the VBS TCC hydraulic circuit to the TCC
regulator valve and the TCC control valve. Refer to Hydraulic Circuits for additional information.
The TCC solenoid uses proportional operation. As the current from the PCM decreases, the pressure from the solenoid
decreases. As the current from the PCM increases, the pressure from the solenoid increases. The TCC solenoid is supplied
hydraulic pressure from the SOL FD circuit.

With zero current, the TCC solenoid fully closes the hydraulic valve which applies the minimum amount of hydraulic pressure
to the TCC regulator valve through the VBS TCC hydraulic circuit and releases the TCC . With maximum current to the
solenoid, the hydraulic valve fully opens the outlet port for maximum pressure to the VBS TCC hydraulic circuit to apply the
TCC .

Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Proportional Variable Force Solenoid (VFS)

Shift Solenoid A (SSA), Shift Solenoid B (SSB), Shift Solenoid C (SSC) and Shift Solenoid D (SSD)

Shift solenoids A-D are variable force type solenoids that vary hydraulic pressure by actuating a hydraulic valve.

The PCM applies variable current to the shift solenoids which varies pressure in the hydraulic circuit to the regulator and latch
valves of the clutch that it controls. Refer to Hydraulic Circuits for additional information.

SSA and SSC use proportional operation. As the current from the PCM decreases, the pressure from the solenoid decreases.
As the current from the PCM increases, the pressure from the solenoid increases. SSA and SSC are supplied hydraulic
pressure from the SOL FD circuit.

With zero current, SSA and SSC fully close the hydraulic valves which applies zero amount of hydraulic pressure to the clutch
regulator and latch valves of the clutch that it controls and releases the clutch. With maximum current to the solenoids, the
hydraulic valves are fully open for maximum pressure to the clutch regulator and latch valves to apply the clutch.

Shift Solenoid A (SSA) and Shift Solenoid C (SSC) Proportional Variable Force Type Solenoids

Item Part Number Description

1 7G136 Shift Solenoid A (SSA) Variable Force Solenoid (VFS)
2 7G136 Shift Solenoid C (SSC) VFS

SSB and SSD use inversely proportional operation. As the current from the PCM decreases, the pressure from the solenoid
increases. As the current from the PCM increases, the pressure from the solenoid decreases. SSB and SSD are supplied
hydraulic pressure from the SOL FD circuit.

With zero current, SSB and SSD fully open the hydraulic valves which applies maximum hydraulic pressure to the clutch
regulator and latch valves to apply the clutch that it controls. With maximum current to the solenoids, the hydraulic valve is fully
closed to apply zero amount of hydraulic pressure to the clutch regulator and latch valves of the clutch that it controls and
releases the clutch.
Shift Solenoid B (SSB) and Shift Solenoid D (SSD) Inverse Proportional Variable Force Type Solenoids

Item Part Number Description

1 7G383 Shift Solenoid B (SSB) Variable Force Solenoid (VFS)
2 7G383 Shift Solenoid D (SSD) VFS

Shift Solenoid E (SSE)

SSE is an ON/OFF solenoid. When SSE is in the ON position, SSD controls the clutch regulator and latch valves to apply the
low/reverse clutch. When SSE is in the OFF position, SSD controls the clutch regulator and latch valves to apply the overdrive
(4, 5, 6) clutch. Refer to Hydraulic Circuits for additional information.

SSE is supplied hydraulic pressure from the SOL FD circuit. When SSE is OFF, the solenoid supply is blocked and the outlet
port (ON/OFF SIG circuit) is connected to the exhaust port. When SSE is ON, the exhaust port is blocked and the solenoid
supply is connected to the outlet port (ON/OFF SIG circuit), supplying pressure to the clutch control bypass valve.

Shift Solenoid E (SSE) ON/OFF Solenoid

SECTION 307-01A: Automatic Transaxle/Transmission — 6F35 2010 Escape, Mariner, Escape Hybrid, Mariner Hybrid Workshop Manual
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION Procedure revision date: 02/25/2011

Transaxle Operation

Transaxle Operation Overview

Torque Converter

This transaxle uses a torque converter with the following elements:

Impeller

Turbine

Reactor

Torque Converter Clutch (TCC)

For component information, refer to Torque Converter in this section.

Planetary Gearsets

Operation of this transaxle involves the use of the following planetary gearsets:

Front

Center

Rear

Apply Clutches

This transaxle uses the following clutches to operate the 3 planetary gearsets:

Forward (1, 2, 3, 4) clutch

Low/reverse clutch

Low One-Way Clutch (OWC)

Direct (3, 5, R) clutch

Intermediate (2, 6) clutch

Overdrive (O/D) (4, 5, 6) clutch

For additional information about planetary gearsets or the apply clutches, refer to Mechanical Components and Functions in this section.

Hydraulic System

The hydraulic system of this transaxle consists of the following components:

Transmission fluid pump with filter

Transmission fluid filler tube with transmission fluid level indicator

Main control assembly (valve body and solenoid body)

For component information, refer to Hydraulic System in this section.

Electronic Operation

The PCM controls the operation of the transaxle with the following solenoids:

Line Pressure Control (LPC) solenoid

Shift Solenoid A (SSA)

Shift Solenoid B (SSB)

Shift Solenoid C (SSC)

Shift Solenoid D (SSD)

Shift Solenoid E (SSE)

TCC solenoid

For solenoid information, refer to Transaxle Electronic Control System in this section.

Park Position
Mechanical Operation

Apply components:

Park pawl engaged, holding the final drive assembly stationary

Low/reverse clutch applied

Planetary Gearset Operation

Front planetary gearset driven components:

None

Center planetary gearset driven components:

Sun gear

Rear planetary gearset driven components:

None
Front planetary gearset held components:

Planetary carrier assembly (splined to final drive assembly, held stationary by park pawl)

Center planetary gearset held components:

Center ring gear (splined to rear planetary carrier)

Rear planetary gearset held components:

Planetary carrier

Rear ring gear (splined to front carrier)

Park Position Clutch Application Chart

Gear/Manual Lever Position Direct (3, 5, R) Overdrive (4, 5, 6) Forward (1, 2, 3, 4) Low/ Reverse (L, R) Intermediate (2, 6) One-Way
PARK X

For component information, refer to Mechanical Components and Functions in this section.

Park Position Power Flow

Hydraulic Operation

Line pressure hydraulic circuits:

Line pressure from the pump is supplied to the main pressure regulator valve, low reverse/456 regulator valve, manual valve, solenoid regulator
valve and control pressure regulator.

Line pressure is controlled by the position of the main pressure regulator valve.

The position of the main pressure regulator valve is controlled by varying pressure from the LPC solenoid through the VBS LINE circuit.

Torque converter circuits:

Regulated line pressure from the main pressure regulator valve is directed to the TCC control valve through the CONV FD hydraulic circuit.

When the TCC is released, CONV FD pressure is directed to the TCC RELEASE circuit by the TCC control valve. Pressure from the TCC
RELEASE circuit releases the TCC .

Fluid from the TCC RELEASE returns to the TCC control valve through the TCC APPLY circuit.

Cooler and lubrication hydraulic circuits:

The TCC control valve directs fluid from the TCC APPLY circuit (return circuit from the torque converter when the TCC is released) to the
COOLER FD circuit.

In the COOLER FD circuit, transmission fluid flows through the transmission fluid cooler or the thermal bypass valve to the LUBE circuit in the
input shaft to supply lubrication to the transaxle.

Solenoid hydraulic circuits:

The LPC solenoid applies varying pressure to the main pressure regulator valve through the VBS LINE hydraulic circuit. The LPC solenoid
regulates line pressure by controlling the position of the main pressure regulator valve.

SSD applies pressure to the low reverse/456 regulator and latch valves to apply the low/reverse clutch.

SSE applies pressure to the clutch control bypass valve to position the valve to direct regulated line pressure in the CBR1/C456 circuit to the
low/reverse clutch.

Clutch hydraulic circuits:

Line pressure from the pump is supplied to the low reverse/456 regulator valve. To apply the low/reverse clutch, SSD supplies varying solenoid
pressure to the low reverse/456 regulator and latch valves. As the low reverse/456 regulator valve moves, it supplies the clutch control bypass
valve and low reverse/456 latch valve with regulated line pressure through the CBR1/C456 circuit. The latch valve directs the regulated line
pressure to the opposite side of the regulator valve through the CBR1/C456 FDBK circuit for gradual low/reverse clutch engagement.

Regulated line pressure at the clutch control bypass valve in the CBR1/C456 circuit is directed to the low/reverse clutch through the CBR1 circuit
to apply the clutch.

For additional hydraulic circuit information, refer to Hydraulic Circuits in this section.

Electrical Operation

Solenoid operation:

Park Position Solenoid Operation Chart

Shift Solenoid
Base Selector Lever PCM Commanded SSA (VFS) NL (1, SSB (VFS) NH SSC (VFS) NL SSD (VFS) NH (L, SSE (On/Off) TCC (VFS)
Position Gear 2, 3, 4) (3, 5, R) (2, 6) R/4, 5, 6) NC NL
P P Off On Off Off On Off

NC = Normally closed

NH = Normally high

NL = Normally low

Printable / zoomable view of this graphic

Reverse Position
Mechanical Operation

Apply components:

Low/reverse clutch applied

Direct (3, 5, R) clutch applied

Planetary Gearset Operation

Front planetary gearset driven components:

Planetary carrier

Center planetary gearset driven components:

Sun gear (does not contribute to power flow)

Rear planetary gearset driven components:

Sun gear

Front planetary gearset held components:

None

Center planetary gearset held components:

Center ring (does not contribute to power flow)

Rear planetary gearset held components:


Planetary carrier

Reverse Position Clutch Application Chart

Gear/Manual Lever Position Direct (3, 5, R) Overdrive (4, 5, 6) Forward (1, 2, 3, 4) Low/ Reverse (L, R) Intermediate (2, 6) One-Way
REVERSE X X

For component information, refer to Mechanical Components and Functions in this section.

Reverse Position Power Flow

Hydraulic Operation

Line pressure hydraulic circuits:

Line pressure from the pump is supplied to the main pressure regulator valve, low reverse/456 regulator valve, manual valve, solenoid regulator
valve and control pressure regulator.

Line pressure is controlled by the position of the main pressure regulator valve.

The position of the main pressure regulator valve is controlled by varying pressure from the LPC solenoid through the VBS LINE circuit.

Torque converter circuits:

Regulated line pressure from the main pressure regulator valve is directed to the TCC control valve through the CONV FD hydraulic circuit.

When the TCC is released, CONV FD pressure is directed to the TCC RELEASE circuit by the TCC control valve. Pressure from the TCC
RELEASE circuit releases the TCC .

Fluid from the TCC RELEASE returns to the TCC control valve through the TCC APPLY circuit.

Cooler and lubrication hydraulic circuits:

The TCC control valve directs fluid from the TCC APPLY circuit (return circuit from the torque converter when the TCC is released) to the
COOLER FD circuit.

In the COOLER FD circuit, transmission fluid flows through the transmission fluid cooler or the thermal bypass valve to the LUBE circuit in the
input shaft to supply lubrication to the transaxle.

Solenoid hydraulic circuits:

The LPC solenoid applies varying pressure to the main pressure regulator valve through the VBS LINE hydraulic circuit. The LPC solenoid
regulates line pressure by controlling the position of the main pressure regulator valve.

SSB applies pressure to the 35R regulator and latch valves to apply the direct (3, 5, R) clutch.

SSD applies pressure to the low reverse/456 regulator valve to apply the low/reverse clutch.

SSE applies pressure to the clutch control bypass valve to position the valve to direct regulated line pressure in the CBR1/C456 circuit to the
CBR1 circuit to apply the low/reverse clutch.
Clutch hydraulic circuits:

Line pressure supplied to the manual valve is directed to the clutch control bypass valve through the REVERSE circuit.

The clutch control bypass valve directs the REVERSE circuit to the 35R regulator valve through the C35R FD circuit, DRIVE 2/C35R FD shuttle
ball and DRIVE 2/C35R FD circuit. To apply the direct (3, 5, R) clutch, SSB applies varying solenoid pressure to the 35R regulator and latch
valves. As the 35R regulator valve moves, it supplies the direct (3, 5, R) clutch and 35R latch valve with regulated line pressure through the
C35R circuit. The 35R latch valve directs the regulated line pressure to the opposite side of the 35R regulator valve through the C35R FDBK
circuit for gradual direct (3, 5, R) clutch engagement.

Line pressure from the pump is supplied to the low reverse/456 regulator valve. To apply the low/reverse clutch, SSD supplies varying solenoid
pressure to the low reverse/456 regulator and latch valves. As the regulator valve moves, it supplies the clutch control bypass valve and low
reverse/456 latch valve with regulated line pressure through the CBR1/C456 circuit. The low reverse/456 latch valve directs the regulated line
pressure to the opposite side of the regulator valve through the CBR1/C456 FDBK circuit for gradual low/reverse clutch engagement.

Regulated line pressure at the clutch control bypass valve in the CBR1/C456 circuit is directed to the low/reverse clutch through the CBR1 circuit
to apply the clutch.

For additional hydraulic circuit information, refer to Hydraulic Circuits in this section.

Electrical Operation

Solenoid operation:

Reverse Position Solenoid Operation Chart

Shift Solenoid
Base Selector Lever PCM Commanded SSA (VFS) NL (1, SSB (VFS) NH SSC (VFS) NL SSD (VFS) NH (L, SSE (On/Off) TCC (VFS)
Position Gear 2, 3, 4) (3, 5, R) (2, 6) R/4, 5, 6) NC NL
R R Off Off Off Off On Off

NC = Normally closed

NH = Normally high

NL = Normally low

Printable / zoomable view of this graphic

Neutral Position

Mechanical Operation
Apply components:

Low/reverse clutch applied

Planetary Gearset Operation

Front planetary gearset driven components:

None

Center planetary gearset driven components:

Sun gear

Rear planetary gearset driven components:

None

Front planetary gearset held components:

None

Center planetary gearset held components:

Ring gear

Rear planetary gearset held components:

Planetary carrier

Neutral Position Clutch Application Chart

Gear/Manual Lever Position Direct (3, 5, R) Overdrive (4, 5, 6) Forward (1, 2, 3, 4) Low/ Reverse (L, R) Intermediate (2, 6) One-Way
NEUTRAL X

For component information, refer to Mechanical Components and Functions in this section.

Power Flow

Hydraulic Operation
Line pressure hydraulic circuits:

Line pressure from the pump is supplied to the main pressure regulator valve, low reverse/456 regulator valve, manual valve, solenoid regulator
valve and control pressure regulator.

Line pressure is controlled by the position of the main pressure regulator valve.

The position of the main pressure regulator valve is controlled by varying pressure from the LPC solenoid through the VBS LINE circuit.

Torque converter circuits:

Regulated line pressure from the main pressure regulator valve is directed to the TCC control valve through the CONV FD hydraulic circuit.

When the TCC is released, CONV FD pressure is directed to the TCC RELEASE circuit by the TCC control valve. Pressure from the TCC
RELEASE circuit releases the TCC .

Fluid from the TCC RELEASE returns to the TCC control valve through the TCC APPLY circuit.

Cooler and lubrication hydraulic circuits:

The TCC control valve directs fluid from the TCC APPLY circuit (return circuit from the torque converter when the TCC is released) to the
COOLER FD circuit.

In the COOLER FD circuit, transmission fluid flows through the transmission fluid cooler or the thermal bypass valve to the LUBE circuit in the
input shaft to supply lubrication to the transaxle.

Solenoid hydraulic circuits:

The LPC solenoid applies varying pressure to the main pressure regulator valve through the VBS LINE hydraulic circuit. The LPC solenoid
regulates line pressure by controlling the position of the main pressure regulator valve.

SSD applies pressure to the low reverse/456 regulator and latch valves to apply the low/reverse clutch.

SSE applies pressure to the clutch control bypass valve to position the valve to direct regulated line pressure in the CBR1/C456 circuit to the
low/reverse clutch.

Clutch hydraulic circuits:

Line pressure from the pump is supplied to the low reverse/456 regulator valve. To apply the low/reverse clutch, SSD supplies varying solenoid
pressure to the low reverse/456 regulator and latch valves. As the regulator valve moves, it supplies the clutch control bypass valve and low
reverse/456 latch valve with regulated line pressure through the CBR1/C456 circuit. The low reverse/456 latch valve directs the regulated line
pressure to the opposite side of the regulator valve through the CBR1/C456 FDBK circuit for gradual low/reverse clutch engagement.

Regulated line pressure at the clutch control bypass valve in the CBR1/C456 circuit is directed to the low/reverse clutch through the CBR1 circuit
to apply the clutch.

For additional hydraulic circuit information, refer to Hydraulic Circuits in this section.

Electrical Operation

Solenoid operation:

Neutral Position Solenoid Operation Chart

Shift Solenoid
Base Selector Lever PCM Commanded SSA (VFS) NL (1, SSB (VFS) NH SSC (VFS) NL SSD (VFS) NH (L, SSE (On/Off) TCC (VFS)
Position Gear 2, 3, 4) (3, 5, R) (2, 6) R/4, 5, 6) NC NL
N N Off On Off Off On Off

NC = Normally closed

NH = Normally high

NL = Normally low

Printable / zoomable view of this graphic

1st Gear Above 8 km/h (5 mph)
NOTE: The transaxle operates differently in 1st gear above and below 8 km/h (5 mph). For transaxle operation below 8 km/h (5 mph), refer to Manual
LOW Position and 1st Gear Below 8 km/h (5 mph) in this section.

Mechanical Operation

Apply components:

Forward (1, 2, 3, 4) clutch

OWC

Planetary Gearset Operation

Front planetary gearset driven components:

Ring gear

Planetary carrier

Center planetary gearset driven components:

Sun gear

Planetary carrier

Rear planetary gearset driven components:

Ring gear

Front planetary gearset held components:

Sun gear

Center planetary gearset held components:


Ring gear

Rear planetary gearset held components:

Rear planetary carrier (does not contribute to power flow)

1st Gear Above 8 km/h (5 mph) Clutch Application Chart

Gear Direct (3, 5, R) Overdrive (4, 5, 6) Forward (1, 2, 3, 4) Low/ Reverse (L, R) Intermediate (2, 6) One-Way
1st gear X X

For component information, refer to Mechanical Components and Functions in this section.

Power Flow

Hydraulic Operation

Line pressure hydraulic circuits:

Line pressure from the pump is supplied to the main pressure regulator valve, low reverse/456 regulator valve, manual valve, solenoid regulator
valve and control pressure regulator.

Line pressure is controlled by the position of the main pressure regulator valve.

The position of the main pressure regulator valve is controlled by varying pressure from the LPC solenoid through the VBS LINE circuit.

Torque converter circuits:

Regulated line pressure from the main pressure regulator valve is directed to the TCC control valve through the CONV FD hydraulic circuit.

When the TCC is released, CONV FD pressure is directed to the TCC RELEASE circuit by the TCC control valve. Pressure from the TCC
RELEASE circuit releases the TCC .

Fluid from the TCC RELEASE returns to the TCC control valve through the TCC APPLY circuit.

Cooler and lubrication hydraulic circuits:

The TCC control valve directs fluid from the TCC APPLY circuit (return circuit from the torque converter when the TCC is released) to the
COOLER FD circuit.

In the COOLER FD circuit, transmission fluid flows through the transmission fluid cooler or the thermal bypass valve to the LUBE circuit in the
input shaft to supply lubrication to the transaxle.

Solenoid hydraulic circuits:

The LPC solenoid applies varying pressure to the main pressure regulator valve through the VBS LINE hydraulic circuit. The LPC solenoid
regulates line pressure by controlling the position of the main pressure regulator valve.

SSA applies pressure to the 1234 regulator and latch valves to apply the forward (1, 2, 3, 4) clutch.

SSD releases pressure to the low reverse/456 regulator and latch valves to release the low/reverse clutch.

SSE releases pressure to the clutch control bypass valve to position it so that regulated line pressure supplied in the CBR1/C456 circuit for 4th,
5th and 6th gear will apply the O/D (4, 5, 6) clutch.

Clutch hydraulic circuits:

SSD removes pressure from the low reverse/456 regulator and latch valves which positions the valves to block line pressure and release the
low/reverse clutch. Solenoid pressure from SSE is removed from the clutch control bypass valve to position it to apply the O/D (4, 5, 6) clutch.

Line pressure is supplied to the 1234 regulator valve by the manual valve in the DRIVE and LOW position. To apply the forward (1, 2, 3, 4)
clutch, SSA supplies varying solenoid pressure to the 1234 regulator and latch valves. As the 1234 regulator valve moves, it supplies the forward
(1, 2, 3, 4) clutch and 1234 latch valve with regulated line pressure through the C1234 circuit. The 1234 latch valve directs the regulated line
pressure to the opposite side of the regulator valve through the C1234 FDBK circuit for gradual forward (1, 2, 3, 4) clutch engagement.

Electrical Operation

Solenoid operation:

1st Gear Above 8 km/h (5 mph) Solenoid Operation Chart

Shift Solenoid
Base Selector Lever PCM Commanded SSA (VFS) NL (1, SSB (VFS) NH SSC (VFS) NL SSD (VFS) NH (L, SSE (On/Off) TCC (VFS)
Position Gear 2, 3, 4) (3, 5, R) (2, 6) R/4, 5, 6) NC NL
D 1 On On Off On Off Off

NC = Normally closed

NH = Normally high

NL = Normally low

Printable / zoomable view of this graphic

2nd Gear
Mechanical Operation

Apply components:

Forward (1, 2, 3, 4) clutch

Intermediate (2, 6) clutch

Planetary Gearset Operation

Front planetary gearset driven components:

Planetary carrier

Ring gear

Center planetary gearset driven components:

Sun gear

Planetary carrier

Ring gear

Rear planetary gearset driven components:

Planetary carrier

Ring gear

Front planetary gearset held components:

Sun gear

Center planetary gearset held components:


None

Rear planetary gearset held components:

Sun gear

2nd Gear Clutch Application Chart

Gear Direct (3, 5, R) Overdrive (4, 5, 6) Forward (1, 2, 3, 4) Low/ Reverse (L, R) Intermediate (2, 6) One-Way
2nd gear X X

For component information, refer to Mechanical Components and Functions in this section.

Power Flow

Hydraulic Operation

Line pressure hydraulic circuits:

Line pressure from the pump is supplied to the main pressure regulator valve, low reverse/456 regulator valve, manual valve, solenoid regulator
valve and control pressure regulator.

Line pressure is controlled by the position of the main pressure regulator valve.

The position of the main pressure regulator valve is controlled by varying pressure from the LPC solenoid through the VBS LINE circuit.

Torque converter circuits:

Regulated line pressure from the main pressure regulator valve is directed to the TCC control valve through the CONV FD hydraulic circuit.

When the TCC is released, CONV FD pressure is directed to the TCC RELEASE circuit by the TCC control valve. Pressure from the TCC
RELEASE circuit releases the TCC .

Fluid from the TCC RELEASE returns to the TCC control valve through the TCC APPLY circuit.

Cooler and lubrication hydraulic circuits:

The TCC control valve directs fluid from the TCC APPLY circuit (return circuit from the torque converter when the TCC is released) to the
COOLER FD circuit.

In the COOLER FD circuit, transmission fluid flows through the transmission fluid cooler or the thermal bypass valve to the LUBE circuit in the
input shaft to supply lubrication to the transaxle.

Solenoid hydraulic circuits:

The LPC solenoid applies varying pressure to the main pressure regulator valve through the VBS LINE hydraulic circuit. The LPC solenoid
regulates line pressure by controlling the position of the main pressure regulator valve.

SSA applies pressure to the 1234 regulator and latch valves to apply the forward (1, 2, 3, 4) clutch.

SSC applies pressure to the 26 regulator and latch valves to apply the intermediate (2, 6) clutch.

Clutch hydraulic circuits:

Line pressure is supplied to the 1234 regulator valve by the manual valve in the DRIVE and LOW position. To apply the forward (1, 2, 3, 4)
clutch, SSA supplies varying solenoid pressure to the 1234 regulator and latch valves. As the regulator valve moves, it supplies the forward (1, 2,
3, 4) clutch and 1234 latch valve with regulated line pressure through the C1234 circuit. The 1234 latch valve directs the regulated line pressure
to the opposite side of the regulator valve through the C1234 FDBK circuit for gradual forward (1, 2, 3, 4) clutch engagement.

Line pressure is supplied to the 26 regulator valve by the manual valve in the DRIVE and LOW positions. To apply the intermediate (2, 6) clutch,
SSC supplies varying solenoid pressure to the 26 regulator and latch valves. As the 26 regulator valve moves, it supplies the intermediate (2, 6)
clutch and 26 latch valve with regulated line pressure through the CB26 circuit. The 26 latch valve directs the regulated line pressure to the
opposite side of the 26 regulator valve through the CB26 FDBK circuit for gradual intermediate (2, 6) clutch engagement.

For additional hydraulic circuit and information, refer to Hydraulic Circuits in this section.

Electrical Operation

Solenoid operation:

2nd Gear Solenoid Operation Chart

Shift Solenoid
Base Selector Lever PCM Commanded SSA (VFS) NL (1, SSB (VFS) NH SSC (VFS) NL SSD (VFS) NH (L, SSE (On/Off) TCC (VFS)
Position Gear 2, 3, 4) (3, 5, R) (2, 6) R/4, 5, 6) NC NL
D 2 On On On On Off Off

NC = Normally closed

NH = Normally high

NL = Normally low

Printable / zoomable view of this graphic

3rd Gear
Mechanical Operation

Apply components:

Forward (1, 2, 3, 4) clutch

Direct (3, 5, R) clutch

Planetary Gearset Operation

Front planetary gearset driven components:

Planetary carrier

Ring gear

Center planetary gearset driven components:

Sun gear

Planetary carrier

Ring gear

Rear planetary gearset driven components:

Sun gear

Planetary carrier

Ring gear

Front planetary gearset held components:

Sun gear
Center planetary gearset held components:

None

Rear planetary gearset held components:

None

3rd Gear Clutch Application Chart

Gear Direct (3, 5, R) Overdrive (4, 5, 6) Forward (1, 2, 3, 4) Low/ Reverse (L, R) Intermediate (2, 6) One-Way
3rd gear X X

For component information, refer to Mechanical Components and Functions in this section.

Power Flow

Hydraulic Operation

Line pressure hydraulic circuits:

Line pressure from the pump is supplied to the main pressure regulator valve, low reverse/456 regulator valve, manual valve, solenoid regulator
valve and control pressure regulator.

Line pressure is controlled by the position of the main pressure regulator valve.

The position of the main pressure regulator valve is controlled by varying pressure from the LPC solenoid through the VBS LINE circuit.

Torque converter circuits:

Regulated line pressure from the main pressure regulator valve is directed to the TCC control valve through the CONV FD hydraulic circuit.

When the TCC is released, CONV FD pressure is directed to the TCC RELEASE circuit by the TCC control valve. Pressure from the TCC
RELEASE circuit releases the TCC .

Fluid from the TCC RELEASE returns to the TCC control valve through the TCC APPLY circuit.

Cooler and lubrication hydraulic circuits:

The TCC control valve directs fluid from the TCC APPLY circuit (return circuit from the torque converter when the TCC is released) to the
COOLER FD circuit.

In the COOLER FD circuit, transmission fluid flows through the transmission fluid cooler or the thermal bypass valve to the LUBE circuit in the
input shaft to supply lubrication to the transaxle.

Solenoid hydraulic circuits:


The LPC solenoid applies varying pressure to the main pressure regulator valve through the VBS LINE hydraulic circuit. The LPC solenoid
regulates line pressure by controlling the position of the main pressure regulator valve.

SSA applies pressure to the 1234 regulator and latch valves to apply the forward (1, 2, 3, 4) clutch.

SSC releases pressure to the 26 regulator and latch valves to release the intermediate (2, 6) clutch.

SSB applies pressure to the 35R regulator and latch valves to apply the direct (3, 5, R) clutch.

Clutch hydraulic circuits:

Line pressure is supplied to the 1234 regulator valve by the manual valve in the DRIVE and LOW position. To apply the forward (1, 2, 3, 4)
clutch, SSA supplies varying solenoid pressure to the 1234 regulator and latch valves. As the regulator valve moves, it supplies the forward (1, 2,
3, 4) clutch and latch valve with regulated line pressure through the C1234 circuit. The 1234 latch valve directs the regulated line pressure to the
opposite side of the 1234 regulator valve through the C1234 FDBK circuit for gradual forward (1, 2, 3, 4) clutch engagement.

Solenoid pressure from SSC is removed from the 26 regulator and latch valves which positions the valves to block line pressure and release the
intermediate (2, 6) clutch.

Line pressure from the pump is directed to the clutch control bypass valve by the manual valve through the DRIVE hydraulic circuit. The clutch
control bypass valve directs the pressure to the 35R regulator valve through the TCC regulator valve, DRIVE 2 circuit, DRIVE 2/C35R FD shuttle
ball and DRIVE 2/C35R FD circuit. SSB applies varying solenoid pressure to the 35R regulator and latch valves. As the regulator valve moves, it
supplies the direct (3, 5, R) clutch and 35R latch valve with regulated line pressure through the C35R circuit. The 35R latch valve directs the
regulated line pressure to the opposite side of the 35R regulator valve through the C35R FDBK circuit for gradual direct (3, 5, R) clutch
engagement.

For additional hydraulic circuit and information, refer to Hydraulic Circuits in this section.

Electrical Operation

Solenoid operation:

3rd Gear Solenoid Operation Chart

Shift Solenoid
Base Selector Lever PCM Commanded SSA (VFS) NL (1, SSB (VFS) NH SSC (VFS) NL SSD (VFS) NH (L, SSE (On/Off) TCC (VFS)
Position Gear 2, 3, 4) (3, 5, R) (2, 6) R/4, 5, 6) NC NL
D 3 On Off Off On Off Off

NC = Normally closed

NH = Normally high

NL = Normally low

Printable / zoomable view of this graphic

4th Gear
Mechanical Operation

Apply components:

Forward (1, 2, 3, 4) clutch

O/D (4, 5, 6) clutch

Planetary Gearset Operation

Front planetary gearset driven components:

Planetary carrier

Ring gear

Center planetary gearset driven components:

Sun gear

Planetary carrier

Ring gear

Rear planetary gearset driven components:

Planetary carrier

Front planetary gearset held components:

Sun gear

Center planetary gearset held components:


None

Rear planetary gearset held components:

None

4th Gear Clutch Application Chart

Gear Direct (3, 5, R) Overdrive (4, 5, 6) Forward (1, 2, 3, 4) Low/ Reverse (L, R) Intermediate (2, 6) One-Way
4th gear X X

For component information, refer to Mechanical Components and Functions in this section.

Power Flow

Hydraulic Operation

Line pressure hydraulic circuits:

Line pressure from the pump is supplied to the main pressure regulator valve, low reverse/456 regulator valve, manual valve, solenoid regulator
valve and control pressure regulator.

Line pressure is controlled by the position of the main pressure regulator valve.

The position of the main pressure regulator valve is controlled by varying pressure from the LPC solenoid through the VBS LINE circuit.

Torque converter circuits:

Regulated line pressure from the main pressure regulator valve is directed to the TCC control valve through the CONV FD hydraulic circuit.

When the TCC is released, CONV FD pressure is directed to the TCC RELEASE circuit by the TCC control valve. Pressure from the TCC
RELEASE circuit releases the TCC .

Fluid from the TCC RELEASE circuit returns to the TCC control valve through the TCC APPLY circuit.

Cooler and lubrication hydraulic circuits:

The TCC control valve directs fluid from the TCC APPLY circuit (return circuit from the torque converter when the TCC is released) to the
COOLER FD circuit.

In the COOLER FD circuit, transmission fluid flows through the transmission fluid cooler or the thermal bypass valve to the LUBE circuit in the
input shaft to supply lubrication to the transaxle.

Solenoid hydraulic circuits:

The LPC solenoid applies varying pressure to the main pressure regulator valve through the VBS LINE hydraulic circuit. The LPC solenoid
regulates line pressure by controlling the position of the main pressure regulator valve.

SSA applies pressure to the 1234 regulator and latch valves to apply the forward (1, 2, 3, 4) clutch.

SSB releases pressure to the 35R clutch regulator and latch valves to release the direct (3, 5, R) clutch.

SSD applies pressure to the low reverse/456 regulator and latch valves to apply the O/D (4, 5, 6) clutch.

Clutch hydraulic circuits:

Line pressure is supplied to the 1234 regulator valve by the manual valve in the DRIVE and LOW position. To apply the forward (1, 2, 3, 4)
clutch, SSA supplies varying solenoid pressure to the 1234 regulator and latch valves. As the regulator valve moves, it supplies the forward (1, 2,
3, 4) clutch and 1234 latch valve with regulated line pressure through the C1234 circuit. The 1234 latch valve directs the regulated line pressure
to the opposite side of the 1234 regulator valve through the C1234 FDBK circuit for gradual forward (1, 2, 3, 4) clutch engagement.

Solenoid pressure from SSB is removed from the 35R regulator and latch valves which positions the valves to block line pressure and release
the direct (3, 5, R) clutch.

Line pressure from the pump is supplied to the low reverse/456 regulator valve. SSD supplies varying solenoid pressure to the low reverse/456
regulator and latch valves. As the regulator valve moves, it supplies the clutch control bypass valve and low reverse/456 latch valve with
regulated line pressure through the CBR1/C456 circuit. The low reverse/456 latch valve directs the regulated line pressure to the opposite side of
the low reverse/456 regulator valve through the CBR1/C456 FDBK circuit for gradual clutch engagement.

Regulated line pressure at the clutch control bypass valve in the CBR1/C456 circuit is directed to the O/D (4, 5, 6) clutch through the C456 circuit
to apply the clutch.

Regulated line pressure in the C456 also supplies the latch pressure for the clutch control bypass valve.

For additional hydraulic circuit and information, refer to Hydraulic Circuits in this section.

Electrical Operation

Solenoid operation:

4th Gear Solenoid Operation Chart

Shift Solenoid
Base Selector Lever PCM Commanded SSA (VFS) NL (1, SSB (VFS) NH SSC (VFS) NL SSD (VFS) NH (L, SSE (On/Off) TCC (VFS)
Position Gear 2, 3, 4) (3, 5, R) (2, 6) R/4, 5, 6) NC NL
D 4 On On Off Off Off Off

NC = Normally closed

NH = Normally high

NL = Normally low

Printable / zoomable view of this graphic

5th Gear
Mechanical Operation

Apply components:

O/D (4, 5, 6) clutch

Direct (3, 5, R) clutch

Planetary Gearset Operation

Front planetary gearset driven components:

Planetary carrier

Center planetary gearset driven components:

Sun gear (does not contribute to power flow)

Rear planetary gearset driven components:

Sun gear

Planetary carrier

Front planetary gearset held components:

None

Center planetary gearset held components:

None
Rear planetary gearset held components:

None

5th Gear Clutch Application Chart

Gear Direct (3, 5, R) Overdrive (4, 5, 6) Forward (1, 2, 3, 4) Low/ Reverse (L, R) Intermediate (2, 6) One-Way
5th gear X X

For component information, refer to Mechanical Components and Functions in this section.

Power Flow

Hydraulic Operation

Line pressure hydraulic circuits:

Line pressure from the pump is supplied to the main pressure regulator valve, low reverse/456 regulator valve, manual valve, solenoid regulator
valve and control pressure regulator.

Line pressure is controlled by the position of the main pressure regulator valve.

The position of the main pressure regulator valve is controlled by varying pressure from the LPC solenoid through the VBS LINE circuit.

Torque converter circuits:

Regulated line pressure from the main pressure regulator valve is directed to the TCC control valve through the CONV FD hydraulic circuit.

When the TCC is released, CONV FD pressure is directed to the TCC RELEASE circuit by the TCC control valve. Pressure from the TCC
RELEASE circuit releases the TCC .

Fluid from the TCC RELEASE returns to the TCC control valve through the TCC APPLY circuit.

Cooler and lubrication hydraulic circuits:

The TCC control valve directs fluid from the TCC APPLY circuit (return circuit from the torque converter when the TCC is released) to the
COOLER FD circuit.

In the COOLER FD circuit, transmission fluid flows through the transmission fluid cooler or the thermal bypass valve to the LUBE circuit in the
input shaft to supply lubrication to the transaxle.

Solenoid hydraulic circuits:

The LPC solenoid applies varying pressure to the main pressure regulator valve through the VBS LINE hydraulic circuit. The LPC solenoid
regulates line pressure by controlling the position of the main pressure regulator valve.

SSD applies pressure to the low reverse/456 regulator and latch valves to apply the O/D (4, 5, 6) clutch.

SSA releases pressure to the 1234 regulator and latch valves to release the forward (1, 2, 3, 4) clutch.

SSB applies pressure to the 35R regulator and latch valves to apply the direct (3, 5, R) clutch.

Clutch hydraulic circuits:

Line pressure from the pump is supplied to the low reverse/456 regulator valve. SSD supplies varying solenoid pressure to the low reverse/456
regulator and latch valves. As the regulator valve moves, it supplies the clutch control bypass valve and low reverse/456 latch valve with
regulated line pressure through the CBR1/C456 circuit. The low reverse/456 latch valve directs the regulated line pressure to the opposite side of
the regulator valve through the CBR1/C456 FDBK circuit for gradual clutch engagement.

Regulated line pressure at the clutch control bypass valve in the CBR1/C456 circuit is directed to the O/D (4, 5, 6) clutch through the C456 circuit
to apply the clutch.

Regulated line pressure in the C456 also supplies the latch pressure for the clutch control bypass valve.

Solenoid pressure from SSA is removed from the 1234 regulator and latch valves which positions the valves to block line pressure and release
the forward (1, 2, 3, 4) clutch.

Line pressure from the pump is directed to the clutch control bypass valve by the manual valve through the DRIVE hydraulic circuit. The clutch
control bypass valve directs the pressure to the 35R regulator valve through the TCC regulator valve, DRIVE 2 circuit, DRIVE 2/C35R FD shuttle
ball and DRIVE 2/C35R FD circuit. SSB applies varying solenoid pressure to the 35R regulator and latch valves. As the regulator valve moves, it
supplies the direct (3, 5, R) clutch and 35R latch valve with regulated line pressure through the C35R circuit. The 35R latch valve directs the
regulated line pressure to the opposite side of the 35R regulator valve through the C35R FDBK circuit for gradual direct (3, 5, R) clutch
engagement.

For additional hydraulic circuit and information, refer to Hydraulic Circuits in this section.

Electrical Operation

Solenoid operation:

5th Gear Solenoid Operation Chart

Shift Solenoid
Base Selector Lever PCM Commanded SSA (VFS) NL (1, SSB (VFS) NH (3, SSC (VFS) NL SSD (VFS) NH (L, SSE (On/Off)
Position Gear 2, 3, 4) 5, R) (2, 6) R/4, 5, 6) NC
D 5 Off Off Off Off Off

NC = Normally closed

NH = Normally high

NL = Normally low

Printable / zoomable view of this graphic

6th Gear Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Applied
Mechanical Operation

Apply components:

O/D (4, 5, 6) clutch

Intermediate (2, 6) clutch

TCC

Planetary Gearset Operation

Front planetary gearset driven components:

Planetary carrier

Center planetary gearset driven components:

Sun gear (does not contribute to power flow)

Rear planetary gearset driven components:

Planetary carrier

Ring gear

Front planetary gearset held components:

None

Center planetary gearset held components:

None
Rear planetary gearset held components:

Sun gear

6th Gear TCC Applied Clutch Application Chart

Gear Direct (3, 5, R) Overdrive (4, 5, 6) Forward (1, 2, 3, 4) Low/ Reverse (L, R) Intermediate (2, 6) TCC
6th gear X X X

For component information, refer to Mechanical Components and Functions in this section.

Power Flow

Hydraulic Operation

Line pressure hydraulic circuits:

Line pressure from the pump is supplied to the main pressure regulator valve, low reverse/456 regulator valve, manual valve, solenoid regulator
valve and control pressure regulator.

Line pressure is controlled by the position of the main pressure regulator valve.

The position of the main pressure regulator valve is controlled by varying pressure from the LPC solenoid through the VBS LINE circuit.

Torque converter circuits:

When the torque converter is applied, line pressure from the manual valve is directed to the TCC regulator valve by the clutch control bypass
valve through the DRIVE 2 circuit. The TCC solenoid supplies varying solenoid pressure to the TCC regulator valve and the TCC control valve to
position the valves to apply the TCC .

As the TCC regulator valve moves, it supplies the TCC control valve with regulated line pressure through the REG APPLY circuit. The TCC
control valve directs the REG APPLY circuit to the TCC APPLY circuit to apply the TCC .

Pressure from the torque converter returns to the TCC control valve through the TCC RELEASE circuit.

Cooler and lubrication hydraulic circuits:

Regulated line pressure from the main pressure regulator valve is directed to the TCC control valve through the CONV FD hydraulic circuit.
When the TCC is applied, CONV FD pressure supplies the COOLER FD circuit which circulates through the transmission fluid cooler or the
thermal bypass valve.

In the COOLER FD circuit, transmission fluid flows through the transmission fluid cooler or the thermal bypass valve to the LUBE circuit in the
input shaft to supply lubrication to the transaxle.

Solenoid hydraulic circuits:

The LPC solenoid applies varying pressure to the main pressure regulator valve through the VBS LINE hydraulic circuit. The LPC solenoid
 regulates line pressure by controlling the position of the main pressure regulator valve.

SSD applies pressure to the low reverse/456 regulator and latch valves to apply the O/D (4, 5, 6) clutch.

SSB releases pressure to the 35R regulator and latch valves to release the direct (3, 5, R) clutch.

SSC applies pressure to the 26 regulator and latch valves to apply the direct (2, 6) clutch.

The TCC solenoid applies pressure to the TCC control valve and the TCC regulator valve to apply the TCC .

Clutch hydraulic circuits:

Line pressure from the pump is supplied to the low reverse/456 regulator valve. SSD supplies varying solenoid pressure to the low reverse/456
regulator and latch valves. As the regulator valve moves, it supplies the clutch control bypass valve and low reverse/456 latch valve with
regulated line pressure through the CBR1/C456 circuit. The low reverse/456 latch valve directs the regulated line pressure to the opposite side of
the low reverse/456 regulator valve through the CBR1/C456 FDBK circuit for gradual clutch engagement.

Regulated line pressure at the clutch control bypass valve in the CBR1/C456 circuit is directed to the O/D (4, 5, 6) clutch through the C456 circuit
to apply the clutch.

Regulated line pressure in the C456 circuit also supplies the latch pressure for the clutch control bypass valve.

Solenoid pressure from SSB is removed from the 35R regulator and latch valves which positions the valves to block line pressure and release
the direct (3, 5, R) clutch.

Line pressure is supplied to the 26 regulator valve by the manual valve in the DRIVE and LOW positions. To apply the intermediate (2, 6) clutch,
SSC supplies varying solenoid pressure to the 26 regulator and latch valves. As the regulator valve moves, it supplies the intermediate (2, 6)
clutch and 26 latch valve with regulated line pressure through the CB26 circuit. The 26 latch valve directs the regulated line pressure to the
opposite side of the regulator valve through the CB26 FDBK circuit for gradual intermediate (2, 6) clutch engagement.

For additional hydraulic circuit and information, refer to Hydraulic Circuits in this section.

Electrical Operation

Solenoid operation:

6th Gear TCC Applied Solenoid Operation Chart

Shift Solenoid
Base Selector Lever PCM Commanded SSA (VFS) NL (1, SSB (VFS) NH SSC (VFS) NL SSD (VFS) NH (L, SSE (On/Off) TCC (VFS)
Position Gear 2, 3, 4) (3, 5, R) (2, 6) R/4, 5, 6) NC NL
D 6 Off On On Off Off On

NC = Normally closed

NH = Normally high

NL = Normally low

Printable / zoomable view of this graphic

Manual LOW Position and 1st Gear Below 8 km/h (5 mph)
NOTE: The transaxle operates differently in first gear above and below 8 km/h (5 mph). For transaxle operation above 8 km/h (5 mph), refer to 1st Gear
Above 8 km/h (5 mph) in this section.

Mechanical Operation

Apply components:

Forward (1, 2, 3, 4) clutch

Low/reverse clutch

Low OWC

Planetary Gearset Operation

Front planetary gearset driven components:

Ring gear

Planetary carrier

Center planetary gearset driven components:

Sun gear

Planetary carrier

Rear planetary gearset driven components:

None

Front planetary gearset held components:

Sun gear
Center planetary gearset held components:

Ring gear

Rear planetary gearset held components:

Rear planetary carrier (does not contribute to power flow)

Manual LOW Position and 1st Gear Below 8 km/h (5 mph) Clutch Application Chart
Gear Direct (3, 5, R) Overdrive (4, 5, 6) Forward (1, 2, 3, 4) Low/ Reverse (L, R) Intermediate (2, 6) One-Way
1st gear X X X

For component information, refer to Mechanical Components and Functions in this section.

Power Flow

Hydraulic Operation

Line pressure hydraulic circuits:

Line pressure from the pump is supplied to the main pressure regulator valve, low reverse/456 regulator valve, manual valve, solenoid regulator
valve and control pressure regulator.

Line pressure is controlled by the position of the main pressure regulator valve.

The position of the main pressure regulator valve is controlled by varying pressure from the LPC solenoid through the VBS LINE circuit.

Torque converter circuits:

Regulated line pressure from the main pressure regulator valve is directed to the TCC control valve through the CONV FD hydraulic circuit.

When the TCC is released, CONV FD pressure is directed to the TCC RELEASE circuit by the TCC control valve. Pressure from the TCC
RELEASE circuit releases the TCC .

Fluid from the TCC RELEASE returns to the TCC control valve through the TCC APPLY circuit.

Cooler and lubrication hydraulic circuits:

The TCC control valve directs fluid from the TCC APPLY circuit (return circuit from the torque converter when the TCC is released) to the
COOLER FD circuit.

In the COOLER FD circuit, transmission fluid flows through the transmission fluid cooler or the thermal bypass valve to the LUBE circuit in the
input shaft to supply lubrication to the transaxle.

Solenoid hydraulic circuits:


The LPC solenoid applies varying pressure to the main pressure regulator valve through the VBS LINE hydraulic circuit. The LPC solenoid
regulates line pressure by controlling the position of the main pressure regulator valve.

SSA applies pressure to the 1234 regulator and latch valves to apply the forward (1, 2, 3, 4) clutch.

SSD applies pressure to the low reverse/456 regulator and latch valves to apply the low/reverse clutch.

SSE applies pressure to the clutch control bypass valve to position the valve to direct regulated line pressure in the CBR1/C456 circuit to the
low/reverse clutch.

Clutch hydraulic circuits:

Line pressure is supplied to the 1234 regulator valve by the manual valve in the DRIVE and LOW position. To apply the forward (1, 2, 3, 4)
clutch, SSA supplies varying solenoid pressure to the 1234 regulator and latch valves. As the 1234 regulator valve moves, it supplies the forward
(1, 2, 3, 4) clutch and 1234 latch valve with regulated line pressure through the C1234 circuit. The latch valve directs the regulated line pressure
to the opposite side of the regulator valve through the C1234 FDBK circuit for gradual forward (1, 2, 3, 4) clutch engagement.

Line pressure from the pump is supplied to the low reverse/456 regulator valve. To apply the low/reverse clutch, SSD supplies varying solenoid
pressure to the low reverse/456 regulator and latch valves. As the regulator valve moves, it supplies the clutch control bypass valve and low
reverse/456 latch valve with regulated line pressure through the CBR1/C456 circuit. The low reverse/456 latch valve directs the regulated line
pressure to the opposite side of the low reverse/456 regulator valve through the CBR1/C456 FDBK circuit for gradual low/reverse clutch
engagement.

Regulated line pressure at the clutch control bypass valve in the CBR1/C456 circuit is directed to the low/reverse clutch through the CBR1 circuit
to apply the clutch.

For additional hydraulic circuit and information, refer to Hydraulic Circuits in this section.

Electrical Operation

Solenoid operation:

Manual LOW Position and 1st Gear Below 8 km/h (5 mph) Solenoid Operation Chart
Shift Solenoid
Base Selector Lever PCM Commanded SSA (VFS) NL (1, SSB (VFS) NH SSC (VFS) NL SSD (VFS) NH (L, SSE (On/Off) TCC (VFS)
Position Gear 2, 3, 4) (3, 5, R) (2, 6) R/4, 5, 6) NC NL
L 1 On On Off Off On Off

NC = Normally closed

NH = Normally high

NL = Normally low

Printable / zoomable view of this graphic

5th Gear Failsafe
5th Gear Failsafe Description

When the transaxle has an electrical, hydraulic or mechanical failure, the PCM removes ground (control) from the shift, TCC and LPC solenoids. The
uncontrolled solenoids default to their normal states. SSB , SSD and the LPC solenoid are normally high solenoids which means in their normal state,
they provide high pressure to the valves they control. This provides only 5th gear with maximum line pressure.

Mechanical Operation

Apply components:

O/D (4, 5, 6) clutch

Direct (3, 5, R) clutch

Planetary Gearset Operation

Front planetary gearset driven components:

Planetary carrier

Center planetary gearset driven components:

Sun gear (does not contribute to power flow)

Rear planetary gearset driven components:

Sun gear

Planetary carrier

Front planetary gearset held components:

None
Center planetary gearset held components:

None

Rear planetary gearset held components:

None

5th Gear Failsafe Clutch Application Chart

Gear Direct (3, 5, R) Overdrive (4, 5, 6) Forward (1, 2, 3, 4) Low/ Reverse (L, R) Intermediate (2, 6) One-Way
5th gear X X

For component information, refer to Mechanical Components and Functions in this section.

Power Flow

Hydraulic Operation

Line pressure hydraulic circuits:

Line pressure from the pump is supplied to the main pressure regulator valve, low reverse/456 regulator valve, manual valve, solenoid regulator
valve and control pressure regulator.

Line pressure is controlled by the position of the main pressure regulator valve.

The position of the main pressure regulator valve is controlled by varying pressure from the LPC solenoid through the VBS LINE circuit. In 5th
gear failsafe, full solenoid pressure is supplied by the LPC solenoid to the main pressure regulator valve for maximum line pressure.

Torque converter circuits:

Pressure from the main pressure regulator valve is directed to the TCC control valve through the CONV FD hydraulic circuit.

When the TCC is released, CONV FD pressure is directed to the TCC RELEASE circuit by the TCC control valve. Pressure from the TCC
RELEASE circuit releases the TCC .

Fluid from the TCC RELEASE circuit returns to the TCC control valve through the TCC APPLY circuit.

Cooler and lubrication hydraulic circuits:

The TCC control valve directs fluid from the TCC APPLY circuit (return circuit from the torque converter when the TCC is released) to the
COOLER FD circuit.

In the COOLER FD circuit, transmission fluid flows through the transmission fluid cooler or the thermal bypass valve to the LUBE circuit in the
input shaft to supply lubrication to the transaxle.

Solenoid hydraulic circuits:


The LPC solenoid applies maximum solenoid output pressure to the main pressure regulator valve through the VBS LINE hydraulic circuit. The
LPC solenoid defaults to maximum output to provide maximum line pressure.

SSD applies maximum solenoid pressure to the low reverse/456 clutch regulator and latch valves to apply the O/D (4, 5, 6) clutch.

SSB applies maximum solenoid pressure to the 35R clutch regulator and latch valves to apply the direct (3, 5, R) clutch.

Clutch hydraulic circuits:

Line pressure from the pump is supplied to the low reverse/456 regulator valve. SSD supplies maximum solenoid pressure to the low
reverse/456 regulator and latch valves to provide full line pressure in the CBR1/C456 circuit.

Maximum line pressure at the clutch control bypass valve in the CBR1/C456 circuit is directed to the O/D (4, 5, 6) clutch through the C456 circuit
to apply the clutch.

Pressure in the C456 also supplies the latch pressure for the clutch control bypass valve.

Line pressure from the pump is directed to the clutch control bypass valve by the manual valve through the DRIVE hydraulic circuit. The clutch
control bypass valve directs the pressure to the 35R regulator valve through the TCC regulator valve, DRIVE 2 circuit, DRIVE 2/C35R FD shuttle
ball and DRIVE 2/C35R FD circuit. SSB applies maximum solenoid pressure to the 35R regulator and latch valves to provide full line pressure to
the direct (3, 5, R) clutch.

For additional hydraulic circuit and information, refer to Hydraulic Circuits in this section.

Electrical Operation

Solenoid operation:

5th Gear Failsafe Solenoid Operation Chart

Shift Solenoid
Base Selector Lever PCM Commanded SSA (VFS) NL (1, SSB (VFS) NH (3, SSC (VFS) NL SSD (VFS) NH (L, SSE (On/Off)
Position Gear 2, 3, 4) 5, R) (2, 6) R/4, 5, 6) NC
D 5 Off Off Off Off Off

NC = Normally closed

NH = Normally high

NL = Normally low

Printable / zoomable view of this graphic

SECTION 307-01A: Automatic Transaxle/Transmission — 6F35 2010 Escape, Mariner, Escape Hybrid, Mariner Hybrid Workshop Manual
DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING Procedure revision date: 05/16/2011

Diagnostic Strategy

Troubleshooting an electronically controlled automatic transmission is simplified by using the proven method of diagnosis. One of the most important
things to remember is that there is a definite procedure to follow.

NOTE: Do not take shortcuts or assume that critical checks or adjustments have already been made.

Follow the procedures as written to avoid missing critical components or steps.

To correctly diagnose a concern, have the following publications available:

Transmission reference manual

Powertrain Control/Emissions Diagnosis (PC/ED) manual

TSBs

Wiring diagrams manual

These publications provide the information required when diagnosing transmission concerns.

Use the Diagnostic Flow Chart as a guide and follow the steps as indicated.

Preliminary Inspection

Know and understand the customer concern.

Verify the concern by operating the vehicle.

Check the fluid levels and condition.

Check for non-factory add-on items.

Check selector lever linkage for correct adjustment.

Check TSB messages regarding the concern.

Diagnostics

Carry out OBD test procedures, KOEO and KOER self-tests.

Record all DTCs.

Repair all non-transmission codes first.

Repair all transmission codes second.

Clear all continuous codes and attempt to repeat them.

Repair all continuous codes.

If only pass codes are obtained, refer to Diagnosis By Symptom for further information and diagnosis.

Follow the diagnostic sequence to diagnose and repair the concern the first time.
SECTION 307-01A: Automatic Transaxle/Transmission 2010 Escape, Mariner, Escape Hybrid, Mariner Hybrid
— 6F35 Workshop Manual
DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING Procedure revision date: 07/27/2009

Diagnostic Flow Chart

Special Tool(s)
Vehicle Communication Module
(VCM) and Integrated Diagnostic
System (IDS) software with
appropriate hardware, or equivalent
scan tool

Prior to carrying out the flow test, the following items should be checked:

Know and understand the customer concern.

Verify the concern by operating the vehicle.

Check the transmission fluid level and condition.

Check for non-factory installed items and verify correct installation.

Check the selector lever linkage adjustments.

Check TSB messages for vehicle concerns.

Carry out both KOEO and KOER self-test.

Record all DTCs.

Diagnostic Flow Chart

Test Result Action
1) Were any DTCs Yes
REPAIR all hard DTCs. FOLLOW the pinpoint tests. REFER to the
recorded? Powertrain Control/Emissions Diagnosis (PC/ED) manual first, then
this workshop manual, GO to Step 2.
No
REFER to Diagnosis By Symptom , GO to Step 5.
2) Are any continuous test Yes
CLEAR codes and CARRY OUT drive cycle test, GO to Step 3.
memory codes present?
No
GO to Step 4.
3) Did the continuous test Yes
REPAIR all continuous test memory codes. FOLLOW the pinpoint
memory codes reappear? tests. REFER to the Powertrain Control/Emissions Diagnosis
(PC/ED) manual, then the transmission reference manual, then this
workshop manual, GO to Step 4.
No
GO to Step 4.
4) Is the concern Yes
CARRY OUT the final self-test and verify no DTCs are present.
repaired? CLEAR memory codes.
No
REFER to Diagnosis By Symptom , GO to Step 5.
5) Are there any electrical Yes
INSTALL the scan tool. CARRY OUT static and drive test with the
concerns? scan tool, GO to Step 6.
No
REFER to the hydraulic and mechanical routine to diagnose and
repair the concern, GO to Step 7.
6) Was the transmission Yes
REFER to the Powertrain Control/Emissions Diagnosis (PC/ED)
concern corrected when the manual, intermittent fault diagnosis section and use the scan tool to
scan tool was installed? diagnose cause of concern in the processor, vehicle harness or
external inputs (sensors or switches).
No
REFER to the hydraulic and mechanical routine to diagnose the
concern, GO to Step 7.
7) Is the concern Yes
CARRY OUT the final self-test and verify no DTCs are present.
repaired? CLEAR memory codes.
No
Concern should have been repaired. GO back through the
Diagnostic Flow Chart and review other components that may have
contributed to the concern. CHECK and DIAGNOSE those
components. Get assistance from other sources.
SECTION 307-01A: Automatic Transaxle/Transmission 2010 Escape, Mariner, Escape Hybrid, Mariner Hybrid
— 6F35 Workshop Manual
DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING Procedure revision date: 01/07/2011

Preliminary Inspection

Material
Item Specification
Motorcraft® MERCON® LV Automatic MERCON®
Transmission Fluid LV
XT-10-QLVC

The following items must be checked prior to beginning the diagnostic procedures.

Know and Understand the Concern

In order to correctly diagnose a concern, first understand the customer complaint or condition. Customer contact
may be required in order to begin to verify the concern. Understand the conditions as to when the concern occurs.
For example:

Hot or cold vehicle temperature

Hot or cold ambient temperature

Vehicle driving conditions

Vehicle loaded/unloaded

After understanding when and how the concern occurs, proceed to verifying the concern.

Verification of Condition

This section provides information which is used in determining the actual cause of customer concern and carrying
out the appropriate procedures.

The following procedures must be used when verifying customer concerns for the transmission.

Determine Customer Concern

NOTE: Some transaxle conditions may cause engine concerns. The torque converter not disengaging may stall the
engine.

Determine customer concerns relative to vehicle use and dependent driving conditions, paying attention to the
following items:

Hot or cold vehicle operating temperature

Hot or cold ambient temperatures

Type of terrain

Vehicle loaded/unloaded

City/highway driving

Upshift

Downshift

Coasting

Engagement

Noise/vibration — check for engine rpm , vehicle speed, shift, gear, range or temperature dependencies.

Check Transmission Fluid Level and Condition

NOTICE: Do not drive the vehicle if the transmission fluid level indicator shows the transmission fluid is
below the minimum transmission fluid level mark or internal failure could result.

If the vehicle has been operated for an extended period of time at highway speeds, in city traffic, in hot weather or
while pulling a trailer, the transmission fluid may need to cool down to obtain an accurate reading.

The transmission fluid level reading on the transmission fluid level indicator will differ depending on operating and
ambient temperatures. The correct reading should be within the crosshatch area.

Transmission Fluid Level Check

NOTE: Transmission fluid should be checked at normal operating temperature 85°C-93°C (185°F-200°F) on a level
surface. Normal operating temperature can be reached after approximately 32 km (20 mi) of driving and can be
checked using the scan tool.

Check the transmission fluid level during normal maintenance. If the transaxle starts to slip, shifts slowly or shows
signs of leaking, the transmission fluid level should be checked.

1. With the selector lever in PARK, engine at idle, brake pedal applied, move the selector lever through each
gear range and allow engagement of each gear. Place the selector lever in the PARK position.

2. Wipe the transmission fluid level indicator cap and remove the transmission fluid level indicator.

3. Wipe the transmission fluid level indicator with a clean cloth.

4. Install the transmission fluid level indicator back in the transmission fluid filler tube until it is fully seated.

5. Remove the transmission fluid level indicator. The transmission fluid level should be within the crosshatch
area.
Item Description
1 Correct transmission fluid level at operating temperature 85°C-93°C (185°F-200°F)
2 Minimum transmission fluid level mark
3 Maximum transmission fluid level mark
4 Flat tow transmission fluid level

High Transmission Fluid Level

High transmission fluid level may cause the transmission fluid to become aerated due to the churning action of the
rotating internal parts. This will cause erratic control pressure, foaming, loss of transmission fluid from the vent tube
and possible transaxle malfunction and/or damage. If an overfill reading is indicated, refer to Transmission Fluid
Drain and Refill in this section.

Low Transmission Fluid Level

Low transmission fluid level could result in poor transaxle engagement, slipping, malfunction and/or damage. This
could also indicate a leak in one of the transaxle seals or gaskets.

Adding Transmission Fluid

NOTICE: The use of any type of transmission fluid other than specified could result in transaxle malfunction
and/or damage.

If transmission fluid needs to be added, add transmission fluid in 0.25L (1/2 pt) increments through the transmission
fluid filler tube with the selector lever in PARK and the engine idling. Do not overfill the transmission. For
transmission fluid type, refer to Material chart in this section.

Flat Tow Fluid Level

Recreational flat towing of the vehicle may require the transmission fluid to be set to a lower fluid level. This will
prevent damage to the transmission. The transmission fluid level is within the normal operating range and will not
require the transmission fluid level to be readjusted after recreational towing.

Transmission Fluid Condition Check

1. Check the transmission fluid level.

2. Hold the transmission fluid level indicator over a white facial tissue and allow the transmission fluid to drip
onto the facial tissue and examine the stain.

3. Observe the color and the odor. Under normal circumstances, the color should be dark red, not brown or
black or have a burnt odor.

4. If evidence of solid material is found, remove the transmission fluid pan for further inspection.

5. If the stain is a foamy pink color, this may indicate coolant or water in the transaxle. Inspect the engine
cooling system at this time.

6. If transmission fluid contamination or transaxle failure is confirmed by the sediment in the transmission fluid,
disassemble and thoroughly clean the transaxle, including the torque converter, cooler bypass valve, coolers
and cooler tubes.

7. Carry out diagnostic checks and adjustments, refer to Diagnosis By Symptom in this section.
Water in Transmission Fluid

To correctly repair a transaxle that had water or coolant introduced into the system, completely disassemble, clean
and replace the following parts:

All internal and external seals

All friction material; clutches

Torque converter

All parts with bonded seals

All solenoids

All transmission fluid filters

Prior to installing the transaxle, flush and clean the transmission fluid cooler(s), transmission fluid cooler tubes and
transmission fluid cooler hoses.
SECTION 307-01A: Automatic Transaxle/Transmission — 2010 Escape, Mariner, Escape Hybrid, Mariner Hybrid Workshop
6F35 Manual
DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING Procedure revision date: 07/27/2009

Road Testing Vehicle

NOTE: Always drive the vehicle in a safe manner according to driving conditions and obey all traffic laws.

NOTE: If a new or remanufactured transmission assembly is being installed or a new solenoid body is installed, the
TCM will have to be re-programed with a new solenoid body strategy and identification data file. The solenoid body
strategy drive cycle should also be carried out. Refer to Solenoid Body Strategy .

The Shift Point Road Test and Torque Converter Operation Test provide diagnostic information on shift controls and
torque converter operation.
SECTION 307-01A: Automatic Transaxle/Transmission — 2010 Escape, Mariner, Escape Hybrid, Mariner Hybrid Workshop
6F35 Manual
DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING Procedure revision date: 07/27/2009

Solenoid Body Strategy

Special Tool(s)
Vehicle Communication Module (VCM)
and Integrated Diagnostic System (IDS)
software with appropriate hardware, or
equivalent scan tool

Solenoid Body Identification Procedure

1. Using the scan tool, select Powertrain, Transmission and Transmission Solenoid Body Identification from the
toolbox icon and follow the instructions displayed on the scan tool.
The solenoid body identification screen displays solenoid body identification information:

Solenoid body identification 7-digits

Solenoid body strategy 13-digits
The next screen displays the current solenoid body identification and strategy data file stored in the TCM .
If the solenoid body strategy field is blank, the module contains a partial transmission solenoid body
strategy. This is due to a corrupt or missing file at the time the programmable parameters were completed.

2. NOTE: The 13-digit solenoid body strategy number consists of only numbers. Letters are not used.

Compare the solenoid body identification and strategy (if available) to the solenoid body service tag or the
replacement solenoid body tag located on top of the transmission case.

Original Solenoid Body Service Tag

Item Description
1 13-digit solenoid body strategy
2 7-digit solenoid body identification
Replacement Solenoid Body Service Tag

Item Description
1 13-digit solenoid body strategy
2 7-digit solenoid body identification

3. If the solenoid body identification and strategy on the scan tool match the solenoid body service tag or
replacement tag, then the solenoid body identification and strategy are correct for this transmission and a
solenoid body strategy download is not required. If the solenoid body service tag or replacement tag is missing or
damaged so that it is not readable or does not match the identification or strategy on the scan tool, remove the
solenoid body connector and view the solenoid body identification and strategy printed on the solenoid body
connector. If it is not readable, remove the main control cover, refer to Main Control Cover .
The 7-digit identification number and the 13-digit strategy number are stamped on the solenoid body.

4. NOTICE: If the solenoid body information does not match the module information, transmission damage
or driveability concerns can occur.

Inspect the solenoid body identification and strategy printed on the solenoid body connector and compare this to
the solenoid body service tag on the transmission case. If the solenoid body identification and strategy printed on
the solenoid body connector does not match the solenoid body service tag or if the solenoid body identification
and strategy printed on the solenoid body connector match the solenoid body service tag on the transmission
case but do not match the solenoid body identification and strategy numbers displayed on the scan tool, a
solenoid body strategy data download is required.

Solenoid Body Identification Tag

Item Description
1 13-digit solenoid body strategy
2 7-digit solenoid body identification

Solenoid Body Strategy Data Download

1. Using the scan tool, select Module Programming and Programmable Parameters under the toolbox icon and
select transmission. Follow the instructions displayed on the scan tool.
There are fields to enter the solenoid body 7-digit identification and 13-digit strategy recorded from the solenoid
body.

2. NOTICE: If the solenoid body information is not correct, transmission damage or driveability concerns
can occur.

Enter the solenoid body identification and strategy.

The scan tool will verify the numbers entered are valid and display a message if the information is not valid.
The scan tool checks to see if the file is present on the scan tool. If the file is present, the technician may proceed
with downloading the file to the TCM . If the file is not present, the scan tool will need to be connected to the PTS
server to download the file onto the scan tool.

3. Verify the file is present on the scan tool. If the file is present, go to Step 8. If the file is not present, continue with
this procedure.

4. Connect the scan tool to the PTS server.

The screen will display a progress bar when connecting to the network.

5. Follow the instructions on the network to download the strategy file to the scan tool.
The screen will display a progress bar when downloading the strategy file to the scan tool and display a message
if it is downloaded successfully.
 6. If the scan tool cannot connect to the PTS server, download the file from www.motorcraft.com.
If the scan tool cannot download a strategy from the web site, a partial strategy will automatically be downloaded.

7. Reconnect the scan tool to the vehicle.

8. Follow the instructions displayed on the scan tool.

9. If a new solenoid body was installed, compare the 7-digit identification and the 13-digit strategy fields from the
solenoid body to the replacement solenoid body tag provided with the solenoid body service kit and place it over
the existing identification tag.
The scan tool will automatically download the strategy file or partial strategy file to the TCM and will display a
progress bar while downloading. The scan tool will display a message when it is finished downloading the data
that states that the file was downloaded successfully.

Item Description
1 13-digit solenoid body strategy
2 7-digit solenoid body identification

10. NOTICE: If a drive cycle is not completed, the customer may feel erratic shifts and driveability concerns.

Test drive the vehicle. Refer to Solenoid Body Strategy Drive Cycle in this procedure.

Solenoid Body Strategy Drive Cycle

Carry out the drive cycle after downloading the solenoid body strategy data file to the TCM .

NOTE: Always drive the vehicle in a safe manner according to driving conditions and obey all traffic laws.

1. NOTE: The engine and transmission must be at normal operating temperature.

Bring the transmission to normal operating temperature.

2. With the engine running and the brake applied, move the selector lever through the gears in the following order,
pausing in each gear for 4 seconds: N, R, N, D, R, D, N. Repeat this pattern 2 times. If any engagements feel soft
or harsh, repeat this procedure.

3. Drive the vehicle and accelerate at a moderate throttle so the upshifts occur at 2,000 rpm up to 80 km/h (50 mph)
and brake lightly to a stop. Repeat this pattern 2 times.

4. Drive the vehicle and accelerate at a moderate throttle so the upshifts occur at 3,000 rpm up to 80 km/h (50 mph)
and brake lightly to a stop. Repeat this pattern 2 times.
5. With the engine running and the brake applied, move the selector lever through the gears in the following order,
pausing in each gear for 4 seconds: N, R, N, D, R, D, N. Repeat this pattern 2 times.

6. From a stop, accelerate to 25 mph, then release the throttle. Keeping the throttle closed, pull the selector lever
into the "L" position and coast down to 10 mph. Repeat this pattern 2 times.
SECTION 307-01A: Automatic 2010 Escape, Mariner, Escape Hybrid,
Transaxle/Transmission — 6F35 Mariner Hybrid Workshop Manual
DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING Procedure revision date: 08/03/2010

Shift Point Road Test

This test verifies the shift control system is operating correctly.

1. Bring engine and transaxle up to normal operating temperature.

2. Operate vehicle with the selector lever in D range.

3. NOTE: Shift speed ranges are approximate for all applications.

Apply minimum throttle and observe the vehicle speed when an upshift occurs and
the torque converter engages using the Shift Speeds chart.

Shift Speeds 2.5L

Throttle Position Range Shift KM/H MPH
Light D 1-2 11-16 7-10
Throttle a D 2-3 21-27 13-17
D 3-4 29-37 18-23
D 4-5 45-56 28-35
D 5-6 72-90 45-56
Medium D 1-2 27-43 17-23
Throttle a D 2-3 42-55 26-34
D 3-4 58-77 36-48
D 4-5 77-106 48-66
D 5-6 135-177 84-110
Heavy D 1-2 51-66 32-41
Throttle a D 2-3 79-100 49-62
D 3-4 113-143 70-89
D 4-5 150-190 93-118
D 5-6 201-245 125-152
a Do not exceed the speed limit.
 Shift Speeds 3.0L
Throttle Position Range Shift KM/H MPH
Light D 1-2 13-18 8-11
Throttle a D 2-3 19-26 12-16
D 3-4 29-37 18-23
D 4-5 45-56 28-35
D 5-6 72-90 45-56
Medium D 1-2 32-42 20-26
Throttle a D 2-3 48-61 30-38
D 3-4 63-82 39-51
D 4-5 80-108 50-67
D 5-6 117-159 73-99
Heavy D 1-2 58-72 36-45
Throttle a D 2-3 85-106 53-66
D 3-4 126-156 78-97
D 4-5 151-192 94-119
D 5-6 217-261 135-162
a Do not exceed the speed limit.

4. With vehicle speed above 43 km/h (27 mph), press the accelerator pedal to Wide
Open Throttle (WOT). The transaxle should shift from 4th to 3rd, or 4th to 2nd,
depending on vehicle speed. The torque converter should disengage.

5. With vehicle speed above 56 km/h (35 mph), move the selector lever from the D
range to the L range and remove foot from accelerator pedal. The transaxle should
immediately downshift to 2nd gear. When vehicle speed drops below 32 km/h (20
mph), the transaxle should downshift into 1st gear.

6. If the transaxle fails to upshift/downshift or the torque converter does not apply and
release, refer to Diagnosis By Symptom in this section for possible causes.
SECTION 307-01A: Automatic Transaxle/Transmission — 6F35 2010 Escape, Mariner, Escape Hybrid, Mariner Hybrid Workshop Manual
DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING Procedure revision date: 07/27/2009

Torque Converter Diagnosis

Special Tool(s)
Vehicle Communication Module (VCM) and Integrated
Diagnostic System (IDS) software with appropriate hardware,
or equivalent scan tool

Prior to torque converter installation, all diagnostic procedures must be followed. This is to prevent the unnecessary installation of new or remanufactured torque
converter. After a complete diagnostic evaluation can a decision be made to install a new or remanufactured torque converter.

Begin with the normal diagnostic procedures as follows:

1. Preliminary inspection

2. Know and understand the customer concern

3. Verify the concern — carry out the Torque Converter Operation Test

4. Carry out diagnostic procedures:

Run OBD . Refer to Diagnostics .
 Repair all non-transmission related DTCs first.
 Repair all transmission DTCs.
 Rerun OBD test to verify repair.
 Carry out Line Pressure Test. Refer to Special Testing Procedures .
 Carry out Stall Speed Test. Refer to Special Testing Procedures .
 Carry out diagnostic routines. Refer to Diagnosis By Symptom .
 Use the index to locate the appropriate routine that best describes the symptom(s). The routine will list possible components that may cause
or contribute to the symptom. Check each component listed, diagnose and repair as required before installing a new torque converter.

Torque Converter Operation Test

This test verifies the TCC control system and the torque converter are operating correctly.

1. Carry out self-test and check for DTCs.

2. Connect the scan tool and monitor engine rpm.

3. Bring the engine to normal operating temperature by driving the vehicle at highway speeds with the selector lever in the (D) position.

4. If the vehicle stalls in (D) at idle with the vehicle at a stop, move the selector lever to manual L position. If the vehicle stalls, see Torque Converter
Operation Concerns, refer to Diagnosis By Symptom . Repair as required. If the vehicle does not stall in (D), refer to Diagnosis By Symptom .
SECTION 307-01A: Automatic Transaxle/Transmission — 6F35 2010 Escape, Mariner, Escape Hybrid, Mariner Hybrid Workshop Manual
DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING Procedure revision date: 07/27/2009

Visual Inspection

This inspection will identify modifications or additions to the vehicle operating system that may affect diagnosis. Inspect the vehicle for non-Ford
factory add-on devices such as:

Electronic add-on items:

 A/C
 generator (alternators)
 engine turbo
 cellular telephone
 cruise control
 CB radio
 linear amplifiers
 backup alarm signal
 computer

Vehicle modification.

These items, if not installed correctly, will affect the PCM or transmission function. Pay particular attention to add-on wiring splices in the
PCM harness or transmission wiring harness, abnormal tire size or axle ratio changes.

Leaks, refer to Leakage Inspection in this section.

Correct linkage adjustments, refer to Section 307-05A .

Selector Lever Linkage Check

Hydraulic leakage at the manual control valve can cause delay in engagements and/or slipping while operating if the linkage is not correctly
adjusted. Refer to Section 307-05A for selector lever linkage adjustment.

Check TSBs

Refer to all TSBs which pertain to the concern and follow the procedure.

Carry Out On-Board Diagnostics, Key ON Engine OFF (KOEO), Key ON Engine Running (KOER)

After a road test, with the vehicle warm and before disconnecting any connectors, carry out the Self-Test using the scan tool. Refer to the
Powertrain Control/Emissions Diagnosis (PC/ED) manual for diagnosis and testing of the powertrain control system.
SECTION 307-01A: Automatic Transaxle/Transmission — 6F35 2010 Escape, Mariner, Escape Hybrid, Mariner Hybrid Workshop Manual
DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING Procedure revision date: 05/16/2011

Diagnostics

OBD with Scan Tool

These self-tests should be used to diagnose the TCM and should be carried out in order.

NOTE: Make sure to use the latest scan tool software release.

1. If the cause is not visually evident, connect the scan tool to the DLC .

NOTE: The VCM LED prove-out confirms power and ground from the DLC to the VCM .

2. If the scan tool does not communicate with the VCM :

check the VCM connection to the vehicle.

check the scan tool connection to the VCM .

refer to Section 418-00 to diagnose no power to the scan tool.

3. If the scan tool does not communicate with the vehicle:

verify the ignition is in the RUN position.

verify scan tool operation with a known good vehicle.

refer to Section 418-00 to diagnose no response from the TCM .

4. Carry out the network test.

If the scan tool responds with no communication from one or more modules, refer to Section 418-00 .

If the network test passes, retrieve and record the continuous memory DTCs.

5. Clear the continuous DTCs and carry out the TCM self-test.

6. If DTCs retrieved are related to the concern, GO to the DTC Chart.

7. If no DTCs related to the concern are retrieved, GO to Diagnosis By Symptom .

SECTION 307-01A: Automatic Transaxle/Transmission — 2010 Escape, Mariner, Escape Hybrid, Mariner Hybrid Workshop
6F35 Manual
DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING Procedure revision date: 07/27/2009

Output State Control (OSC) Mode

Special Tool(s)
Vehicle Communication Module (VCM)
and Integrated Diagnostic System (IDS)
software with appropriate hardware, or
equivalent scan tool

Description

Output state control allows a diagnostic scan tool direct control of specific transmission components or functions. Output
state control allows the technician to control the main functions or components of the transmission to help the technician
diagnose the transmission quickly and easily. For example, output state control may be used to change gears or remain
in a specific gear. Output state control may be used to control the operation of the TCC to engage or disengage, or to
keep the converter clutch from engaging at all. Output state control may be used to help carry out solenoid electrical
pinpoint tests by turning a solenoid off or on by controlling the actual current to the VFS solenoid.

Procedure

NOTE: Retrieve Continuous Codes and carry out a KOEO and KOER On-Demand Self Test before using any output
state control. Any DTCs related to the TR sensor, the OSS sensor or the TSS sensor must be fixed or the TCM will not
allow the output state control to operate.

Output state control is used to test various transmission components and functions when the vehicle is in the service
bay or being driven on the road. Specific vehicle conditions are required for output state control to control each specific
function or component. The following describes which transmission functions and components output state control may
control and the specific vehicle conditions necessary for its operation.

Service Bay — Vehicle State No. 1

Vehicle state No. 1 is functional ONLY when the ignition is in the ON position and the selector lever is in PARK or
NEUTRAL with the engine OFF. Vehicle state No. 1 is required when using output state control to carry out electrical
pinpoint tests. The following transmission components may be controlled using output state control in vehicle state No.
1.

SSA_AMP — Controls the current to SSA , VFS

SSB_AMP — Controls the current to SSB , VFS

SSC_AMP — Controls the current to SSC , VFS

SSD_AMP — Controls the current to SSD , VFS

SSE — Directs TCM to command SSE OFF or ON

LPC_AMP — Controls the current to the LPC VFS

TCC_AMP — Controls the current to the TCC VFS

The vehicle requirements must be met when sending an output state control value to control each component such as
the solenoids stated above. If the vehicle requirements are not met when sending the output state control value, an error
message may appear. When an error message appears, output state control is cancelled and should be restarted.

After sending the output state control value, if the vehicle requirements are no longer met, the error message will not
appear but the output state control value will be cancelled by the TCM . Use the scan tool to monitor the PID that
corresponds to each output state control function or component to determine if the TCM is using the output state control
value or normal control.

Output state control may be cancelled at any time, to return the TCM to normal control for a specific output state control
function or component. See instructions for specific scan tool.

Service Bay — Vehicle State No. 2

Vehicle state No. 2 is functional ONLY when the engine is running and the selector lever is in PARK or NEUTRAL with
engine speed greater than 1,100 rpm. Vehicle state No. 2 is required when using output state control to carry out a line
pressure check. Most, but not all, of the solenoids may be controlled during this vehicle state. It is recommended to use
vehicle state No. 1 when using output state control to control the solenoids. The following transmission function and
components may be controlled using output state control in vehicle state No. 2.

LINEDSD — Output state control function to command line pressure to a desired pressure

SSD_AMP — Controls the current to SSD , VFS

SSC_AMP — Controls the current to SSC , VFS

SSB_AMP — Controls the current to SSB , VFS

SSA_AMP — Controls the current to SSA , VFS

The vehicle requirements must be met when sending an output state control value to control each component such as
the solenoids stated above. If the vehicle requirements are not met when sending the output state control value, an error
message may appear. When an error message appears, output state control is cancelled and should be restarted.

After sending the output state control value, if the vehicle requirements are no longer met, the error message will not
appear but the output state control value will be cancelled by the TCM . Use the scan tool to monitor the PID that
corresponds to each output state control function or component to determine if the TCM is using the output state control
value or normal control.

Output state control may be cancelled at any time, to return the TCM to normal control for a specific output state control
function or component. See instructions for specific scan tool.

Output state control values for SSA_AMP, SSB_AMP, SSC_AMP, SSD_AMP, LPC_AMP and TCC_AMP to control the
current on the VFS solenoids are between zero (0) and one (1) amp. The following are examples.

0 — Commands TCM to control current to zero amps

0.25 — Commands TCM to control current to 1/4 amp or 250 milliamps

0.50 — Commands TCM to control current to 1/2 amp or 500 milliamps

0.75 — Commands TCM to control current to 3/4 amp or 750 milliamps

1 — Commands TCM to control current to 1 amp or 1,000 milliamps

Output state control aids in testing the electronic functions of the TCM , VFS solenoid and associated circuitry. Output
state control allows the technician to control the TCM commanded current of the VFS solenoids and the commanded
state of the on/off solenoid. This allows the technician to accurately test the electronic circuitry by comparing the
commanded current with the actual current or the on/off state with the actual voltage. Shifting the transmission through
the various gears tests the mechanical operation of the VFS solenoids. When using output state control to control the
VFS current, the technician may measure the circuit current using an inductive pickup or measure the circuit voltage
drop to help verify the proper electrical operation of each VFS solenoid.

The output state control values for LINEDSD to command a desired line pressure are between 414 kPa (60 psi) and
1,931 kPa (280 psi). The following are examples.

60 psi — Commands TCM to control line pressure to 414 kPa (60 psi)

100 psi — Commands TCM to control line pressure to 689 kPa (100 psi)

150 psi — Commands TCM to control line pressure to 965 kPa (150 psi)

200 psi — Commands TCM to control line pressure to 1,517 kPa (200 psi)

NOTICE: Do NOT command line pressure LOWER then 414 kPa (60 psi) or HIGHER then 1,931 kPa (280 psi) or
damage to the transmission can occur.

Output state control allows the technician to control the TCM commanded line pressure. This allows the technician to
accurately test the electronic pressure control system by comparing the output state control commanded line pressure to
the actual line pressure indicated on the pressure gauge. The pressure gauge should be connected to the line pressure
tap on the transmission. The PID corresponding to the commanded line pressure must be monitored to make sure the
TCM is using the output state control value for the commanded line pressure. This test will help verify the correct
operation of the transmission pump assembly, pump regulator valve and the operation of the LPC solenoid.

Drive Test

Output state control allows control of 3 transmission functions while driving on the road. Each transmission function has
a unique set of vehicle operating requirements that the technician is required to meet before the TCM will allow output
state control.

TCC_OSC — Commands the TCM to engage or disengage the TCC

GEAR_OSC — Commands the TCM to change gears (upshift or down-shift) or remain in a gear

HRSH_SFT — Commands a slightly higher hydraulic pressure during engagements and upshifts

The vehicle requirements must be met when sending an output state control value to control the specific functions
stated above. If the vehicle requirements are not met when sending the output state control value, an error message
may appear. When an error message appears, output state control is cancelled and should be restarted.

After sending the output state control value, if the vehicle requirements are no longer met, the error message will not
appear but the output state control value is cancelled by the TCM . Use the scan tool to monitor the PID that
corresponds to each output state control function or component to determine if the TCM is using the output state control
value or normal control.

Output state control may be cancelled at any time, to return the TCM to normal control for a specific output state control
function or component. See instructions for specific scan tool.

Drive Test — Torque Converter Clutch Control

The output state control values for TCC_OSC to engage or disengage the TCC are as follows:

0 — TCM in normal control of TCC and output state control is cancelled

1 or OFF — Commands TCM to keep the torque converter clutch from engaging

2 or ON — Commands TCM to engage the TCC using a normal ramp rate

3 or ON — Commands TCM to engage the TCC using a fast ramp rate

Controlling the TCC will assist the technician in testing the operation of the torque converter for engagements and
disengagements. Also, the technician may find it easier to evaluate upshifts and downshifts by first using output state
control to keep the TCC from engaging.

Vehicle requirements when using TCC_OSC – Controlling the TCC .

When SENDING the TCC_OSC value [1 or OFF], the engine must be running with the transmission in the DRIVE
position and the vehicle speed must be greater than 5 km/h (3 mph).
When SENDING the TCC_OSC value [2 or 3 or ON], the engine must be running with the selector lever in the DRIVE
position, transmission in 3rd, 4th, 5th or 6th gear, transmission temperature between 4°C (40°F) and 121°C (250°F), the
vehicle speed must be below 24 km/h (15 mph) and engine speed greater than 1,100 rpm with minimal engine load.

Drive Test — Upshift and Downshift Control

NOTE: Once output state control has successfully commanded the transmission to shift to the desired output state
control gear, the transmission will remain in that gear until output state control commands a different gear or the vehicle
conditions are no longer correct.

The output state control values for GEAR_OSC to control the transmission gear changes are as follows:

0 — TCM in normal shift control and output state control is cancelled

1 — Commands TCM to shift to 1st gear – no engine braking

2 — Commands TCM to shift to 2nd gear – with engine braking

3 — Commands TCM to shift to 3rd gear – with engine braking

4 — Commands TCM to shift to 4th gear – with engine braking

5 — Commands TCM to shift to 5th gear – with engine braking

6 — Commands TCM to shift to 6th gear – with engine braking

Controlling the gear changes will assist the technician in testing the various clutches and whether the transmission is
slipping in any particular gear. Output state control will command the TCM to upshift or downshift depending on the
output state control gear value the technician selects. The transmission will remain in the output state control gear
selected until another output state control gear value is sent or until output state control is cancelled and/or the vehicle
conditions for using output state control are no longer met.

Vehicle requirements when using GEAR_OSC – Controlling Gear Changes

When SENDING a GEAR_OSC value, the engine must be running with the selector lever in the DRIVE position, and the
vehicle speed must be greater than 5 km/h (3 mph).

Additional vehicle conditions required for upshifts:

Vehicle speed must be greater then 32 km/h (20 mph) when commanding an upshift to 5th or 6th gear

Additional vehicle conditions required for downshifts:

Vehicle speed must be less then 32 km/h (20 mph) when commanding a downshift to 1st gear

Vehicle speed must be less then 64 km/h (40 mph) when commanding a downshift to 2nd gear

Vehicle speed must be less then 97 km/h (60 mph) when commanding a downshift to 3rd gear

Vehicle speed must be less then 129 km/h (80 mph) when commanding a downshift to 4th gear

Vehicle speed must be less then 161 km/h (100 mph) when commanding a downshift to 5th gear

Drive Test — Pressure Added for Engagements and Upshifts

The output state control values for HRSH_SHFT to command a slight or moderate increase in hydraulic pressure to test
for harsh engagements and upshifts are as follows:

0 or OFF — TCM in normal pressure control for shifts and engagements and output state control is cancelled

1 or ON — Commands TCM to moderately increase hydraulic pressure during engagements and upshifts

Setting HRSH_SFT to 1 or ON allows the technician to moderately increase the pressure when performing
engagements such as P-R, P-D, N-R, N-D, R-D and when performing automatic upshifts. This can provide additional
diagnostic information to help the technician determine whether the electronic pressure control system is providing at
least limited control (a normal shift would become harsh). Using output state control to control HRSH_SHFT [1 or ON]
should make a softer engagement or shift more normal and an already normal shift or engagement harsher by slightly
increasing the pressure. This test should only be used to provide additional diagnostic information and should not be the
only scan tool or test to determine a faulty electronic or hydraulic component.

Using Output State Control and Monitoring PIDs

To confirm that the output state control value was sent by the scan tool and the TCM has accepted the output state
control command, a corresponding PID for each output state control parameter must be monitored. After SENDING the
output state control value, the corresponding PID value should be the same as the output state control value that was
sent. Additional PIDs are listed that may be monitored to help the technician accurately diagnose the transmission.

The following is a list of output state control parameters and their corresponding PIDs:

Output State Control Parameter Corresponding PID Additional PIDs

GEAR_OSC GEAR GEAR_RAT
HRSH_SHFT — GEAR, GEAR_RAT
LINEDSD LPC LPC_F
LPC_AMP LPC TCCRAT, TCCMCMD, TSLIP
SSA_AMP SSPCA SSPCA_F
SSB_AMP SSPCB SSPCB_F
SSC_AMP SSPCC SSPCC_F
SSD_AMP SSPCD SSPCD_F
TCC AMP TCC TCC_F, TCC_RAT
TCC_OSC TCC TCC_F, TCC_RAT
SECTION 307-01A: Automatic Transaxle/Transmission — 2010 Escape, Mariner, Escape Hybrid, Mariner Hybrid Workshop
6F35 Manual
DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING Procedure revision date: 07/27/2009

Diagnostic Parameters Identification (PID) Chart

Special Tool(s)
Vehicle Communication Module (VCM)
and Integrated Diagnostic System (IDS)
software with appropriate hardware, or
equivalent scan tool

PID Name PID Description Units

GEAR PCM commanded transaxle gear P, R, N, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
and 6
GEAR_OSC Output state control commanded gear P, R, N, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
and 6
GEAR_RAT Transaxle gear ratio Ratio
HRSH_SHFT Output state control commanded firm shift On/Off
IN_GEAR PCM commanded transaxle gear P, R, N, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
and 6
LINEDSD Output state control commanded line pressure Pressure
LPC PCM commanded pressure for the Line Pressure Control (LPC) Variable Pressure
Force Solenoid (VFS)
LPC AMP Output state control commanded current for the LPC VFS Amperes
LPC_F Fault status for the LPC VFS Fault/No Fault
OSS_F Fault status for Output Shaft Speed (OSS) sensor Fault/No Fault
OSS_SRC Actual speed of the OSS sensor (rpm) rpm
SSA_AMP Output state control commanded current for the Shift Solenoid A Amperes
(SSA)/CB1234 VFS
SSB_AMP Output state control commanded current for the Shift Solenoid B Amperes
(SSB)/C35R VFS
SSC_AMP Output state control commanded current for the Shift Solenoid C Amperes
(SSC)/CB26 VFS
SSD_AMP Output state control commanded current for the Shift Solenoid D Amperes
(SSD)/CBLR, C456 VFS
SSPCA PCM commanded pressure for the SSA /CB1234 VFS Pressure
SSPCA_F Fault status for the SSA /CB1234 VFS Fault/No Fault
SSPCB Commanded pressure for the SSB /C35R VFS Pressure
SSPCB_F Fault status for the SSB /C35R VFS Fault/No Fault
SSPCC PCM commanded pressure for the SSC /CB26 VFS Pressure
SSPCC_F Fault status for the SSC /CB26 VFS Fault/No Fault
SSPCD PCM commanded pressure for the SSD /CBLR, C456 VFS Pressure
 SSPCD_F Fault status for the SSD /CBLR, C456 VFS Fault/No Fault
SSPCE_F Fault status for On/Off Shift Solenoid E (SSE)/CBLR, C456 VFS Fault/No Fault
TCC PCM commanded pressure for the Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) VFS Pressure
TCC AMP Output state control commanded current for the TCC VFS Amperes
TCC_F Fault status for TCC VFS Fault/No Fault
TCC_OSC Output state control commanded pressure to the TCC VFS Pressure
TCC_RAT Actual speed ratio of torque converter (1.0 = fully engaged) Ratio
TCIL Transmission Control Indicator Lamp (TCIL) status On/Off
TCS_DEPRES Transmission Control Switch (TCS) status Depressed/Not
Depressed
TCS_STATE TCS status On/Off
TCC_SLIPACT Actual difference between engine speed and turbine speed, measured in rpm
rpm
TCC_SLIPDSD PCM commanded difference between engine speed and turbine speed, rpm
measured in rpm
TFT Transmission Fluid Temperature (TFT) Degrees
TFTV TFT voltage Voltage
TFT_F Fault status for TFT sensor Fault/No Fault
TR Transmission Range (TR) Range (P, R, N, D, L)
TRAN_RAT Actual transaxle gear ratio Ratio
TR_CRANK TR Range (P, R, N, D, L)
TR_DC TR Duty Cycle Frequency
TR_F Fault status for TR sensor Fault/No Fault
TR_FREQ TR Frequency Frequency
TSS_F Fault status for Turbine Shaft Speed (TSS) sensor Fault/No Fault
TSS_SRC Actual speed of the TSS sensor (rpm) rpm
SECTION 307-01A: Automatic Transaxle/Transmission — 2010 Escape, Mariner, Escape Hybrid, Mariner Hybrid Workshop
6F35 Manual
DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING Procedure revision date: 07/27/2009

Transaxle Drive Cycle Test

Special Tool(s)
Vehicle Communication Module (VCM)
and Integrated Diagnostic System (IDS)
software with appropriate hardware, or
equivalent scan tool

NOTE: Always drive the vehicle in a safe manner according to driving conditions and obey all traffic laws.

After carrying out the self-test, use the following Transmission Drive Cycle Test for checking continuous codes:

NOTE: The Transmission Drive Cycle Test must be followed exactly. Malfunctions must occur 4 times consecutively for
the shift error DTC to be set. Torque converter failures must occur 5 times consecutively for a continuous DTC to be set.

NOTE: When carrying out the Transmission Drive Cycle Test, see the Solenoid Operation Chart for correct solenoid
operation. Refer to Pinpoint Tests — OSC Equipped Vehicle .

1. Record then clear self-test DTCs.

2. Warm engine to normal operating temperature.

3. Make sure transmission fluid level is correct.

4. With transmission in DRIVE, moderately accelerate from stop to 80 km/h (50 mph). This allows the transmission
to shift into 6th gear. Hold speed and throttle opening steady for a minimum of 15 seconds.

5. With transmission in 6th gear and maintaining steady speed and throttle opening, lightly apply and release the
brake to operate the stoplamps. Hold speed and throttle steady for additional 5 seconds minimum.

6. Brake to a stop and remain stopped for minimum of 20 seconds.

7. Repeat Steps 4 through 6 at least 5 times.

8. Carry out the self-test and record continuous codes.

If DTCs are present, refer to Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Charts . Service all non-transmission DTCs first as
they can directly affect the operation of the transmission. Repeat the self-test and road test the vehicle to verify
the correction. Clear the DTCs, carry out drive cycle and repeat the self-test after completing service on the
DTCs.

If the self-test passes and a concern is still present, refer to Diagnosis By Symptom . Check TSBs for diagnostic
concern.

After OBD

NOTE: The vehicle wiring harness, TCM and non-transmission sensors may affect transmission operations. Service
these concerns first.
After the OBD procedures are complete, service all DTCs.

Begin with non-transmission related DTCs, then service any transmission related DTCs. Refer to the Diagnostic
Trouble Code (DTC) Charts for information on condition and symptoms. This chart is helpful referring to the correct
manual(s) and to aid in diagnosing internal transmission concerns and external non-transmission inputs. The pinpoint
tests are used in diagnosing electrical concerns of the transmission. Make sure the vehicle wiring harness and TCM are
diagnosed as well. Refer to the Powertrain Control/Emissions Diagnosis (PC/ED) manual for diagnosing non-
transmission electronic components. The diagnostic routine hydraulic/mechanical charts will help in diagnosing internal
transmission concerns and external non-transmission inputs.

Before Pinpoint Tests

NOTE: Prior to entering pinpoint tests, check the TCM wiring harness for correct connections, bent or broken terminals,
corrosion, loose wires, correct routing, correct seals and their condition. Check the TCM , sensors and actuators for
damage. Refer to the Powertrain Control/Emissions Diagnosis (PC/ED) manual.

NOTE: If a concern exists after the electrical diagnosis has been carried out, refer to Diagnosis By Symptom .

If DTCs appear while carrying out the OBD test, refer to the Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Charts for the appropriate
repair procedure. Prior to entering pinpoint tests, refer to TSBs for transmission concerns.
SECTION 307-01A: Automatic Transaxle/Transmission — 6F35 2010 Escape, Mariner, Escape Hybrid, Mariner Hybrid Workshop Manual
DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING Procedure revision date: 07/08/2010

Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Charts

Special Tool(s)
Vehicle Communication Module (VCM) and
Integrated Diagnostic System (IDS) software
with appropriate hardware, or equivalent scan
tool

DTC Chart

NOTE: Using a scan tool to retrieve DTCs, begin with and repair all non-transmission related DTCs. Start with the U-DTCs
(communication link codes) and repair any transmission-related DTCs.

DTC Grouping Component Description Condition Symptom Action

P0657 — Transaxle Actuator supply Transaxle solenoid power
Harsh engagements. GO to
solenoid power voltage A control provides power to
No voltage to Pinpoint Test
control circuit/open all the solenoids. This solenoids. E.
DTC sets if the transaxle
Maximum line
solenoid power control pressure.
relay circuit is open.
Only PARK,
REVERSE,
NEUTRAL and 5th
gear available.

No Torque Converter
Clutch (TCC).

Poor launch due to
5th gear drive away.

Will turn on
Malfunction Indicator
Lamp (MIL).
P0701 P2700 Transmission Transmission The PCM has detected
Vehicle decelerates Non-electrical
(Forward hydraulic and control system an intermittent clutch on during upshifts or failure.
Clutch), clutch systems range/performance fault and the control hangs in gear REPAIR the
P2701 (Direct (including non- system keeps getting
Will turn on wrench more specific
Clutch), electrical shift stuck on ratio changes lamp. DTC first.
P2702 solenoid faults, but when it turns off the CLEAR the
(Intermediate main control suspected clutch it DTCs. TEST
Clutch), valve body and releases. No stuck on the system
P2703 clutch(s)). DTCs set. for normal
(Low/Reverse operation. If
Clutch) and the DTC
P2704 returns,
(Overdrive REFER to
Clutch) Diagnosis By
Symptom in
this section.
P0706 P1702, TR sensor TR sensor A circuit TR sensor frequency out
Possible no crank. REPAIR the
P1921 range/performance. of range. PCM receives a
Only PARK, more specific
duty cycle at 125 Hz. If REVERSE, DTC first. GO
the frequency is out of NEUTRAL and 5th to Pinpoint
range (75 to 175 Hz is the gear available. Test D .
acceptable range) this
Harsh engagements.
DTC will set. Possible
Extremely delayed
wiring, connector or TR engagements (until a
sensor issue. DTC is set).

After a DTC is set
and the high side
opened.
  Harsh
engagements.
 Poor
performance
(due to a 5th
gear drive
away).
 No shifts.

Will turn on MIL .
P0707 P1702, TR sensor TR sensor A circuit TR sensor circuit duty
Possible no crank. REPAIR the
P1921 low. cycle out of range, low.
Only PARK, more specific
TR sensor duty cycle REVERSE, DTC first. GO
below the minimum value NEUTRAL and 5th to Pinpoint
for park (possible open gear available. Test D .
circuit, short to ground,
Harsh engagements.
wiring, connector or TR
Extremely delayed
sensor issue). engagements (until a
DTC is set).

After a DTC is set
and the high side
opened.
 Harsh
engagements.
 Poor
performance
(due to a 5th
gear drive
away).
 No shifts.

Will turn on MIL .
P0708 P1702, TR sensor TR sensor A circuit TR sensor duty cycle duty
Possible no crank. REPAIR the
P1921 high. cycle out of range, high.
Only PARK, more specific
Duty cycle above the REVERSE, DTC first. GO
maximum value for LOW NEUTRAL and 5th to Pinpoint
(possible short to power, gear available. Test D .
wiring, connector or TR
Harsh engagements.
sensor issue).
Extremely delayed
engagements (until a
DTC is set).

After a DTC is set
and the high side
opened.
 Harsh
engagements.
 Poor
performance
(due to a 5th
gear drive
away).
 No shifts.

Will turn on MIL .
P0710 P0711, Transmission TFT sensor A
TFT sensor
TCC and stabilized REPAIR the
P0712, Fluid circuit voltage input too shift schedule may more specific
P0713 Temperature low or too high. be enabled sooner DTC first. GO
(TFT) sensor TFT input indicates after cold start. to Pinpoint
a short to ground
Harsh or soft shifts. Test B .
or an open circuit
Will turn on wrench
(could be a wiring, lamp.
connector or
sensor issue).

Also see P0711,
P0712 and P0713.
P0711 — TFT sensor TFT sensor A PCM has detected no
TCC and stabilized GO to
circuit TFT sensor change shift schedule may Pinpoint Test
range/performance. during operation. be enabled sooner B.
after a cold start.

Harsh or soft shifts.

Will turn on wrench
lamp.
P0712 P0710, TFT sensor TFT sensor A The PCM has detected a
TCC and stabilized REPAIR the
P0712 circuit low. voltage drop across the shift schedule may more specific
TFT sensor exceeds a be enabled sooner DTC first. GO
temperature greater than after cold start. to Pinpoint
171°C (340°F) for more
Harsh or soft shifts. Test B .
then 2.5 seconds
Will turn on MIL .
(grounded circuit).
P0713 P0710, TFT sensor TFT sensor A The PCM has detected a
TCC and stabilized REPAIR the
P0713 circuit high. voltage drop across the shift schedule may more specific
TFT sensor exceeds a be enabled sooner DTC first. GO
temperature less than - after cold start. to Pinpoint
45°C (-50°F) for more
Harsh or soft shifts. Test B .
then 2.5 seconds (open
Will turn on MIL .
circuit).
P0715 P0717 Turbine Shaft TSS sensor A
PCM has detected
Failure Mode Effect REPAIR the
Speed (TSS) circuit. TSS sensor signal Management action more specific
sensor failed to 0 speed opens transaxle DTC first. GO
when vehicle solenoid power to Pinpoint
conditions (mainly control (removes Test F .
output speed) power from all
indicate TSS solenoids).
sensor output  Provides
should be present. PARK,

Electrical failures REVERSE,
(open, short) of the NEUTRAL
TSS sensor wiring, and 5th gear
connector or a with maximum
failure of the line pressure
sensor itself will and open
cause this failure. TCC available
(controlled by
the manual
lever).

Harsh engagements
(due to maximum
line pressure).

Poor launch
performance (due to
5th gear drive away).

Will turn on MIL .
P0717 P0715 TSS sensor TSS sensor A
Non- MIL sister
Failure Mode Effect REPAIR the
circuit no signal. code to P0715. Management action more specific
Used to illuminate opens transaxle DTC first. GO
the wrench light. solenoid power to Pinpoint
control (removes Test F .
power from all
solenoids).
 Provides
PARK,
REVERSE,
NEUTRAL
and 5th gear
with maximum
line pressure
and open
TCC available
(controlled by
the manual
lever).

Harsh engagements
(due to maximum
line pressure).

Poor launch
performance (due to
5th gear drive away).
P0718 — TSS sensor TSS sensor A PCM has detected an Will turn on wrench lamp. GO to
circuit intermittent. erratic or noisy TSS Pinpoint Test
sensor signal. F.
P0720 P0722 Output Shaft OSS sensor circuit.
PCM has detected
Failure Mode Effect REPAIR the
 Speed (OSS) OSS sensor signal Management action more specific
sensor failed to 0 speed opens transaxle DTC first. GO
when vehicle solenoid power to Pinpoint
conditions (mainly control (removes Test C .
turbine speed) power from all
indicate OSS solenoids).
sensor output  provides
should be present. PARK,

Electrical failures REVERSE,
(open, short) of the NEUTRAL
OSS sensor wiring, and 5th gear
connector or a with maximum
failure of the OSS line pressure
sensor itself will and open
cause this failure. TCC available
(controlled by
the manual
lever).

Harsh engagements
(due to maximum
line pressure).

Poor launch
performance (due to
5th drive away).

Will turn on MIL .
P0721 — OSS sensor OSS sensor circuit PCM has detected an Will turn on wrench lamp. GO to
range/performance. erratic or noisy OSS Pinpoint Test
sensor signal. C.
P0722 P0720 OSS sensor OSS sensor circuit
Non- MIL sister
Failure Mode Effect REPAIR the
no signal. code to P0720. Management action more specific
Used to illuminate opens transaxle DTC first. GO
the wrench light. solenoid power to Pinpoint
control (removes Test C .
power from all
solenoids).
 Provides
PARK,
REVERSE,
NEUTRAL
and 5th gear
with maximum
line pressure
and open
TCC available
(controlled by
the manual
lever).

Harsh engagements
(due to maximum
line pressure).

Poor launch
performance (due to
5th gear drive away).
P0729 — Transaxle Gear 6 incorrect The PCM did not detect a
Customer may Intermediate
ratio 6th gear ratio. notice flares or (2,6) clutch or
neutral conditions on overdrive

Shift Solenoid C shifts. (4,5,6) clutch
(SSC) and/or Shift
Erratic shifting, slip or failed
Solenoid D (SSD) flares, neutral to apply.
stuck off non- conditions while the REFER to the
electrical fault (no code is being set. Clutch
pressure).
6th gear disabled. Application

Low/reverse clutch
Will turn on MIL . chart located
and/or overdrive
TCIL flashing in
clutch regulator
Will turn on wrench Specifications
valve stuck in lamp. in this
default position. section.

Low/reverse clutch CLEAR the
and/or overdrive DTCs. TEST
clutch boost valve the system
 stuck in default for normal
position. operation. If
the DTC
returns,
REFER to
Diagnosis By
Symptom in
this section.
P0731 — Transaxle Gear 1 incorrect
Forward clutch,
Customer might Forward
ratio low/reverse clutch notice flares or (1,2,3,4)
or One-Way Clutch neutral conditions, clutch,
(OWC) failed to hangs in gear. low/reverse
apply.
Disable 1st gear. (L,R) clutch

Shift Solenoid A
No engine braking. or OWC slip
(SSA) and/or SSD
Will turn on wrench or failed to
stuck off non- lamp. apply.
electrical fault (no REFER to the
pressure). Clutch

Forward clutch Application
and/or low/reverse chart located
clutch regulator in
valve stuck in Specifications
default position. in this

Forward clutch section.
and/or low/reverse CLEAR the
clutch boost valve DTCs. TEST
stuck in default the system
position. for normal
operation. If
the DTC
returns,
REFER to
Diagnosis By
Symptom in
this section.
P0732 — Transaxle Gear 2 incorrect
Forward clutch or
Customer might Forward
ratio intermediate clutch notice flares or (1,2,3,4)
failed to apply. neutral conditions, clutch, or

SSA and/or SSC hangs in gear. intermediate
stuck off non-
Disable 2nd gear. (2,6) clutch
electrical fault (no
Will turn on wrench failed to
pressure). lamp. apply.

Forward clutch REFER to the
and/or Clutch
intermediate clutch Application
regulator valve chart located
stuck in default in
position. Specifications

Forward clutch in this
and/or section.
intermediate clutch CLEAR the
boost valve stuck DTCs. TEST
in default position. the system
for normal
operation. If
the DTC
returns,
REFER to
Diagnosis By
Symptom in
this section.
P0733 — Transaxle Gear 3 incorrect
Forward clutch or
Customer might Forward
ratio direct clutch failed notice flares or (1,2,3,4)
to apply. neutral conditions, clutch, or

SSA and/or Shift hangs in gear. direct (3,5,R)
Solenoid B (SSB)
Disable 3rd gear. clutch failed
stuck off non-
Will turn on wrench to apply.
electrical fault (no lamp. REFER to the
pressure). Clutch

Forward clutch Application
 and/or direct clutch chart located
regulator valve in
stuck in default Specifications
position. in this

Forward clutch section.
and/or direct clutch CLEAR the
boost valve stuck DTCs. TEST
in default position. the system
for normal
operation. If
the DTC
returns,
REFER to
Diagnosis By
Symptom in
this section.
P0734 — Transaxle Gear 4 incorrect
Forward clutch or
Customer might Forward
ratio overdrive clutch notice flares or (1,2,3,4)
failed to apply. neutral conditions, clutch, or

SSA and/or SSD hangs in gear. overdrive
stuck off non-
Disable 4th gear. (4,5,6) clutch
electrical fault (no
Will turn on wrench failed to
pressure). lamp. apply.

Forward clutch REFER to the
and/or overdrive Clutch
clutch regulator Application
valve stuck in chart located
default position. in

Forward clutch Specifications
and/or overdrive in this
clutch boost valve section.
stuck in default CLEAR the
position. DTCs. TEST
the system
for normal
operation. If
the DTC
returns,
REFER to
Diagnosis By
Symptom in
this section.
P0735 — Transaxle Gear 5 incorrect
Direct clutch or
Customer might Direct (3,5,R)
ratio overdrive clutch notice flares or clutch, or
failed to apply. neutral conditions, overdrive

SSB and/or SSD hangs in gear. (4,5,6) clutch
stuck off non-
Disable 5th gear. failed to
electrical fault (no
Will turn on wrench apply.
pressure). lamp. REFER to the

Direct clutch, Clutch
low/reverse clutch Application
and/or overdrive chart located
regulator valve in
stuck in default Specifications
position. in this

Low/reverse clutch section.
and/or overdrive CLEAR the
clutch boost valve DTCs. TEST
stuck in default the system
position. for normal
operation. If
the DTC
returns,
REFER to
Diagnosis By
Symptom in
this section.
P0740 P0743 TCC TCC solenoid Open circuit.
TCC failed off. GO to
circuit open
Will turn on MIL . Pinpoint Test

TCIL flashing A.
P0741 P0748 TCC TCC solenoid TCC mechanically stuck
Non-electrical TCC DTC P0741 is
circuit off. solenoid stuck off. a non-
performance/stuck
TCC mechanical electrical
off. failure. DTC. CLEAR

TCC regulator apply the DTCs.
valve stuck in TEST the
release position. system for

TCC control valve normal
stuck in release operation. If
position. the DTC
returns,

TCC failed to apply REFER to
(less than 80 rpm Torque
slip error lasting at Converter
least 3 seconds Operation
when TCC is Concerns, No
commanded on) 3 Apply in
consecutive times. Diagnosis By

Will turn on MIL . Symptom in

TCIL flashing this section.

P0742 P0743 TCC TCC solenoid Circuit shorted to ground,
Failure Mode Effect REPAIR the
circuit stuck on. TCC failed on. Management action more specific
opens the transaxle DTC first. GO
solenoid power to Pinpoint
control, removing Test A .
power from all
solenoids (get
PARK, REVERSE,
NEUTRAL and 5th
gear as the only
forward gear with
TCC open).

Harsh engagements.

Poor launch
performance (due to
5th gear drive away).

No TCC apply.

No shifts.

Will turn on MIL .

TCIL flashing
P0743 P0740, TCC TCC solenoid Sister code to P0740,
Will turn on wrench REPAIR the
P0742 or circuit electrical. P0742 or P0744 used to lamp. more specific
P0744 illuminate the wrench
TCIL flashing DTC first. GO
light. to Pinpoint
Test A .
P0744 P0743 TCC TCC solenoid Circuit short to power.
TCC failed off. REPAIR the
circuit intermittent.
Will turn on MIL . more specific

TCIL flashing DTC first. GO
to Pinpoint
Test A .
P0748 P0960, Pressure PCA electrical. PCA circuit failure non-
Failure Mode Effect REPAIR the
P0962 and Control MIL . Sister code to Management action, more specific
P0963 Solenoid A P0960, P0962 and P0963 see DTCs P0960, DTC first. GO
(PCA) used to illuminate the P0962 and P0963. to Pinpoint
wrench light. Additional
Will turn on wrench Test A .
common fault DTCs, lamp.
P0750, P0751, P0752.
TCIL flashing
P0750 P0751 Shift Solenoid A SSA Open circuit.
Customer might REPAIR the
(SSA) notice a neutral more specific
condition, or a single DTC first. GO
erratic or unexpected to Pinpoint
shift. Test A .

5th and 6th gears
only.

Poor launch due to
5th gear drive away.

Will turn on MIL .
P0751 P2700 Forward clutch SSA Forward (1,2,3,4) clutch
Customer may REFER to
 performance/stuck failed to apply when notice neutral Diagnosis By
off. commanded. conditions or flares Symptom in
on downshifts from this section.

SSA non-electrical 5th or 6th gear.
failed stuck off (no
Once the DTC is
pressure). stored, gears 1

Forward clutch through 4 are
stuck off due to disabled — leaving
mechanical failure. 5th and 6th gears as

Forward clutch the only forward
regulator valve gears.
stuck in the default
Erratic shifting, harsh
position. engagements,

Forward clutch neutral conditions,
boost valve stuck flares, poor launch
in the default performance, harsh
position. reverse
engagements.

Will turn on MIL .
P0752 — SSA SSA stuck on. Forward (1,2,3,4) clutch
Customer may REFER to
failed to release when notice a vehicle Diagnosis By
commanded. deceleration on a Symptom in
shift into 5th or 6th this section.

SSA non-electrical gear (forward clutch
failed stuck on failing to release will
(pressure). cause a tie-up in 5th

Forward clutch or 6th gear).
stuck on due to
Customer might
mechanical failure. notice erratic shifting

Forward clutch or being stuck in 4th
regulator valve gear.
stuck in the spring
Once the DTC is
compressed stored, 5th and 6th
position. gears are disabled.

Will turn on MIL .
P0753 P0750, SSA SSA electrical. Sister code to P0750,
Failure Mode Effect REPAIR the
P0973 and P0973 and P0974 used to Management action, more specific
P0974 illuminate the wrench see DTCs P0750, DTC first. GO
light. Additional common P0973 and P0974. to Pinpoint
fault DTCs, P0752,
Will turn on wrench Test A .
P0754, P0755. lamp.
P0754 — SSA SSA intermittent. Intermittent SSA circuit
Customer might GO to
faults but not lasting long notice unexpected Pinpoint Test
enough to trip DTC, upshifts, downshifts, A.
P0750, P0973 or P0974. flairs or neutral
conditions.

Will turn on wrench
lamp.
P0755 P0756 SSB SSB . Open circuit or short to
Customer might REPAIR the
power. notice unexpected more specific
upshift. DTC first. GO

3rd and 5th gears to Pinpoint
available. Test A .

Harsh engagements.

Poor launch
performance.

Will turn on MIL .
P0756 P2701 Direct clutch SSB Direct (3,5,R) clutch failed
Customer may REFER to
performance/stuck off notice flares or Diagnosis By
off. neutral conditions on Symptom in

Non-electrical shifts into 3rd or 5th this section.
failures where SSB gear.
direct clutch is
PCM will command 3
stuck off (no shifts into 3rd or 5th
pressure). gear, and if direct

Direct clutch clutch is failed off the
regulator valve customer will notice
stuck in default flares or neutral
position. conditions that last

Direct clutch one second or so.
mechanical failure.
3rd and 5th gears
are disabled,
customer might
notice transmission
hangs in 2nd on
acceleration until
customer tips out to
closed pedal (done
to protect overdrive
clutch).

Will turn on MIL .
P0757 P2701 SSB SSB stuck on. SSB (direct clutch) failed
Customer may REFER to
on, causing direct clutch notice a vehicle Diagnosis By
failed on. deceleration on a Symptom in
shift into 2nd, 4th or this section.
Since the hydraulic 6th gear.
controls prevent direct
Harsh 1-3 shift.
clutch and low/reverse
Poor launch
clutch on together in the performance lack of
forward ranges we can shifts.
isolate the solenoid from
Will turn on MIL .
the clutch.

This code sets if:

Non-electrical
failures where SSB
(direct clutch) is
stuck on
(pressure).

Direct clutch
regulator valve
stuck in spring
compress position.
P0758 P0755, SSB SSB electrical. Sister code to P0755,
Failure Mode Effect REPAIR the
P0976 and P0976 and P0977 used to Management action more specific
P0977 illuminate the wrench see P0755, P0976 DTC first. GO
light. Additional common and P0977. to Pinpoint
fault DTCs, P0755,
Will turn on wrench Test A .
P0976, P0977. lamp.
P0759 — SSB SSB intermittent. Intermittent SSB circuit
Customer might GO to
faults but not lasting long notice unexpected Pinpoint Test
enough to trip DTC, upshifts, downshifts, A.
P0755, P0758, P0976 or flairs or neutral
P0977. conditions.

Will turn on wrench
lamp.
P0760 P0761 SSC SSC . Open circuit.
Customer might REPAIR the
notice erratic, more specific
delayed or harsh DTC first. GO
shifts. to Pinpoint

Disable 2nd and 6th Test A .
gears.

Will turn on MIL .
P0761 P2702 Intermediate SSC Intermediate clutch failed
Customer may REPAIR the
clutch performance/stuck off notice neutral more specific
off. conditions or flares DTC first.

Non-electrical on shifts to 2nd or REFER to
failures where SSC 6th gear. Diagnosis By
intermediate clutch
Disabled 2nd and Symptom in
is stuck off (no 6th gears. this section.
pressure).
Erratic shifting,

Intermediate clutch neutral conditions,
stuck off due to flares, higher engine
mechanical failure. speeds on highway

Intermediate clutch due to 6th gear
regulator valve being disabled.
stuck in the default
Will turn on MIL .
 position.
P0762 P0763 SSC SSC stuck on. Intermediate clutch failed
Customer may REPAIR the
on, could be due to: notice a vehicle more specific
deceleration on a DTC first.

Intermediate clutch shift into 3rd or 5th REFER to
SSC non-electrical gear (intermediate Diagnosis By
failed stuck on clutch failing to Symptom in
(pressure). release will cause a this section.

Intermediate clutch tie-up in 3rd or 5th
stuck on due to gear).
mechanical failure.
Erratic shifting or

Intermediate clutch being stuck in 6th
regulator valve gear.
stuck in the spring
3rd, 4th and 5th
compressed gears are disabled.
position.
Hangs in 2nd gear
on acceleration since
2nd-6th upshifts only
occur at closed
pedal (due to energy
limitations of
overdrive clutch),
harsh reverse
engagements (since
low/reverse clutch is
not on in 2nd gear).

Will turn on MIL .
P0763 P0760, SSC SSC electrical. Sister code to P0760,
Failure Mode Effect REPAIR the
P0979 and P0979 and P0980 used to Management action more specific
P0980 illuminate the wrench see P0760, P0979 DTC first. GO
light. Additional common and P0980. to Pinpoint
fault DTCs, P0755,
Will turn on wrench Test A .
P0976, P0977. lamp.
P0764 — SSC SSC intermittent. Intermittent SSC circuit
Customer might GO to
faults but not lasting long notice unexpected Pinpoint Test
enough to trip DTC, upshifts, downshifts, A.
P0760, P0763, P0979 flairs or neutral
and P0980. conditions.

Will turn on wrench
lamp.
P0765 P0766 SSD SSD . Open circuit.
Overdrive clutch REPAIR the
failed on, only 4th, more specific
5th and 6th gears DTC first. GO
available. to Pinpoint

Harsh engagements. Test A .

Poor launch due to
4th gear drive away.

Will turn on MIL .
P0766 P2704 Overdrive clutch SSD performance Overdrive clutch failed off.
Customer may REPAIR the
system fault stuck off. notice flares or more specific
includes non-
Non-electrical neutral conditions on DTC first.
electrical SSD failure where shifts into 4th, 5th or REFER to
fault, main SSD , low/reverse 6th gear. Diagnosis By
control valve and overdrive
Erratic shifting, Symptom in
body and clutch clutch is stuck off flares, neutral this section.
(no pressure). conditions while the

Low/reverse code is being set.
clutch/overdrive
1st, 4th, 5th and 6th
clutch regulator gears are disabled
valve stuck in — may notice high
default position. engine rpm since 3rd

Low/reverse is highest available
clutch/overdrive gear.
clutch boost valve
May get delayed or
stuck in default no reverse
position. engagement (need
low/reverse clutch on
to achieve reverse).

Will turn on MIL .
P0767 P07A9, Overdrive or SSD stuck on. Overdrive clutch failed on,
Customer may REPAIR the
P2704 low/reverse could be due to: notice vehicle more specific
clutch deceleration on DTC first.

Low/reverse or shifts into 2nd or 3rd REFER to
overdrive clutch gear (overdrive Diagnosis By
SSD non-electrical clutch failing to Symptom in
failed stuck on release will cause a this section.
(pressure). tie-up in 2nd or 3rd

Overdrive clutch gear).
stuck on due to
1st, 2nd and 3rd
mechanical failure. gears are disabled.

Low/reverse,
Poor launch due to
overdrive clutch 4th gear drive away.
regulator valve
Harsh engagements.
stuck in the spring-
Will turn on MIL .
compressed
position.
P0768 P0765, SSD SSD electrical Sister code to P0765,
Failure Mode Effect REPAIR the
P0982 and P0982 and P0983 used to Management action more specific
P0983 illuminate the wrench see P0765, P0982 DTC first. GO
light. Additional common and P0983. to Pinpoint
fault DTCs, P0767,
Will turn on wrench Test A .
P0769, P0770. lamp.
P0769 — SSD SSD intermittent. Intermittent SSD circuit
Customer might GO to
faults but not lasting long notice unexpected Pinpoint Test
enough to trip DTC, upshifts, downshifts, A.
P0765, P0768, P0982 flairs or neutral
and P0983. conditions.

Will turn on wrench
lamp.
P0770 P0773 Shift Solenoid E SSE . Open, short to ground or SSE failed off (no REPAIR the
(SSE) short to power. pressure): more specific
DTC first. GO

Customer might to Pinpoint
notice 4th gear drive Test A .
away when 1st gear
is commanded.

Failed off (no
pressure) then 1st
gear with engine
braking is disabled.

May or may not
notice 2nd gear
provided when 1st
gear selected in low
manual range.

Harsh reverse
engagements since
low/reverse clutch
does not apply in
neutral or drive in
this failure mode.

SSE failed on (pressure):

High side is turned

off.

Poor launch
performance due to
5th gear drive away.

Harsh engagements.

No TCC apply.

Will turn on MIL .
P0771 P0984 SSE failed off SSE
SSE controls the
If SSE is failed off or REPAIR the
performance/stuck multiplexing of valve 2 is stuck in more specific
off. SSD low/reverse default position then DTC first. GO
and overdrive the customer will get to Pinpoint
clutch. If solenoid 4th gear when 1st Test A .
fails off (no gear is commanded.
 pressure) then 1st
Will turn on wrench
gear is failed to 4th lamp.
gear.

If clutch select
valve 2 sticks in
the default position
then 1st gear with
engine braking is
failed to 4th gear
and reverse is
failed to neutral.

The diagnostic
does not
distinguish SSE
stuck off from
valve 2 stuck in
default. This code
means either:
 SSE short
to power,
failed off (no
pressure).
 Valve 2
stuck in
default
position.
P0772 P0984 SSE failed on SSE stuck on.
SSE controls the
If SSE is failed on or REPAIR the
multiplexing of valve 2 is stuck in more specific
SSD low/reverse spring compressed DTC first. GO
and overdrive position, then 1st to Pinpoint
clutch. If the and 2nd gears are Test A .
solenoid fails on the only available
(pressure) then, gears.
1st and 2nd gear
Customer might
are the only notice flares on shifts
available gears. into 3rd gear.
3rd gear is failed to Deceleration on
1st gear, 4th gear shifts into 4th gear
is failed to 1st since you get 1st
gear, 5th gear is gear or a neutral
failed to neutral, condition on shifts
and 6th gear is a into 5th gear. High
tie-up. engine rpm since

If clutch select 2nd gear is top
valve 2 sticks in available gear.
the spring-
Will turn on wrench
compressed lamp.
position, the same
ratio pattern will
occur. This code
means either:
 SSE short
to ground,
failed on
(pressure).
 Valve 2
stuck in
spring
compressed
position.
P0773 P0770 SSE SSE electrical. Open, short to ground or Sister code to P0770 used GO to
short to power in solenoid to illuminate the wrench Pinpoint Test
or wiring. light. A.

Failure Mode Effect

Management action
see P0770.

Will turn on wrench
lamp.
P0774 — SSE SSE intermittent. Intermittent SSD circuit
Failure Mode Effect GO to
 faults but not lasting long Management action Pinpoint Test
enough to trip DTC, see P0770. A.
P0770.
Will turn on wrench
lamp.
P07A5 — Direct clutch Transmission direct Ratio based test. The
Customer may REFER to
clutch stuck on. clutch control bypass notice slow Diagnosis By
valve (multiplex valve) acceleration from Symptom in
exhausts the direct clutch stop. May be in 3rd this section.
when the valve is in the gear when 1st gear
compressed position, is commanded.
where SSD points in the
Once the DTC is
low/reverse position, the stored, 3rd and 5th
diagnostic can isolate the gears are only
direct clutch stuck on available.
from SSB stuck on
Erratic shifting, harsh
because getting 3rd gear engagements, poor
when 1st gear launch performance.
commanded, the clutch
Will turn on wrench
control bypass valve is in lamp.
the spring compressed
position indicates that
SSB cannot be the cause.
P07A8 — Low/reverse Transmission SSD is multiplexed
Customer may REFER to
clutch low/reverse clutch through the clutch control notice no reverse. Diagnosis By
performance/stuck bypass valve (multiplex
Disable 1st gear. Symptom in
off. valve) to the low/reverse
Delayed this section.
and overdrive clutch, the engagement into
diagnostic can isolate the drive.
low/reverse clutch failed
Poor launch
off from SSD stuck off performance due to
when the overdrive clutch 2nd gear launch.
applies normally and the
Will turn on wrench
low/reverse clutch did not. lamp.
P07A9 P0767 Low/reverse Transmission SSD is multiplexed
Low/reverse clutch REFER to
clutch low/reverse clutch through the clutch control failed on. Diagnosis By
stuck on. bypass valve (multiplex
One-Way Clutch Symptom in
valve) to the low/reverse (OWC) transmits this section.
and overdrive clutch, the torque in both
diagnostic can isolate the directions.
low/reverse stuck on by
Stuck in 1st gear.
turning off SSE . If the
Will turn on wrench
transaxle shifts into 4th lamp.
when the clutch control
bypass valve moves SSD
is stuck on, but if the
transaxle stays in 1st then
the low/revers is stuck on.
P07AA — Overdrive clutch Transmission SSD is multiplexed
Overdrive clutch REFER to
overdrive clutch through the clutch control failed off. Diagnosis By
performance/stuck bypass valve (multiplex
Disable 4th, 5th and Symptom in
off. valve) between the 6th gears. this section.
low/reverse and overdrive
Reverse may be
clutch, the diagnostic can delayed or disabled.
isolate the overdrive
High engine rpm.
clutch failed off from SSD
Will turn on wrench
stuck off when the lamp.
low/reverse clutch applies
normally but the overdrive
clutch is stuck off.
P0867 — Transmission Transmission fluid The control valve test
Multiplex latch REFER to
hydraulic and pressure. raises line pressure to pressure inadequate Diagnosis By
clutch systems insure that the clutch (valve moves when Symptom in
control bypass valve SSE turns on). this section.
(multiplex valve) is
Overdrive clutch
latched, then turns on pressure issue.
SSE to test for a stuck
Line pressure
TCC control valve under issues.
steady state operation in
Solenoid regulator
4th, 5th and 6th gear. If valve issues.
 the ratio breaks away the
Customer may
test is aborted. If enough notice flairs during
ratio break away occur, test.
the DTC is set.
Will turn on wrench
lamp.
P0960 P0748 PCA PCA control PCA circuit has failed to 0
Failed to maximum REPAIR the
circuit/open. current. line pressure. more specific

Harsh engagements. DTC first. GO

Will turn on MIL . to Pinpoint
Test A .
P0961 P0748 PCA PCA control circuit Intermittent PCA short to
Harsh engagement GO to
range/performance. ground. Fault present and harsh shifts. Pinpoint Test
long enough to notice a
Will turn on wrench A.
neutral condition lamp.
(minimum pressure) but
not present long enough
to store a DTC.
P0962 P0748 PCA PCA control circuit PCA short to ground Failed to 0 current, REPAIR the
low. circuit failure. minimum line pressure: more specific
DTC first. GO

Failure Mode Effect to Pinpoint
Management action Test A .
opens the transaxle
solenoid power
control relay,
removing power from
all solenoids which
provides maximum
line pressure.

Harsh engagements.

Poor launch
performance (due to
5th gear drive away).

No TCC apply.

No shifts.

Will turn on MIL .
P0963 P0748 PCA PCA control circuit PCA short to power circuit Failed to 0 current, REPAIR the
high. fault. maximum line pressure: more specific
DTC first. GO

Harsh engagements. to Pinpoint

Will turn on MIL . Test A .
P0973 P0753 SSA SSA control circuit Short to ground.
Failure Mode Effect REPAIR the
low. Management action more specific
opens the transaxle DTC first. GO
solenoid power to Pinpoint
control relay, Test A .
removing power from
all solenoids (get
PARK, REVERSE,
NEUTRAL and 5th
gear as the only
forward gear with
TCC open).

Harsh engagements.

Poor launch
performance (due to
5th gear drive away).

No TCC apply.

No shifts.

Will turn on MIL .
P0974 P0753 SSA SSA control circuit Short to power.
Forward clutch is REPAIR the
high. failed off — 5th and more specific
6th gears only DTC first. GO
available forward to Pinpoint
gears. Test A .

Neutral condition or
flare when fault
occurs.

Poor launch due to
5th gear drive away

Will turn on MIL .
P0976 P0758 SSB SSB control circuit Short to ground.
Failure Mode Effect REPAIR the
low. Management action more specific
opens the transaxle DTC first. GO
solenoid power to Pinpoint
control relay, Test A .
removing power from
all solenoids (get
PARK, REVERSE,
NEUTRAL and 5th
gear as the only
forward gear with
TCC open).

Harsh engagements.

Poor launch
performance (due to
5th gear drive away).

No TCC apply.

No shifts.

Will turn on MIL .
P0977 P0758 SSB SSB control circuit Short to power.
Direct clutch failed REPAIR the
high. on – only 3rd and 5th more specific
gears available. DTC first. GO

Harsh 1-3 shift if to Pinpoint
failure occurs while Test A .
in 1st.

Poor launch due to
3rd gear drive away.

Will turn on MIL .
P0979 P0763 SSC SSC control circuit Short to ground.
Failure Mode Effect REPAIR the
low. Management action more specific
opens the transaxle DTC first. GO
solenoid power to Pinpoint
control relay, Test A .
removing power from
all solenoids (get
PARK, REVERSE,
NEUTRAL and 5th
gear as the only
forward gear with
TCC open).

Harsh engagements.

Poor launch
performance (due to
5th gear drive away).

No TCC apply.

No shifts.

Will turn on MIL .
P0980 P0763 SSC SSC control circuit Open circuit.
If fault occurs while REPAIR the
high. in 2nd or 6th gear, more specific
customer might DTC first. GO
notice a neutral to Pinpoint
condition before Test A .
diagnostics disables
2nd and 6th gears.

Erratic, delayed or
harsh shifts.

Will turn on MIL .
P0982 P0768 SSD SSD control circuit Short to ground.
Failure Mode Effect REPAIR the
low. Management action more specific
opens the transaxle DTC first. GO
solenoid power to Pinpoint
control relay, Test A .
removing power from
all solenoids (get
PARK, REVERSE,
NEUTRAL and 5th
 as the only forward
gear with TCC
open), harsh
engagements.

Poor launch
performance (due to
5th gear drive away).

No TCC apply.

No shifts.

Will turn on MIL .
P0983 P0768 SSD SSD control circuit Open circuit.
Only 4th, 5th and 6th REPAIR the
high. gears available. more specific

Harsh engagements. DTC first. GO

Poor launch due to to Pinpoint
4th gear drive away. Test A .

Will turn on MIL .
P0984 P0771, SSE SSE control circuit This DTC sets with either
Will turn on wrench REPAIR the
P0772 range/performance. P0771 or P0772. lamp. more specific
DTC first. GO
to Pinpoint
Test A .
P1636 — PCM Inductive signature Lost communication with
Transaxle solenoid INSTALL a
chip solenoid driver. power control relay new PCM.
communication turned off, providing REFER to
error.
The solenoid driver PARK, REVERSE, Section 303-
is an internal PCM NEUTRAL and 5th 14A or
chip that controls gear with TCC open Section 303-
the solenoids. The and maximum line 14B .
main microchip pressure.
communicates with
Harsh engagements.
the solenoid driver
Poor performance
over a serial launch (due to 5th
interface, sending drive away).
out the desired
No TCC apply.
solenoid state and
No shifts.
receiving back a
Will turn on MIL .
circuit fault status.

If communication is
lost with the
solenoid driver, the
solenoid states
become unknown,
so the control
system forces the
transaxle solenoid
power control relay
off.
P163E — TRID block Transmission
TRID version
Costumer may REFER to
control module incorrect (TRID notice, high engine Solenoid
programming error. version does not rpm. Body
match version in
1st and 3rd gear Strategy in
PCM Calibration). only. this section.

7-digit service
No TCC apply.
banding code
Will turn on MIL .
checksum or total
TRID block
checksum invalid.

Solenoid and
Clutch
characterization
data unavailable.

Failure Mode
Effect
Management will
increase pressure
and allow only
PARK, REVERSE,
NEUTRAL, 1st and
3rd gear only.
P163F — TRID block TRID ID block
TRID data not
Failure Mode Effect REFER to
corrupted, not programmed. Management action Solenoid
programmed.
Solenoid and of limits function to Body
Clutch strategy 1st and 3rd gear. Strategy in
data unavailable.
High engine rpm, this section.

Failure Mode lack of shifts
Effect complaints.
Management will
No TCC apply.
increase pressure
Will turn on MIL .
and allow only
PARK, REVERSE,
NEUTRAL, 1st and
3rd only.
P1702 P0706, TR sensor TR sensor circuit Sister code to P0706
Possible no crank, REPAIR the
P0707 and intermittent. P0707 and P0708 used to only PARK, more specific
P0708 illuminate the wrench REVERSE, DTC first. GO
light. NEUTRAL and 5th to Pinpoint
gear available, harsh Test D .
engagements.

Extremely delayed
engagements (until a
DTC is set).

After a DTC is set
and the high side
opened — harsh
engagements, poor
performance (due to
a 5th gear drive
away), no shifts.

Will turn on wrench
lamp.
P1705 — TR sensor TR circuit not TR sensor not indicating — Rerun KOEO
indicating Park or Neutral during or KOER
park/neutral during Key ON Engine OFF only.
self-test. (KOEO) or Key ON
Engine Running (KOER)
self-test.
P1711 — TFT TFT sensor out of TFT sensor out of self- — RERUN
self-test range. test range equals less KOEO or
than -1°C (30°F) or KOER only.
greater than 105°C (220°
F) during KOEO or KOER
self-test.
P1744 P0741 TCC TCC solenoid Sister code to P0741 Will turn on wrench lamp. REFER to
circuit. used to illuminate the Diagnosis By
wrench light. Additional Symptom in
common DTC, P163F. this section.
P1780 — Transmission TCS (Overdrive TCS did not change Customer cannot enter or REFER to
Control Switch (O/D) Cancel) states during KOER self- exit the overdrive feature. Section 307-
(TCS) circuit out of self- test. 05A .
test range.
P1783 — Transmission Transmission over Transmission over
Torque converter REFER to
overtemperature temperature temperature condition lockup happens Diagnosis By
condition. (greater than 135°C [275° earlier than Symptom in
F] for at least 5 seconds). expected. this section.

Will turn on wrench
lamp.
P1910 — Reverse lamp Reverse lamp Reverse lamp control
Reverse lamps do REFER to
control control circuit/open. circuit fault. 6F35 TR not function Section 417-
sensor does not have a correctly. 01 .
high current reverse lamp
Will turn on wrench
control switch. This has lamp.
moved to the PCM.
P1921 P0706, TR switch Transmission The PCM sets this DTC
Engine may not REPAIR the
P0707 and range signal when the ignition switch is crank. more specific
P0708 turned to the crank DTC first. GO
position and before the to Pinpoint
 PCM receives an engine Test D .
run signal.
P2700 P0751 and Forward clutch Transmission This code sets with either
Will turn on wrench REPAIR the
P0752 system fault forward clutch DTC P0751 or P0752. lamp. more specific
apply time DTC first.
range/performance. REFER to
Diagnosis By
Symptom in
this section.
P2701 P0756 and Direct clutch Transmission direct This code sets with either
Will turn on wrench REPAIR the
P0757 system fault clutch apply time DTC P0756 or P0757. lamp. more specific
range/performance. DTC first.
REFER to
Diagnosis By
Symptom in
this section.
P2702 P0761 and Intermediate Transmission This code sets with either
Will turn on wrench REPAIR the
P0762 clutch system intermediate clutch DTC P0761 or P0762. lamp. more specific
faults apply time DTC first.
range/performance. REFER to
Diagnosis By
Symptom in
this section.
P2703 P0766 and Low/Reverse Transmission Low/reverse clutch stuck
Low/reverse clutch REPAIR the
P2704 clutch and OWC low/reverse clutch off with overdrive clutch off is a ratio based more specific
faults (covers apply time stuck off. Most likely test. DTC first.
just the range/performance. cause is SSD non-
Low/reverse clutch is REFER to
clutches) electrical failure or only tested for failed Diagnosis By
low/reverse/overdrive off in the low manual Symptom in
regulator valve stuck in lever position. this section.
default position.
The customer might
notice no engine
braking in 1st gear,
and erratic shifting
as the diagnostics
isolates the fault to
low/reverse clutch
failed off.

Delayed or no
reverse
engagement.

Will turn on wrench
lamp.
P2704 P0766, Overdrive clutch Transmission Overdrive clutch stuck off
Overdrive clutch REPAIR the
P0767 and system faults overdrive clutch with low/reverse clutch failed off. more specific
P2703 apply time stuck off. Most likely
Will turn on wrench DTC first.
range/performance. cause is SSD non- lamp. REFER to
electrical failure or Diagnosis By
low/reverse/overdrive Symptom in
regulator valve stuck in this section.
default position.

Overdrive clutch stuck on.

Possibly overdrive clutch,
SSD ,
low/reverse/overdrive
regulator valve stuck in
spring compressed
position.
P2705 — OWC failed Transmission OWC
The OWC holds in
Customer might REFER to
apply time 1st gear. If the notice neutral Diagnosis By
range/performance. OWC fails off, 1st conditions when 1st Symptom in
gear is failed to gear is commanded. this section.
neutral.
Erratic shifting as the

1st gear is diagnostic isolates
disabled for this the cause of the
failure since neutral condition to
low/reverse clutch the OWC being
is not intended to failed.
 hold power on
Poor launch
torque in 1st gear. performance (due to
2nd gear drive
away).

Harsh engagements.

Will turn on wrench
lamp.
P2760 P0743 and TCC solenoid TCC pressure Intermittent TCC solenoid
Poor launch REPAIR the
P0744 control solenoid short to ground. A short to performance (due to more specific
intermittent. ground will cause the 5th gear drive away). DTC first. GO
TCC to apply, which can
No TCC apply. to Pinpoint
stall the engine at low
No shifts. Test A .
vehicle speeds. The PCM
Will turn on wrench
will disable the high side lamp.
driver until vehicle speed
is high enough that the
engine won't stall.

With the high side driver

off the fault can not be
detected. If the fault goes
away while the high side
is off the vehicle will have
a 5th gear launch with no
DTC.

If this occurs 3 times with

no DTC P0742 being set,
then DTC P2760 will set.
P2783 — Torque Torque converter
TCC control valve
Torque converter REFER to
converter temperature too stuck in the apply temperature too Diagnosis By
high. position. When the high. Symptom in
TCC is
Erratic shifts, vehicle this section.
commanded open disengages at a stop
there will be no while in drive or low,
flow through the early TCC apply.
TCC (both apply
Will turn on MIL .
and release
circuits will be
exhausted).

Test will run in 3rd
gear or higher
when valve 2 is in
the latched
position, pointing
SSD at overdrive
clutch when the
TCC is
commanded open.
SSE is turned on, if
the control valve is
stuck, this will
cause the TCC to
apply even though
the TCC solenoid
is off.
SECTION 307-01A: Automatic Transaxle/Transmission — 6F35 2010 Escape, Mariner, Escape Hybrid, Mariner Hybrid Workshop Manual
DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING Procedure revision date: 07/27/2009

Transaxle Connector Layouts

PCM Transaxle Harness — C175T

Pin Number Circuit Function

1 Transmission Range (TR), Output Shaft Speed (OSS) and Turbine Shaft Speed (TSS) voltage supply
10 Shift Solenoid D (SSD)
11 Shift Solenoid E (SSE)
16 TSS sensor signal
19 Transmission Fluid Temperature (TFT) sensor signal
25 OSS sensor signal
31 Transmission Control Switch (TCS)
34 Line Pressure Control (LPC)
36 TR , OSS and TSS sensor ground
39 TR signal
41 TFT signal return
43 Shift Solenoid B (SSB)
44 Shift Solenoid C (SSC)
45 Shift Solenoid A (SSA)
46 Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) solenoid
50 Transaxle solenoid power control voltage

Transaxle Vehicle Harness — C168A

Pin Number Circuit Function
1 Transmission Fluid Temperature (TFT) signal return
2 TFT sensor
3 Pressure Control Solenoid A (PCA)
4 Shift Solenoid C (SSC)
5 Transaxle solenoid power control voltage
6 Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) solenoid
7 ON/OFF Shift Solenoid E (SSE)
8 Shift Solenoid A (SSA)
9 Shift Solenoid B (SSB)
10 Shift Solenoid D (SSD)
17 Transmission Range (TR) Signal
18 TR and Output Shaft Speed (OSS) sensor power
19 OSS sensor signal
20 TR / OSS sensor ground

Solenoid Body Leadframe-to-Transmission Range (TR) Sensor Internal Circuit Diagram

Solenoid Body Leadframe Main Connector Pin Number TR Sensor Pin Number Circuit Function
18 1 Transmission Range (TR) power
17 2 TR signal
20 3 TR ground

Transmission Range (TR) Sensor

Pin Number Circuit Function

1 Transmission Range (TR) power
2 TR signal
3 TR ground

Solenoid Body Leadframe Transmission Fluid Temperature (TFT) Sensor Pins

Pin Number Circuit Function
1 Transmission Fluid Temperature (TFT) signal return
2 TFT signal

Solenoid Body Leadframe-to-Output Shaft Speed (OSS) Sensor Internal Circuit Diagram

Solenoid Body Leadframe Main Connector Output Shaft Speed (OSS) Sensor
Pin Number Pin Number Circuit Function
20 1 Transmission Range (TR)/ Output Shaft Speed (OSS)
sensor ground circuit
19 3 OSS sensor signal
18 4 TR / OSS sensor power supply

Output Shaft Speed (OSS) Sensor

Pin Number Circuit Function
1 Output Shaft Speed (OSS) sensor ground
3 OSS signal
4 OSS sensor power

Turbine Shaft Speed (TSS) Sensor — C168B

Pin Number Circuit Function

1 Turbine Shaft Speed (TSS) sensor ground
2 TSS sensor signal
3 TSS sensor power

Turbine Shaft Speed (TSS) Sensor

Pin Number Circuit Function
1 Turbine Shaft Speed (TSS) sensor ground
2 TSS sensor signal
3 TSS sensor power

Solenoid Body Leadframe-to-Solenoid Internal Circuit Diagram

Solenoid Body Leadframe Main Connector Pin Number Circuit Function

3 Pressure Control Solenoid A (PCA) control
4 Shift Solenoid C (SSC) control
5 Solenoid power supply circuit
6 Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) solenoid control
7 Shift Solenoid E (SSE) control
8 Shift Solenoid A (SSA) control
9 Shift Solenoid B (SSB) control
10 Shift Solenoid D (SSD) control
SECTION 307-01A: Automatic Transaxle/Transmission — 2010 Escape, Mariner, Escape Hybrid, Mariner Hybrid Workshop
6F35 Manual
DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING Procedure revision date: 11/09/2011

Pinpoint Tests — OSC Equipped Vehicle

Special Tool(s)
Fluke 77-IV Digital Multimeter
FLU77-4 or equivalent

Vehicle Communication Module (VCM)

and Integrated Diagnostic System (IDS)
software with appropriate hardware, or
equivalent scan tool

Any time an electrical connector or solenoid body is disconnected, inspect the connector for terminal condition,
corrosion and contamination. Also inspect the connector seal for damage. Clean, repair or install new components as
required.

Shift Solenoid Pre-Diagnosis

Use the following shift solenoid operation information when carrying out Pinpoint Test A.

Solenoid Operation Chart

Shift Solenoid
PCM SSA (VFS) SSC (VFS) SSD (VFS) SSE TCC
Base Selector Commanded NL (CB SSB (VFS) NL (CB NH (CB L,R/C (On/Off) (VFS)
Lever Position Gear 1,2,3,4) NH (3,5,R) 2,6) 4,5,6) NC NL
P P Off On Off Off On Off
R R Off Off Off Off On Off
N N Off On Off Off On Off
D 1 On On Off Off a On b Off
2 On On On On Off Off
3 On Off Off On Off Off
4 On On Off Off Off On/Off
5 Off Off Off Off Off On/Off
6 Off On On Off Off On/Off
L 1 On On Off Off On Off
a Turns on above 8 km/h (5 mph).
b Turns off above 8 km/h (5 mph).
CB = Clutch brake

NC = Normally closed

NH = Normally high

NL = Normally low

Shift Solenoid Failure Mode Chart "Failed ON" or "Failed OFF"

Failed ON/OFF due to PCM and/or vehicle wiring concerns and/or solenoid electrically, mechanically or hydraulically
stuck on/off.

Shift Solenoid A (SSA)

Actual Gears Obtained
Gear Commanded Failed ON (High Pressure) Failed OFF (Low Pressure)
R R R
D 1, 2, 3, 4 5, 6

Shift Solenoid B (SSB)

Actual Gears Obtained
Gear Commanded Failed ON (Low Pressure) Failed OFF (High Pressure)
R Na R
D 1, 2, 4, 6 3, 5
a Reverse is available if the solenoid circuit failed causing transaxle solenoid power control solenoid to remove voltage
to all solenoids.

Shift Solenoid C (SSC)

Actual Gears Obtained
Gear Commanded Failed ON (High Pressure) Failed OFF (Low Pressure)
R R R
D 2, 6 1, 3, 4, 5

Shift Solenoid D (SSD)

Actual Gears Obtained
Gear Commanded Failed ON (Low Pressure) Failed OFF (High Pressure)
R Na R
D 1, 2, 3 b 4, 5, 6
a Reverse is available if the solenoid circuit failed causing transaxle solenoid power control solenoid to remove voltage
to all solenoids.
b No engine braking.
Shift Solenoid E (SSE)
Actual Gears Obtained
Gear Commanded Failed ON (High Pressure) Failed OFF (Low Pressure)
R R R
D 1, 2 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 a
a No engine braking.

Pinpoint Tests

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 29 ( Escape/Mariner , Escape Hybrid/Mariner Hybrid ) for schematic and connector
information.

PINPOINT TEST A: TRANSAXLE CONTROL SOLENOIDS

NOTE: Refer to the Transaxle Vehicle Harness Connector illustration within the Transaxle Connector Layouts procedure
in this section.

Test Step Result / Action to Take

A1 ELECTRONIC DIAGNOSTICS

Check to make sure the transaxle harness connector is fully Yes
seated, terminals are engaged in connector and in good GO to A2 .
condition before proceeding.

Connect the scan tool. No

Carry out the Key ON Engine OFF (KOEO) until continuous REFER to the Powertrain
DTCs have been displayed. Control/Emissions Diagnosis (PC/ED)

Can the scan tool establish communication with the PCM? manual.
A2 CHECK THE SOLENOID CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN

Ignition OFF. Yes

Disconnect: Transaxle Vehicle Harness C168A. GO to A3 .

Use a mirror to inspect both ends of the connector for damage
or pushed-out pins, corrosion, loose wires and missing or No
damaged seals. REPAIR the circuit(s) for an open.

Disconnect: PCM Transaxle Harness C175T. RECONNECT all components. TEST the

Use a mirror to inspect both ends of the connector for damage system for normal operation.
or pushed out pins, corrosion, loose wires and missing or
damaged seals.

Measure the resistance of the suspect solenoid circuit between
the PCM transaxle harness C175T and transaxle vehicle
harness C168A using the following chart.

Transaxle Vehicle
Shift Solenoid Harness PCM
Shift Solenoid A (SSA) CET05 C168A-8 C175T-
(BU/GN) 45
Shift Solenoid B (SSB) CET06 C168A-9 C175T-
(GN/BN) 43
Shift Solenoid C (SSC) CET07 C168A-4 C175T-
(GY/OG) 44
Shift Solenoid D (SSD) CET08 C168A-10 C175T-
 (BN/WH) 10
Shift Solenoid E (SSE) CET18 C168A-7 C175T-
(GY/YE) 11
Pressure Control Solenoid A C168A-3 C175T-
(PCA) CET09 (YE/VT) 34
Torque Converter Clutch C168A-6 C175T-
(TCC) CET10 (BU/GY) 46

Is the resistance less than 5 ohms?

A3 CHECK THE SOLENOID CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND

Measure the resistance between the transaxle vehicle harness Yes
C168a, harness side and ground using the following chart. GO to A4 .

Shift Solenoid Transaxle Vehicle Harness Ground No

REPAIR the circuit(s) for a short to
SSA CET05 (BU/GN) C168A-8 Ground ground. RECONNECT all components.
TEST the system for normal operation.
SSB CET06 (GN/BN) C168A-9 Ground
SSC CET07 (GY/OG) C168A-4 Ground
SSD CET08 (BN/WH) C168A-10 Ground
SSE CET18 (GY/YE) C168A-7 Ground
PCA CET09 (YE/VT) C168A-3 Ground
TCC CET10 (BU/GY) C168A-6 Ground

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?

A4 CHECK THE SOLENOID CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO POWER

Measure the voltage between the transaxle vehicle harness Yes
electrical C168a, harness side and ground using the following REPAIR the circuit(s) for a short to
chart. power. RECONNECT all components.
TEST the system for normal operation.
Shift Solenoid Transaxle Vehicle Harness Ground
No
SSA CET05 (BU/GN) C168A-8 Ground GO to A5 .
SSB CET06 (GN/BN) C168A-9 Ground
SSC CET07 (GY/OG) C168A-4 Ground
SSD CET08 (BN/WH) C168A-10 Ground
SSE CET18 (GY/YE) C168A-7 Ground
PCA CET09 (YE/VT) C168A-3 Ground
TCC CET10 (BU/GY) C168A-6 Ground

Is any voltage present?

A5 CHECK THE RESISTANCE OF THE SOLENOID FIELD
CIRCUIT

Measure the resistance between the transaxle solenoid body Yes
leadframe main electrical connector C168A pin 5, component INSTALL a new PCM. REFER to
side and the suspect solenoid pin, component side and compare Section 303-14A or Section 303-14B .
the value to the specifications in the table below. RECONNECT all components. TEST the
system for normal operation.
Shift Solenoid Body C168A-5 (Component
Solenoid Leadframe Pin Side) No
REMOVE the main control cover.
SSA C168A-8 C168A-5 REFER to Main Control Cover in this
SSB C168A-9 C168A-5 section. INSPECT the solenoid body for
foreign material such as metal shavings
SSC C168A-4 C168A-5 on the exposed metal contacts or other
components. CLEAR the solenoid body
SSD C168A-10 C168A-5
and RECHECK the resistance values. If
SSE C168A-7 C168A-5 the resistance values are still out of
specification, GO to A6 . INSTALL a new
PCA C168A-3 C168A-5
solenoid(s). REFER to Solenoids in this
TCC C168A-6 C168A-5 section. RECONNECT all components.
TEST the system for normal operation.

Solenoid Resistance Values: SHIFT SOLENOID A (SSA),

SHIFT SOLENOID B (SSB), SHIFT SOLENOID C (SSC),
SHIFT SOLENOID D (SSD), TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH
(TCC) and PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID A (PCA)
Temperature
°C °F Resistance (ohms)
-20 to -10 -4 to 14 3.24-5.13
-10 to 0 14-32 3.43-5.32
0-10 32-50 3.62-5.51
10-20 50-68 3.81-5.70
20-30 68-86 4.00-5.89
30-40 86-104 4.19-6.08
40-50 104-122 4.38-6.27
50-60 122-140 4.57-6.46
60-70 140-158 4.76-6.65
70-80 158-176 4.95-6.83
80-90 176-194 5.13-7.02
90-100 194-212 5.32-7.21

Solenoid Resistance Values: SHIFT SOLENOID E (SSE)

(ON/OFF)
Temperature
°C °F Resistance (ohms)
-20 to -10 -4 to 14 15.45-24.35
-10 to 0 14-32 16.35-25.25
0-10 32-50 17.25-26.15
10-20 50-68 18.15-27.05
20-30 68-86 19.05-27.95
30-40 86-104 19.95-28.85
40-50 104-122 20.85-29.75
50-60 122-140 21.75-30.65
60-70 140-158 22.65-31.54
70-80 158-176 23.54-32.44
80-90 176-194 24.44-33.34
 90-100 194-212 25.34-34.24

Is the resistance within specifications?

A6 CHECK THE SOLENOID BODY LEADFRAME FOR AN OPEN

Remove the solenoid body leadframe. Refer to Solenoid Body Yes
Leadframe in this section. INSTALL a new solenoid(s). REFER to

Measure the resistance between the solenoid body leadframe Solenoids in this section. RECONNECT
main electrical connector C168, component side and the all components. TEST the system for
corresponding solenoid pins using the following chart. normal operation.

Solenoid Body Leadframe Main No

Connector Pin Number Circuit Function INSTALL a new solenoid body
leadframe. REFER to Solenoid Body
3 PCA control Leadframe in this section.
4 SSC control
5 Solenoid power
supply
6 TCC solenoid
control
7 SSE control
8 SSA control
9 SSB control
10 SSD control

Is the resistance less than 5 ohms?

PINPOINT TEST B: TFT SENSOR

NOTE: Refer to the Solenoid Body Leadframe Transmission Fluid Temperature (TFT) Sensor Pin illustration within the
Transaxle Connector Layouts procedure in this section.

Test Step Result / Action to Take

B1 ELECTRONIC DIAGNOSTICS

Check to make sure the transaxle vehicle harness C168a is fully seated, Yes
terminals are fully engaged in connector and in good condition before GO to B2 .
proceeding.

Have the above items been checked? No
CARRY OUT checks.
ERASE the codes.
REPEAT the self-test.
B2 CHECK THE TFT SENSOR CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN

Ignition OFF. Yes

Disconnect: Transaxle Vehicle Harness C168A. GO to B3 .

Disconnect: PCM Transaxle Harness C175T.

Use a mirror to inspect both ends of the connector for damage or pushed-out No
pins, corrosion, loose wires and missing or damaged seals. REPAIR the circuit(s) for

Measure the resistance between PCM transaxle harness C175T-19, circuit an open. CONNECT all
VET27 (BN/YE) and transaxle vehicle harness C168A-2 circuit VET27 (BN/YE). components. TEST the
system for normal
operation.

Measure the resistance between PCM transaxle harness C175T-41, circuit

RE406 (GY/VT) and transaxle vehicle harness C168A-1, circuit RE406 (GY/VT).

Is the resistance less than 5 ohms?

B3 CHECK THE TFT SENSOR CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO GROUND

Disconnect: Catalyst Monitor Sensor (CMS) C141. Yes

Disconnect: CMS C142. GO to B4 .

Measure the resistance between transaxle vehicle harness C168A-2, circuit
VET27 (BN/YE) and ground. No
REPAIR the circuit(s) for
a short to ground.
CONNECT all
components. TEST the
system for normal
operation.

Measure the resistance between transaxle vehicle harness C168A-1, circuit

RE406 (GY/VT) and ground.

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?

B4 CHECK THE TFT CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO VPWR

Measure the voltage between transaxle vehicle harness C168A-2, circuit VET27 Yes
(BN/YE) and ground. REPAIR the circuit(s) for
a short to voltage.
CONNECT all
components. TEST the
system for normal
operation.

No
GO to B5 .

Measure the voltage between transaxle vehicle harness C168A-1, circuit RE406
(GY/VT) and ground.

Is any voltage present?
B5 CHECK THE RESISTANCE OF THE TFT SENSORS/HARNESS

Vehicle must be at normal operating temperature. Yes

Connect: Transaxle Vehicle Harness C168A. INSTALL a new PCM.

TEST 1. CONNECT all

Measure and record the resistance between PCM transaxle harness C175T-19, components. TEST the
circuit VET27 (BN/YE) and C175T-41, circuit RE406 (GY/VT). system for normal
operation.

No
INSTALL a new solenoid
body leadframe. REFER
to Solenoid Body
Leadframe in this
section. RECONNECT
all components. TEST
the system for normal
operation.

Compare the resistance value to the following table ranges:

TRANSMISSION FLUID TEMPERATURE (TFT)

°C °F Resistance (Ohms)
-40 to -20 -40 to -4 1076K-269K
-19 to -1 -3 to 31 309K-91K
0-20 32-68 104K-35K
21-40 69-104 40K-15K
41-70 105-158 17K-4.9K
71-90 159-194 5.6K-2.5K
91-110 195-230 3.0K-1.4K
111-130 231-266 1.7K-0.8K
131-150 267-302 0.97K-0.56K

TEST 2.

Check for intermittent short or open.

If the resistance was between 0.8K and 100K ohms carry out the following test.
If the transaxle is warm, allow it to cool. Check the TFT sensor resistance again.
Compare the resistance with the initial resistance. The resistance should
decrease if the transaxle was heated and should increase if the transaxle was
 allowed to cool. If correct, then change in the resistance occurs, repeat On-
Board Diagnostic (OBD).

Is the resistance in the range?

PINPOINT TEST C: OSS SENSOR

NOTE: Refer to the Solenoid Body Leadframe-to-Output Shaft Speed (OSS) Sensor Pin Internal Circuit Diagram
illustration within the Transaxle Connector Layouts procedure in this section.

NOTE: Output Shaft Speed (OSS) codes may be a result of a bad common power or ground shared between the
Transmission Range (TR) sensor, OSS sensor and Turbine Shaft Speed (TSS) sensor.

Test Step Result / Action to Take

C1 ELECTRONIC DIAGNOSTICS

Check to make sure the transaxle vehicle harness C168A is fully Yes
seated, terminals are engaged in connector and in good condition GO to C2 .
before proceeding.

Have the items above been checked? No
CARRY OUT the checks. CLEAR
the codes. RERUN the On-Board
Diagnostic (OBD) tests.
C2 ELECTRONIC DIAGNOSTICS

Connect the scan tool. Yes

Monitor the OSS sensor PIDs while test driving the vehicle. The condition that set the DTC is

Is the OSS sensor signal present and consistent? intermittent and is not currently
present. ERASE the codes.
RERUN the OBD tests.

No
GO to C3 .
C3 CHECK THE VEHICLE HARNESS FOR AN OPEN CIRCUIT

Disconnect: Transaxle Vehicle Harness C168A. Yes

Disconnect: PCM Transaxle Harness C175T. GO to C4 .

Use a mirror to inspect both ends of the connectors for damage or
pushed-out pins, corrosion, loose wires and missing or damaged No
seals. REPAIR the circuit(s) for an open.

Measure the resistance for the OSS sensor circuit, between the CONNECT all components. TEST
transaxle vehicle harness C168A and the PCM transaxle harness the system for normal operation.
C175T, harness using the following chart.

Output Shaft Speed Sensor Transaxle Vehicle

Circuit Harness PCM
OSS power supply LE111 C168A-18 C175T-1
(VT/GN)
OSS ground RET24 (BN/BU) C168A-20 C175T-
36
OSS sensor signal VET26 C168A-19 C175T-
(BN/GN) 25

Is the resistance less than 5 ohms?

C4 CHECK THE VEHICLE HARNESS FOR A SHORT TO GROUND

Disconnect: Transaxle Vehicle Harness C168B. Yes

Measure the resistance for the OSS sensor circuit between the GO to C5 .
transaxle vehicle harness C168A and ground using the following
No
 chart. REPAIR the circuit(s) for a short to
ground. CONNECT all
Output Shaft Speed Sensor Transaxle Vehicle components. TEST the system for
Circuit Harness Ground normal operation.
TR / OSS power supply LE111 C168A-18 Ground
(VT/GN)
TR / OSS ground RET24 C168A-20 Ground
(BN/BU)
OSS sensor signal VET26 C168A-19 Ground
(BN/GN)

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?

C5 CHECK THE VEHICLE HARNESS FOR A SHORT TO VPWR

Yes
Check for voltage between the OSS sensor circuits and the transaxle
vehicle harness C168A using the following chart. REPAIR the circuit(s) for a short to
voltage. CONNECT all
Output Shaft Speed Sensor Transaxle Vehicle components. TEST the system for
Circuit Harness Ground normal operation.
TR / OSS power supply LE111 C168A-18 Ground No
(VT/GN) GO to C6 .
TR / OSS ground RET24 C168A-20 Ground
(BN/BU)
OSS sensor signal VET26 C168A-19 Ground
(BN/GN)

Is any voltage present?

C6 CHECK THE SOLENOID BODY FOR AN INTERNAL OPEN CIRCUIT

Remove the main control cover. Refer to Main Control Cover in this Yes
section. GO to C7 .

Disconnect: TR Sensor.

Disconnect: OSS Sensor. No

Use a mirror to inspect both ends of the connectors for damage or INSTALL a new solenoid body
pushed-out pins, corrosion, loose wires and missing or damaged leadframe. REFER to Solenoid
seals. Body Leadframe in this section.

Measure the resistance of the solenoid body internal sensor power CONNECT all components. TEST
circuit between the main solenoid body leadframe connector pin 18, the system for normal operation.
leadframe side and the OSS sensor connector pin 4, leadframe side.

Measure the resistance of the solenoid body internal sensor signal
circuit between the main solenoid body leadframe connector pin 19,
leadframe side and the OSS sensor connector pin 3, leadframe side.

Measure the resistance of the solenoid body internal sensor ground
circuit between the main solenoid body leadframe connector pin 20,
leadframe side and the OSS sensor connector pin 1, leadframe side.

Is the resistance less than 5 ohms?
C7 CHECK FOR VOLTAGE AND GROUND AT THE OSS SENSOR
CONNECTOR

Connect: PCM C175T. Yes

Connect: Transaxle Vehicle Harness C168A. INSTALL a new speed sensor.

Ignition ON. REFER to Output Shaft Speed

Measure the voltage on the solenoid body leadframe between OSS (OSS) Sensor in this section.
sensor connector pins 1 and 4. TEST the system for normal
operation. If the condition is still
present, INSTALL a new PCM.
REFER to Section 303-14A or
Section 303-14B .

No
INSTALL a new PCM. REFER to
Section 303-14A or Section 303-
14B . CONNECT all components.
TEST the system for normal
operation.

Is the voltage greater than 10 volts?

PINPOINT TEST D: TR SENSOR

NOTE: Refer to the Solenoid Body Leadframe-to-Transmission Range (TR) Sensor Internal Circuit Diagram illustration
within the Transaxle Connector Layouts procedure in this section.
NOTE: Transmission Range (TR) codes may be a result of a bad common power and ground shared between the TR
sensor, Output Shaft Speed (OSS) sensor and Turbine Shaft Speed (TSS) sensor.

Test Step Result / Action to Take

D1 VERIFY DTCs

Ignition OFF. Yes

Select PARK. GO to D3 .

Start the engine.

Carry out the On-Board Diagnostic (OBD) Test. DTCs P0706, No
P0707 and P0708 cannot be set by an incorrectly adjusted selector GO to D2 .
lever cable.

Are only TR DTC codes present?
D2 VERIFY SELECTOR LEVER CABLE/LINKAGE ADJUSTMENT

Disconnect the selector lever cable end from the manual control Yes
lever and release the lock tab. GO to D3 .

Place the transaxle manual control lever in the D position.

Place the selector lever in the D position. No

Reconnect the selector lever cable/linkage and lock the selector ADJUST the selector lever
lever cable end lock tab. cable/linkage. REFER to Section 307-

Verify that the selector lever cable/linkage is correctly adjusted. 05A . GO to D4 .
Refer to Section 307-05A .

Is the selector lever cable/linkage correctly adjusted?
D3 CHECK THE ELECTRICAL SIGNAL OPERATION

Select PARK. Yes

Disconnect: PCM Transaxle C175T. REPAIR as required. CLEAR DTCs

Disconnect: Transaxle Vehicle Harness C168A. and RERUN OBD tests.

Use a mirror to inspect both ends of the connectors for damaged
or pushed-out pins, corrosion, loose wires and missing or No
damaged seals. GO to D4 .

Is there damage to the connectors, pins or harness?
D4 CHECK ELECTRICAL SYSTEM OPERATION ( TR AND PCM)

Ignition OFF. Yes

Connect the scan tool. The problem is not in the TR sensor

Connect: PCM Transaxle Harness C175T. system. REFER to Diagnosis By

Connect: Transaxle Vehicle Harness C168A. Symptom in this section for further

Ignition ON. diagnosis.

Enter the following diagnostic mode on the scan tool: TR PIDs
TR_DC and TR_FREQ . No

Move the selector lever into each gear and stop. If the PIDs change when wiggling the

Observe the following PIDs; TR_DC and TR_FREQ while wiggling harness or driving the vehicle, the
the harness or driving the vehicle. problem may be intermittent. GO to

Monitor PID: TR_FREQ. D5 .

Compare the PID: TR_DC to the TR position Duty Cycle Chart.

Selector Lever Position Range (% Duty Cycle)

P 8.0 — 25.8
R 37.50 — 49.31
N 54.54 — 62.49
D 67.35 — 81.15
L 81.15 — 92

Is PID TR_FREQ between 100 to 150 Hz?

Is PID TR_DC in range?

Do the PIDs TR_DC and TR_FREQ remain steady when the

 harness is wiggled or the vehicle driven?
D5 CHECK THE TRANSAXLE VEHICLE HARNESS FOR AN OPEN

Disconnect: PCM Transaxle Harness C175T. Yes

Disconnect: Transaxle Vehicle Harness C168A. GO to D6 .

Measure the resistance for the TR sensor circuits between the
transaxle vehicle harness C168A and the PCM transaxle harness No
C175T using the following chart. REPAIR the circuit. CONNECT all
components. TEST the system for
Transmission Range Sensor Transaxle Vehicle normal operation.
Circuit Harness PCM
TR Ground RET24 (BN/BU) C168A-20 C175T-
36
TR Signal VET32 (VT) C168A-17 C175T-
39
TR Power LE111 (VT/GN) C168A-18 C175T-1

Is the resistance less than 5 ohms?

D6 CHECK THE TRANSAXLE VEHICLE HARNESS FOR A SHORT
TO GROUND

Disconnect: Transaxle Vehicle Harness C168B. Yes

Measure the resistance for the TR sensor circuits between the GO to D7 .
transaxle vehicle harness C168A and ground using the following
chart. No
REPAIR shorted circuit(s).
Transmission Range Sensor Transaxle Vehicle RECONNECT all components. TEST
Circuit Harness Ground the system for normal operation.
TR Ground RET24 (BN/BU) C168A-20 Ground
TR Signal VET32 (VT) C168A-17 Ground
TR Power LE111 (VT/GN) C168A-18 Ground

Are all resistances greater than 10,000 ohms?

D7 CHECK THE TRANSAXLE VEHICLE HARNESS FOR A SHORT
TO POWER

Measure the voltage for the TR sensor circuits between the Yes
transaxle vehicle harness C168A and ground using the following REPAIR shorted circuit(s).
chart. RECONNECT all components. TEST
the system for normal operation.
Transmission Range Sensor Transaxle Vehicle
Circuit Harness Ground No
GO to D8 .
TR Ground RET24 (BN/BU) C168A-20 Ground
TR Signal VET32 (VT) C168A-17 Ground
TR Power LE111 (VT/GN) C168A-18 Ground

Is any voltage present?

D8 CHECK FOR A SHORT BETWEEN TR /PCM INPUT SIGNAL
CIRCUITS

Measure the resistance between TR sensor circuits at the Yes
transaxle vehicle harness C168A using the following chart. GO to D9 .

Transaxle Vehicle Transaxle Vehicle No

Harness TR Sensor Circuit Harness REPAIR shorts on circuits having less
than 10,000 ohms between other
TR /PCM input signal circuits.
 C168A-20 TR Ground RET24 C168A-17 and RECONNECT all components. TEST
(BN/BU) C168A-18 the system for normal operation.

C168A-17 TR Signal VET32 C168A-18 and

(VT) C168A-20
C168A-18 TR Power LE111 C168A-17 and
(VT/GN) C168A-20

Are all resistances greater than 10,000 ohms?

D9 CHECK FOR AN INTERNAL SOLENOID BODY OPEN FOR THE
TR SENSOR CIRCUITS

Remove the main control cover. Refer to Main Control Cover in this Yes
section. GO to D10 .

Disconnect: TR Sensor Connector.

Use a mirror to inspect both ends of the connector for damage or No
pushed-out pins, corrosion, loose wires and missing or damaged INSTALL a new solenoid body
seals. leadframe. REFER to Solenoid Body

Measure the resistance of the TR sensor circuits between the Leadframe in this section.
solenoid body leadframe main connector, component side and the RECONNECT all components. TEST
TR sensor connector, leadframe side. the system for normal operation.

Solenoid Body Leadframe

Main Connector Pin TR Sensor Circuit Function
Number Pin Number (Wire Color)
18 1 TR power (RD)
17 2 TR signal (WH)
20 3 TR ground (BK)

Is the resistance less than 5 ohms?
D10 CHECK FOR VOLTAGE AND GROUND AT THE TR SENSOR
CONNECTOR

Connect: PCM C175T. Yes

Connect: Transaxle Vehicle Harness C168A. INSTALL a new TR sensor. REFER to

Ignition ON. Digital Transmission Range (TR)

Measure the voltage on the solenoid body leadframe between TR Sensor in this section. TEST the
sensor connector pins 1 (RD) and 3 (BK) solenoid body leadframe system for normal operation. If the
side. condition is still present, INSTALL a
new PCM. REFER to Section 303-
14A or Section 303-14B .

No
INSTALL a new PCM. REFER to
Section 303-14A or Section 303-14B .
CONNECT all components. TEST the
system for normal operation.

Is the voltage greater than 10 volts?

PINPOINT TEST E: TRANSAXLE SOLENOID PRESSURE CONTROL CIRCUIT

NOTE: Refer to the Transaxle Vehicle Harness Connector illustration within the Transaxle Connector Layouts procedure
in this section.
 Test Step Result / Action to Take
E1 CHECK FOR VOLTAGE AT THE TRANSAXLE VEHICLE HARNESS
CONNECTOR

NOTICE: Do not use a solenoid control circuit that may be at fault. Yes
Failure to jump pin 5 to a known good solenoid control circuit can INSTALL a new Line
cause incorrect diagnostic results. For additional information, REFER Pressure Control (LPC)
to Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Charts in this section for a fault solenoid. REFER to
listing. Solenoids in this section.
RECONNECT all

Ignition OFF. components. TEST the

Disconnect: Transaxle Vehicle Harness C168A. system for normal

Inspect the connector for damaged or pushed out terminals, corrosion, loose operation.
wires and missing or damaged seals.

Using the chart, connect a fused jumper between one of the 7 solenoid No
control circuit pins on the transmission vehicle harness C168A and C168A-5. GO to E2 .

Transmission Vehicle Harness Solenoid Control Circuit

C168A
C168A-8 Shift Solenoid A (SSA) CET05 (BU/GN)
C168A-9 Shift Solenoid B (SSB) CET06 (GN/BN)
C168A-4 Shift Solenoid C (SSC) CET07 (GY/OG)
C168A-10 Shift Solenoid D (SSD) CET08 (BN/WH)
C168A-7 Shift Solenoid E (SSE) CET18 (GY/YE)
C168A-3 Line Pressure Control (LPC) solenoid
CET09 (YE/VT)
C168A-6 Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) solenoid
CET10 (BU/GY)

Ignition ON.

Measure the voltage between the transaxle vehicle harness C168A-5 circuit
CET25 (BU/GN) harness side to ground.

Is the voltage greater than 10 volts?
E2 CHECK THE TRANSAXLE SOLENOID PRESSURE CONTROL CIRCUIT
FOR AN OPEN

Ignition OFF. Yes

Disconnect: PCM Transaxle Harness C175T. GO to E3 .

Measure the resistance between the PCM transaxle C175T-50, circuit CET25
(BU/GN) and transaxle vehicle harness C168A-5, circuit CET25 (BU/GN). No
REPAIR circuit CET25
(BU/GN) for an open.
RECONNECT all
 components. TEST the
system for normal
operation.

Is the resistance less than 5 ohms?

E3 CHECK THE TRANSAXLE SOLENOID POWER CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR A
SHORT TO GROUND

Measure the resistance between the transaxle vehicle harness C168A-5, Yes
circuit CET25 (BU/GN) and ground. INSTALL a new PCM.
REFER to Section 303-14A
or Section 303-14B .
RECONNECT all
components. TEST the
system for normal
operation.

No
REPAIR circuit CET25
(BU/GN) for a short to
ground. RECONNECT all
components. TEST the
system for normal
operation.

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?

PINPOINT TEST F: TSS SENSOR

NOTE: Refer to the Turbine Shaft Speed (TSS) Sensor connector illustration within the Transaxle Connector Layouts
procedure in this section.

NOTE: Turbine Shaft Speed (TSS) codes may be a result of bad power and ground circuits shared between the
Transmission Range (TR) sensor, Output Shaft Speed (OSS) sensor and TSS sensor.

Test Step Result / Action to Take

F1 ELECTRONIC DIAGNOSTICS

Check to make sure the transaxle vehicle harness C168A is fully Yes
seated, terminals are engaged in connector and in good condition GO to F2 .
before proceeding.

Have the items above been checked? No
CARRY OUT the checks. CLEAR the
codes. RERUN the On-Board
Diagnostic (OBD) tests.
F2 ELECTRONIC DIAGNOSTICS

Connect the scan tool. Yes

Monitor the TSS sensor PIDs while test driving the vehicle. The condition that set the DTC is

Are the TSS sensor signal present and consistent? intermittent and is not currently
 present. CLEAR the codes. RERUN
the OBD tests.

No
GO to F3 .
F3 CHECK THE TRANSAXLE VEHICLE HARNESS FOR AN OPEN
CIRCUIT

Disconnect: TSS Sensor C168B. Yes

Disconnect: PCM Transaxle Harness C175T. GO to F4 .

Use a mirror to inspect both ends of the connectors for damage or
pushed-out pins, corrosion, loose wires and missing or damaged No
seals. REPAIR the circuit(s) for an open.

Measure the resistance between the TSS C168B and the PCM CONNECT all components. TEST the
transaxle C175T. system for normal operation.

Turbine Shaft Speed (TSS) Turbine Shaft Speed

Sensor Circuit (TSS) Sensor PCM
TSS power supply LE111 C168B-3 C175T-1
(VT/GN)
TSS ground RET24 (BN/BU) C168B-1 C175T-
36
TSS sensor signal VET33 C168B-2 C175T-
(WH/OG) 16

Is the resistance less than 5 ohms?

F4 CHECK THE TRANSAXLE VEHICLE HARNESS FOR A SHORT
TO GROUND

Disconnect: Transaxle Vehicle Harness Connector C168A. Yes

Measure the resistance between TSS C168B and ground. GO to F5 .

Turbine Shaft Speed (TSS) Turbine Shaft Speed No

Sensor Circuit (TSS) Sensor Ground REPAIR the circuit(s) for a short to
ground. CONNECT all components.
TSS ground RET24 (BN/BU) C168B-1 Ground TEST the system for normal operation.
TSS sensor signal VET33 C168B-2 Ground
(WH/OG)
TSS power supply LE111 C168B-3 Ground
(VT/GN)

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?

F5 CHECK THE TRANSAXLE VEHICLE HARNESS FOR A SHORT
TO POWER

Check for voltage between the TSS sensor C168B and ground. Yes
REPAIR the circuit(s) for a short to
Turbine Shaft Speed (TSS) Turbine Shaft Speed voltage. CONNECT all components.
Sensor Circuit (TSS) Sensor Ground TEST the system for normal operation.
TSS ground RET24 (BN/BU) C168B-1 Ground
No
TSS sensor signal VET33 C168B-2 Ground
GO to F6 .
(WH/OG)
TSS power supply LE111 C168B-3 Ground
(VT/GN)

Is any voltage present?

F6 CHECK FOR VOLTAGE AND GROUND AT THE TSS SENSOR

CONNECTOR

Connect: PCM C175T. Yes

Ignition ON. INSTALL a new speed sensor.

Measure the voltage between TSS sensor C168B-1 and C168B-3. REFER to Turbine Shaft Speed (TSS)
in this section. TEST the system for
normal operation. If the condition is
still present, INSTALL a new PCM.
REFER to Section 303-14A or Section
303-14B .

No
INSTALL a new PCM. REFER to
Section 303-14A or Section 303-14B .
CONNECT all components. TEST the
system for normal operation.

Is the voltage greater than 10 volts?

 2010 Escape, Mariner, Escape Hybrid, Mariner Hybrid Workshop
SECTION 307-01A: Automatic Transaxle/Transmission — 6F35
Manual
DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING Procedure revision date: 01/07/2011

Special Testing Procedures

Special Tool(s)
Transmission Fluid Pressure Gauge
307-004 (T57L-77820-A)

Vehicle Communication Module (VCM) and

Integrated Diagnostic System (IDS) software
with appropriate hardware, or equivalent scan
tool

The special tests are designed to aid the technician in diagnosing the hydraulic and mechanical portions of the transaxle.

Engine Idle Speed Check

Refer to the Powertrain Control/Emissions Diagnosis (PC/ED) manual for diagnosis and testing of the engine idle speed.

Line Pressure Test

NOTICE: Carry out the Line Pressure Test prior to carrying out the Stall Speed Test. If the line pressure is low at stall, do
not carry out the Stall Speed Test or further transaxle damage will occur. Do not maintain Wide Open Throttle (WOT) in
any range for more than 5 seconds.

This test verifies that the line pressure is within specification.

1. Connect the Transmission Fluid Pressure Gauge to the line pressure tap.

2. Start the engine and check the line pressures. Refer to the Line Pressure Chart to determine if the line pressure is within
specification.

Line Pressure Chart

Gear Line
Pressures at Idle a

P 338-379 kPa (49-55 psi)

R 621-689 kPa (90-100 psi)
N 338-379 kPa (49-55 psi)
D 338-379 kPa (49-55 psi)
L 338-379 kPa (49-55 psi)
Pressure at Wide Open Throttle (WOT) Stall a
P N/A
R 1,868-2,068 kPa

(271-300 psi)
N N/A
D 1,868-2,068 kPa

(271-300 psi)
L 1,868-2,068 kPa

(271-300 psi)
a All pressures are approximate.

3. If the line pressure is not within specification, see the Line Pressure Diagnosis Chart for line pressure concern causes.

4. When the pressure tests are complete, install the line pressure tap plug.

Tighten to 12 Nm (106 lb-in).

Line Pressure Diagnosis Chart

Test Results Possible Source
HIGH at IDLE - ALL RANGES Wiring Harnesses

Line Pressure Control (LPC) Solenoid

Main Regulator Valve

LOW at IDLE - ALL RANGES Low Transmission Fluid

Fluid Inlet Filter/Seal

Main Control Body

Cross Leaks
 Gaskets

Pump

Separator Plate
LOW in Park ONLY Valve Body
LOW in Reverse ONLY Separator Plate

Reverse Clutch

Valve Body

Forward Clutch
LOW in Neutral ONLY Valve Body
LOW in Drive O/D ONLY Forward Clutch

Valve Body
LOW in Manual Low ONLY Forward Clutch

Valve Body

Stall Speed Test

WARNING: Block all wheels, set the parking brake and firmly apply the service brake to reduce the risk of vehicle
movement during this procedure. Failure to follow these instructions may result in serious personal injury.

NOTICE: Carry out the Line Pressure Test prior to carrying out the Stall Speed Test. If the line pressure is low at stall, do
not carry out the Stall Speed Test or further transaxle damage will occur.

The Stall Speed Test checks:

torque convertor operation and installation.

holding ability of the forward clutch.

reverse clutch.

planetary One-Way Clutch (OWC).

engine driveability concerns.

Conduct this test with the engine coolant and transmission fluid at correct levels and at normal operating temperature.

Apply the park brake firmly for each Stall Speed Test.

Stall Speed Chart

Selector Lever Engine rpm
Drive 2.5 2,200-2,500
Drive 3.0 2,400-2,500

1. Connect the scan tool.

2. NOTE: If the recorded rpm exceeds the maximum limits, release the accelerator pedal immediately, clutch slippage is
indicated.

In each of the following ranges D, L and R, press the accelerator pedal to Wide Open Throttle (WOT). Do not hold the
throttle open for more than 5 seconds at a time.

3. Note the results in each range.

 4. After each range, move the selector lever to NEUTRAL and run the engine at 1,000 rpm for about 15 seconds to cool the
torque converter before going to the next test.

5. Use the stall speed diagnosis chart for corrective actions.

6. If stall speeds were too high, see the Stall Speed Diagnosis Chart. If stall speeds were too low, first check engine idle speed
and tune up. If engine is OK, remove torque converter and check TCC for slippage.

Stall Speed Diagnosis Chart

Range Possible Source
D, L Forward Clutch

Low/Reverse Clutch

Low/One-Way Clutch
R Low/Reverse Clutch

Direct Clutch
SECTION 307-01A: Automatic Transaxle/Transmission — 2010 Escape, Mariner, Escape Hybrid, Mariner Hybrid Workshop
6F35 Manual
DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING Procedure revision date: 02/10/2012

Leakage Inspection

Special Tool(s)
Leak Tester, Torque Converter
307-421

Material
Item Specification
Dye-Lite® ATF/Power Steering Fluid Leak —
Detection Dye
164-R3701 (Rotunda)

NOTE: When diagnosing transmission leaks, the source of the leak must be positively identified prior to repair. If the
vehicle is driven extensively between adding the fluorescent additive and performing the leak test, the leaking oil can
spread and make identifying the location of the leak difficult.

1. Clean off any transmission fluid from the top and bottom of the torque converter housing, the front of the case
and rear face of the engine and oil pan. Clean the torque converter area by washing with a nonflammable solvent
and blow dry with compressed air.

2. Add Dye-Lite® ATF Power Steering Fluid Leak Detection Dye to the transmission fluid. Use one 30 ml (1 fl. oz) of
dye solution for every 3.8 L (4 qt) of transmission fluid.

3. Start and run the engine until the transmission reaches its normal operating temperature. Raise the vehicle on a
hoist and run the engine occasionally shifting to the DRIVE and REVERSE ranges to increase pressure within the
transmission. Using a black light, observe the back of the cylinder block and top of the torque converter housing
for evidence of fluid leakage. Run the engine until transmission fluid leakage is evident and the probable source
of leakage can be determined.

4. If the source of the leak is obvious, repair as required. Leaks from the torque converter housing can originate
from several locations. The paths which the fluid takes to reach the bottom of the torque converter housing are
shown in the illustration. The 5 steps following correspond with the numbers in the illustration.
 1. Transmission fluid leaking by the converter hub seal lip will tend to move along the drive hub and onto the
back of the torque converter. Except in the case of a total seal failure, transmission fluid leakage by the lip
of the seal will be deposited on the inside of the torque converter housing only, near the outside diameter
of the housing.
2. Transmission fluid leakage by the outside diameter of the converter impeller hub seal and the case will
follow the same path that leaks by the ID of the converter hub seal follow.
3. Transmission fluid leakage from the converter cover weld or the converter-to-flexplate stud weld will
appear at outside diameter of torque converter on the back face of the flexplate and in the converter
housing only near the flexplate. If a converter-to-flexplate lug, lug weld or converter cover weld leak is
suspected, remove the converter and pressure check.
4. Transmission fluid leakage from the bolts inside the converter housing will flow down the back of the
torque converter housing. Leakage may be from loose or missing bolts.
5. Engine oil leaks from the rear main oil.

5. Remove the torque converter.

6. Using a black light, observe the torque converter housing. Inspect for evidence of dye from the pump bolts, pump
seal, and torque converter hub seal. Repair as required.

7. If the source of the leak is not evident, continue with this procedure to leak test the torque converter.

8. Install the torque converter in the arbor press. Support the torque converter on the mounting pads.

9. Install the Leak Tester, Torque Converter 307-421 into the torque converter hub.

10. Secure the press. Only apply enough force from the press to seal of the Leak Tester, Torque Converter 307-421
into the torque converter hub.
11. Connect a compressed air supply to the Leak Tester, Torque Converter 307-421.

12. With air pressure applied to the valve, inspect for leaks at the converter hub weld and seams. A soap bubble
solution can be applied around those areas to aid in the diagnosis. If any leaks are present, install a new torque
converter.

13. With air pressure applied to the valve, inspect for leaks at the stud or mounting pad and balance weight welds. A
soap bubble solution can be applied around those areas to aid in the diagnosis. If any leaks are present, install a
new torque converter.
14. After leaks are repaired, clean remaining transmission fluid dye from serviced areas.
SECTION 307-01A: Automatic Transaxle/Transmission — 2010 Escape, Mariner, Escape Hybrid, Mariner Hybrid Workshop
6F35 Manual
DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING Procedure revision date: 07/27/2009

Transmission Fluid Cooler

Special Tool(s)
Vehicle Communication Module (VCM)
and Integrated Diagnostic System (IDS)
software with appropriate hardware, or
equivalent scan tool

Transaxle Cooling

Item Part Number Description

1 19712 Transmission fluid cooler
2 7F113 Transmission fluid cooler outlet tube and hose assembly
3 7F112 Transmission fluid cooler inlet tube and hose assembly
4 7J081 Transmission fluid cooler tube secondary latches

When internal wear or damage has occurred in the transaxle, metal particles, clutch plate material or band material may
have been carried into the torque converter and transaxle fluid cooler. These contaminants are a major cause of
recurring transaxle troubles and must be removed from the system before the transaxle is put back into use. Refer to
Transmission Fluid Cooler Backflushing and Cleaning in this section.
Transmission Fluid Cooler Flow Test

NOTE: The selector lever linkage, selector lever cable adjustment, transmission fluid level and line pressure must be
within specification before carrying out this test. Refer to Section 307-05A for selector lever linkage and selector lever
cable adjustment and refer to Special Testing Procedures in this section for line pressure test. The transmission fluid
must be above 82°C (180°F) for the cooler bypass to open to carry out this test.

1. Using a scan tool, run the engine to establish the correct transmission fluid temperature of 82°C (180°F).

2. Remove the transmission fluid level indicator from the transaxle filler tube.

3. Place funnel in the transaxle filler tube.

4. With the vehicle in NEUTRAL, position it on a hoist. Refer to Section 100-02 .

5. Remove the transmission fluid cooler return tube (rear fitting) from the fitting on the transaxle case.

6. Connect one end of a hose to the cooler return tube and route other end of the hose up to a point where it can be
inserted into the funnel at the transaxle filler tube.

7. Start the engine and run it at idle with the transmission in NEUTRAL position.

8. When transmission fluid flowing from hose is in a steady stream, a liberal amount of transmission fluid should be
observed. "Liberal" is described as about 1L (1 qt) delivered in 30 seconds. If a liberal flow is observed, the test is
complete.

9. If the flow is not liberal, stop the engine. Disconnect the hose from the cooler return tube and connect it to the
converter outlet tube fitting (front fitting) on the transaxle case.

10. Repeat Steps 7 and 8. If flow is now approximately 1L (1 qt) in 30 seconds, refer to Transmission Fluid Cooler
Backflushing and Cleaning in this section. If the flow is still not approximately 1L (1 qt) in 30 seconds, repair the
pump and/or the torque converter.
If new transmission fluid cooler tubes need to be installed, refer to Section 307-02A .
SECTION 307-01A: Automatic Transaxle/Transmission — 2010 Escape, Mariner, Escape Hybrid, Mariner Hybrid Workshop
6F35 Manual
DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING Procedure revision date: 07/27/2009

Diagnosis By Symptom

Special Tool(s)
Vehicle Communication Module (VCM)
and Integrated Diagnostic System (IDS)
software with appropriate hardware, or
equivalent scan tool

The Diagnostic Routines give the technician diagnostic information, direction and suggest possible components, using a
symptom as a starting point.

The Diagnostic Routines are divided into 2 categories: Electrical Routines, indicated by 200 series numbers, and
Hydraulic/Mechanical Routines, indicated by 300 series numbers. The Electrical Routines list the possible electrical
components that could cause or contribute to the symptom described. The Hydraulic/Mechanical Routines list the
possible hydraulic or mechanical components that could cause or contribute to the symptom described.

Diagnosis by Symptom Index Directions

1. Using the Symptom Index, select the Concern/Symptom that best describes the condition.

2. See the routine indicated in the Diagnosis By Symptom Index.

3. Always begin diagnosis of a symptom with:

1. Preliminary inspections.
2. Verifications of condition.
3. Checking the fluid levels.
4. Carry out other test procedures as directed.

4. NOTE: Not all concerns and conditions with electrical components will set a DTC. Be aware that the components
listed may still be the cause. Verify correct function of these components prior to proceeding to the
Hydraulic/Mechanical Routine listed.

Begin with the Electrical Routine, if indicated. Follow the reference or action required statements. Always carry
out the On-Board Diagnostic (OBD) tests as required. Never skip steps. Repair as required. If the concern is still
present after electrical diagnosis, then proceed to the Hydraulic/Mechanical Routine listed.

5. The Hydraulic/Mechanical Routines list possible hydraulic or mechanical components that could cause the
concern. These components are listed in the removal sequence and by most probable cause. All components
listed must be inspected to make sure of correct repair.

Diagnosis by Symptom Index

Routines
Title Electrical (1) Hydraulic/ Mechanical
Engagement Concerns
No Forward 201 301
No Reverse 202 302
Harsh Reverse 203 303
Harsh Forward 204 304
Delayed/Soft Reverse 205 305
Delayed/Soft Forward 206 306
No Forward and No Reverse 207 307
Delayed/Soft Forward and Reverse 209 309
Shift Concerns
Some or All Shifts Missing 210 310
Timing — Early/Late 211 311
Timing — Erratic/Hunting 212 312
Soft/Slipping 213 313
Harsh 214 314
No 1st Gear, Engages in Higher Gear 215 315
No Manual Low — 1st Gear 216 316
No 1-2 Shift (Automatic) 220 320
No 2-3 Shift (Automatic) 221 321
No 3-4 Shift (Automatic) 222 322
No 4-5 Shift (Automatic) 223 323
No 5-6 Shift (Automatic) 224 324
No 6-5 Shift (Automatic) 225 325
No 5-4 Shift (Automatic) 226 326
No 4-3 Shift (Automatic) 227 327
No 3-2 Shift (Automatic) 228 328
No 2-1 Shift (Automatic) 229 329
Soft/Slipping 1-2 Shift (Automatic) 230 330
Soft/Slipping 2-3 Shift (Automatic) 231 331
Soft/Slipping 3-4 Shift (Automatic) 232 332
Soft/Slipping 4-5 Shift (Automatic) 233 333
Soft/Slipping 5-6 Shift (Automatic) 234 334
Soft/Slipping 6-5 Shift (Automatic) 235 335
Soft/Slipping 5-4 Shift (Automatic) 236 336
Soft/Slipping 4-3 Shift (Automatic) 237 337
Soft/Slipping 3-2 Shift (Automatic) 238 338
Soft/Slipping 2-1 Shift (Automatic) 239 339
Harsh 1-2 Shift (Automatic) 240 340
Harsh 2-3 Shift (Automatic) 241 341
Harsh 3-4 Shift (Automatic) 242 342
Harsh 4-5 Shift (Automatic) 243 343
Harsh 5-6 Shift (Automatic) 244 344
Harsh 6-5 Shift (Automatic) 245 345
Harsh 5-4 Shift (Automatic)
 246 346
Harsh 4-3 Shift (Automatic) 247 347
Harsh 3-2 Shift (Automatic) 248 348
Harsh 2-1 Shift (Automatic) 249 349
Torque Converter Operation Concerns
Torque Converter: No Apply 250 350
Torque Converter: Always Applied/Stalls Vehicle 251 351
Torque Converter: Cycling/Shudder/Chatter 252 352
Other Concerns
No Engine Braking in 1st Gear, Manual 1st Position 260 360
Selector Lever Efforts High 261 361
External Leaks 262 362
Vehicle Driveability Concerns 263 363
Noise/Vibration — Forward or Reverse 264 364
Engine Will Not Crank 265 365
No Park Range 266 366
Overheating 267 367
(1) Carry out electrical routine first.

Diagnostic Routines

Engagement Concern: No Forward

Possible Component Reference/Action
201 — ELECTRICAL ROUTINE
Powertrain Control System

No electrical concerns
301 — HYDRAULIC/MECHANICAL ROUTINE
Transmission Fluid Level

Low transmission fluid
Check transmission fluid level and adjust as necessary. Refer to Preliminary
level Inspection in this section.

Condition
Carry out transmission fluid condition check. Refer to Preliminary Inspection
in this section.
Selector Lever Linkage
(Internal/External)

Damaged or out of
Inspect for damage. Repair as required. Verify selector lever cable
adjustment adjustment. Refer to Section 307-05A .
Incorrect Pressures

Line Pressure Control
Check pressure at LPC tap. Carry out Line Pressure Tests and Stall Speed
(LPC) solenoid stuck — Tests. Refer to Special Testing Procedures in this section. See the Line
low Pressure Chart for specification. If pressures are low, check the following
possible components:

 Main control valve body

 Pump assembly
 LPC solenoid
Main Control Valve Body

Bolts out of torque
Adjust bolts to specification.
 specification

Gaskets and separator
Inspect gaskets for damage. Install new as required.
plate — damaged, off
location

Manual control valve —
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.
damaged
Pump Assembly

Bolts out of torque
Inspect for damage. Install a new pump as required.
specification

Porosity/cross leaks/ball
Inspect for damage. Install a new pump as required.
missing or leaking

Components —
Inspect for damage. Install a new pump as required.
damaged

Engagement Concern: No Reverse

Possible Component Reference/Action
202 — ELECTRICAL ROUTINE
Powertrain Control System

No electrical concerns
302 — HYDRAULIC/MECHANICAL ROUTINE
Transmission Fluid Level

Low transmission fluid
Check transmission fluid level and adjust as necessary. Refer to
level Preliminary Inspection in this section.

Transmission fluid
Carry out transmission fluid condition check. Refer to Preliminary
condition Inspection in this section.
Selector Lever Linkage
(Internal/External)

Damaged or out of
Inspect for damage. Repair as required. Verify selector lever cable
adjustment adjustment. Refer to Section 307-05A .
Incorrect Pressures

Line pressure — low
Carry out Line Pressure and Stall Speed Tests. Refer to Special Testing
Procedures in this section. Check pressure at LPC tap. See the Line
Pressure Chart for specifications. If pressures are low, check the following
possible components:

 Main control valve body

 Pump assembly
 Low/reverse clutch assembly
 Direct clutch assembly
 Shift Solenoid B (SSB), Shift Solenoid D (SSD) and Shift Solenoid E (SSE)
Main Control Valve Body

Bolts out of torque
Tighten bolts to specification.
specification

Gasket and separator
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.
plate — damaged, off
location

Manual control valve,
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.
springs — stuck,
damaged

Multiplex valve, springs —
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.
stuck, damaged

Low/reverse clutch valve,
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.
springs — stuck,
damaged

Direct clutch valve,
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.
springs — stuck,
damaged
Pump Assembly

Bolts out of torque
Inspect for damage. Install a new pump as required.
specification

Porosity/cross leaks,
Inspect for damage. Install a new pump as required.
pump assembly leaking,
plugged hole

Components damaged
Inspect for damage. Install a new pump as required.
Low/Reverse Clutch Assembly

SSD stuck — low
Inspect for damage. Install a new SSD as required. Refer to Solenoids in
this section.

Low/reverse regulator
Inspect for damage. Repair as required.
valve stuck

Seals, piston, springs —
Inspect for damage. Repair as required.
damaged

Clearance check out of
Inspect for damage. Carry out clearance checks.
specification

Friction elements —
Inspect for damage. Repair as required.
damaged or worn
Direct Clutch Assembly

Seals, piston, spring —
Inspect for damage. Repair or install new as required.
damaged

SSB
Inspect for damage. Install a new SSB as required. Refer to Solenoids in
this section.

Direct clutch regulator
Inspect for damage. Repair or install new as required.
valve

Clearance check out of
Inspect for damage. Carry out clearance checks.
specification

Friction elements —
Inspect for damage. Repair as required.
damaged, clearance
check incorrect

Engagement Concern: Harsh Reverse

Possible Component Reference/Action
203 — ELECTRICAL ROUTINE
Powertrain Control System

Electrical inputs/outputs, vehicle wiring harnesses, PCM, Mass
Run On-Board Diagnostic (OBD).
Air Flow (MAF) sensor, Intake Air Temperature (IAT) sensor, Refer to the Powertrain
Throttle Position (TP) sensor, Idle Speed Control (ISC), Power Control/Emissions Diagnosis (PC/ED)
Steering Pressure (PSP) sensor, engine rpm, Line Pressure manual for diagnosis. GO to Pinpoint
Control (LPC) solenoid, Transmission Fluid Temperature Test A , GO to Pinpoint Test B , GO to
(TFT) sensor, Turbine Shaft Speed (TSS) sensor, Output Pinpoint Test C , GO to Pinpoint Test
Shaft Speed (OSS) sensor, Transmission Range (TR) sensor, D and GO to Pinpoint Test E .
 Shift Solenoid B (SSB), Shift Solenoid D (SSD) or transaxle
solenoid power control circuit open/shorted
Solenoid Body

Incorrect solenoid body strategy data stored in the PCM
Verify solenoid body strategy data
stored in the PCM, download new
identification and strategy as
necessary. Refer to Solenoid Body
Strategy in this section.
303 — HYDRAULIC/MECHANICAL ROUTINE
Incorrect Pressures

Line pressure — high
Carry out Line Pressure and Stall
Speed Tests. Refer to Special Testing
Procedures in this section. Check
pressure at pressure taps. See the
Line Pressure Chart for specifications.
If high, check the main control valve
body.
Pump Assembly

Bolts out of torque specification
Inspect for damage. Install a new
pump as required.

Porosity/cross leaks, pump assembly leaking, plugged hole
Inspect for damage. Install a new
pump as required.

Components damaged
Inspect for damage. Install a new
pump as required.
Main Controls

Bolts out of torque specification
Tighten bolts to specification.

Gasket and separator plate — damaged, off location
Inspect for damage. Install new as
required.

Low/reverse regulator valve — stuck, damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as
required.

Low/Reverse boost valve — stuck, damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as
required.

Direct regulator valve — stuck, damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as
required.

Direct boost valve — stuck, damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as
required.

SSB mechanically stuck — high
Install a new SSB as required. Refer to
Solenoids in this section.

SSD mechanically stuck — high
Install a new SSD as required. Refer to
Solenoids in this section.

Main regulator valve — stuck, damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as
required.
Low/Reverse Clutch Assembly

SSD stuck — low
Inspect for damage. Install a new SSD
as required. Refer to Solenoids in this
section.

Low/reverse regulator valve stuck
Inspect for damage. Install a new
solenoid body as required.

Seals, piston, springs — damaged
Inspect for damage. Repair as
required.

Clearance check out of specification
Inspect for damage. Carry out
clearance checks.

Friction elements — damaged or worn
Inspect for damage. Repair as
required.
Direct Clutch Assembly

Seals, piston, spring — damaged
Inspect for damage. Repair or install
new as required.

SSB stuck
Inspect for damage. Install a new SSB
as required. Refer to Solenoids in this
section.

Direct clutch regulator valve
Inspect for damage. Repair or install
new as required.

Clearance check out of specification
Inspect for damage. Carry out
clearance checks.

Friction elements — damaged, clearance check incorrect
Inspect for damage. Repair or install
new as required.

Engagement Concern: Harsh Forward

Possible Component Reference/Action
204 — ELECTRICAL ROUTINE
Powertrain Control System

Electrical inputs/outputs, vehicle wiring harnesses, PCM,
Run On-Board Diagnostic (OBD). Refer
Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor, Intake Air Temperature (IAT) to the Powertrain Control/Emissions
sensor, Throttle Position (TP) sensor, Idle Speed Control Diagnosis (PC/ED) manual for
(ISC), Power Steering Pressure (PSP) sensor, engine RPM, diagnosis. GO to Pinpoint Test A , GO
Line Pressure Control (LPC) solenoid, Transmission Fluid to Pinpoint Test B , GO to Pinpoint Test
Temperature (TFT) sensor, Turbine Shaft Speed (TSS) C , GO to Pinpoint Test D and GO to
sensor, Output Shaft Speed (OSS) sensor, Transmission Pinpoint Test E .
Range (TR) sensor, Shift Solenoid A (SSA) and or transaxle
solenoid power control circuit open/shorted
Solenoid Body

Incorrect solenoid body strategy data stored in the PCM
Verify solenoid body strategy data
stored in the PCM, download new
identification and strategy as necessary.
Refer to Solenoid Body Strategy in this
section.
304 — HYDRAULIC/MECHANICAL ROUTINE
Incorrect Pressures

Line pressure — high
Carry out Line Pressure and Stall Speed
Tests. Refer to Special Testing
Procedures in this section. Check
pressure at pressure taps. See the Line
Pressure Chart for specifications. If
pressures are high, check the main
control valve body, pump assembly.
Pump Assembly

Bolts out of torque specification
Inspect for damage. Install a new pump
as required.

Porosity/cross leaks, pump assembly leaking, plugged hole
Inspect for damage. Install a new pump
as required.

Components damaged
Inspect for damage. Install a new pump
as required.
Main Controls

Bolts out of torque specification
Tighten bolts to specification.

Gasket and separator plate — damaged, off location
Inspect for damage. Install new as
required.

Forward clutch seal — leaking between valve body and case
Inspect for damage. Install new as
required.

Forward clutch regulator valve — stuck, damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as
required.

Forward clutch boost valve — stuck, damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as
required.

Main regulator valve — stuck, damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as
required.
Forward Clutch Assembly

Seals, piston — worn, damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as
required.

Friction elements — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as
required.

Wave spring — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as
required.

Engagement Concern: Delayed/Soft Reverse

Possible Component Reference/Action
205 — ELECTRICAL ROUTINE
Powertrain Control System

Electrical inputs/outputs,
Run On-Board Diagnostic (OBD). Refer to the Powertrain
vehicle wiring harnesses, Control/Emissions Diagnosis (PC/ED) manual for diagnosis. GO to
PCM, LPC solenoid, TFT Pinpoint Test A and GO to Pinpoint Test B .
sensor
Solenoid Body

Incorrect solenoid body
Verify solenoid body strategy data stored in the PCM, download new
strategy data stored in the identification and strategy as necessary. Refer to Solenoid Body
PCM Strategy in this section.
305 — HYDRAULIC/MECHANICAL ROUTINE
Transmission Fluid Level

Low transmission fluid level
Check transmission fluid level and adjust as necessary. Refer to
Preliminary Inspection in this section.

Transmission fluid condition
Carry out transmission fluid condition check. Refer to Preliminary
Inspection in this section.
Selector Lever Linkage
(Internal/External)

Damaged, out of adjustment
Inspect for damage. Repair as required. Verify selector lever cable
adjustment. Refer to Section 307-05A .
Incorrect Pressures

Line pressure — low
Check pressure at pressure tap. Carry out Line Pressure and Stall
Speed Tests. Refer to Special Testing Procedures in this section. See
the Line Pressure Chart for specifications. If pressures are low, check
the following possible components: main control valve body, pump
assembly, low/reverse clutch assembly, direct clutch assembly.
Main Controls

Solenoid body filter plugged
Inspect for damage. Install a new filter as required.

Bolts out of torque
Tighten bolts to specification.
specification

Gaskets and separator plate —
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.
damaged, off location

Low/reverse regulator valve —
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.
stuck, damaged

Low/reverse boost valve —
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.
stuck, damaged

Direct regulator valve — stuck,
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.
damaged

Direct boost valve — stuck,
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.
damaged

Manual control valve, main
Inspect for damage. Repair or install new as required.
regulator valve, converter drain
back valve, springs — missing,
damaged, misassembled

Shift Solenoid B (SSB) stuck
Inspect for damage. GO to Pinpoint Test A . Install a new SSB as
— low required. Refer to Solenoids in this section.

Shift Solenoid D (SSD) stuck
Inspect for damage. Install a new SSD as required. Refer to Solenoids
— low in this section.
Pump Assembly

Pump Assembly — worn/cross
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.
leaks, leaking
Low/Reverse Clutch Assembly

Shift Solenoid D (SSD) stuck
Inspect for damage. Install a new SSD as required. Refer to Solenoids
— low in this section.

Low/reverse regulator valve
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.
stuck

Seals, piston, springs —
Inspect for damage. Repair as required.
damaged

Clearance check out of
Inspect for damage. Carry out clearance checks.
specification

Friction elements — damaged
Inspect for damage. Repair as required.
or worn
Direct Clutch Assembly

Seals, piston, spring —
Inspect for damage. Repair or install new as required.
damaged

SSB stuck
Inspect for damage. Install a new SSB as required. Refer to Solenoids
in this section.

Direct clutch regulator valve
Inspect for damage. Repair or install new as required.

Clearance check out of
Inspect for damage. Carry out clearance checks.
specification

Friction elements — damaged,
Inspect for damage. Repair as required.
clearance check incorrect

Engagement Concern: Delayed/Soft Forward

Possible Component Reference/Action
206 — ELECTRICAL ROUTINE
Powertrain Control System

Electrical inputs/outputs, vehicle wiring
Run On-Board Diagnostic (OBD). Refer to the Powertrain
harnesses, PCM, Line Pressure Control Control/Emissions Diagnosis (PC/ED) manual for diagnosis.
(LPC) solenoid, Transmission Fluid GO to Pinpoint Test A , GO to Pinpoint Test B and GO to
Temperature (TFT) sensor and Turbine Pinpoint Test C .
Shaft Speed (TSS) sensor
Solenoid Body

Incorrect solenoid body strategy data
Verify solenoid body strategy data stored in the PCM,
stored in the PCM download new identification and strategy as necessary. Refer
to Solenoid Body Strategy in this section.
306 — HYDRAULIC/MECHANICAL ROUTINE
Transmission Fluid Level

Low transmission fluid level
Check transmission fluid level and adjust as necessary. Refer
to Preliminary Inspection in this section.

Transmission fluid condition
Carry out transmission fluid condition check. Refer to
Preliminary Inspection in this section.
Selector Lever Linkage

Damaged, out of adjustment
Inspect for damage. Repair as required. Verify selector lever
cable adjustment. Refer to Section 307-05A .
Incorrect Pressures

Line pressure — low
Check pressure at pressure tap. Carry out Line Pressure and
Stall Speed Tests. Refer to Special Testing Procedures in
this section. See the Line Pressure Chart for specifications. If
pressures are low, check the following possible components:
main control valve body, pump assembly, and forward clutch.
Main Controls

Plugged solenoid body filter
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Bolts out of torque specification
Tighten bolts to specification.

Gaskets and separator plate —
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.
damaged, off location

Forward clutch regulator valve stuck or
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.
damaged

Forward clutch boost valve stuck or
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.
damaged

Main regulator valve — stuck,
Inspect for damage. Repair as required.
damaged, missing

LPC solenoid stuck — low
Inspect for damage. Install a new LPC as required. Refer to
Solenoids in this section.

SSA stuck — low
Inspect for damage. Install a new SSA as required. Refer to
Solenoids in this section.
Pump Assembly

Bolts out of torque specification
Tighten bolts to specification.

Worn/cross leaks
Inspect for wear and leaks. Install new as required.
Forward Clutch Assembly

Clutch plates, seals, piston — worn,
Inspect clutches, seals and piston for damage. Install new as
damaged required.

Wave spring — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Engagement Concern: No Forward and No Reverse

 Possible Component Reference/Action
207 — ELECTRICAL ROUTINE

No electrical concerns
307 — HYDRAULIC/MECHANICAL ROUTINE
Transmission Fluid Level

Low transmission fluid
Check transmission fluid level and adjust as necessary. Refer to Preliminary
level Inspection in this section.

Transmission fluid
Carry out transmission fluid condition check. Refer to Preliminary Inspection
condition in this section.
Halfshaft

Splines — worn,
Inspect for damage. Repair as required.
damaged

Shaft — misassembled,
Inspect for damage. Repair as required.
incorrect
Selector Lever Linkage
(Internal/External)

Damaged, out of
Inspect for damage. Repair as required. Verify selector lever cable
adjustment adjustment. Refer to Section 307-05A .
Incorrect Pressures

Line pressure — low
Check pressure at the pressure tap. Carry out Line Pressure and Stall
Tests. Refer to Special Testing Procedures in this section. See the Line
Pressure Chart for specifications. If pressures are low, check the following
possible components: transmission fluid filter and seal assembly, main
control, pump assembly, low/reverse clutch assembly, forward clutch
assembly.
Transmission Fluid Filter and
Seal Assembly

Plugged, damaged, not
Inspect for damage. Install a new filter and seal assembly.
correctly seated

Filter, seal — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install a new filter and seal assembly.
Main Controls

Solenoid body filter
Inspect for damage. Install a new filter as required.
plugged

Manual valve
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Shift valves
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Bolts out of torque
Tighten bolts to specification.
specification

Gaskets and separator
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.
plate — damaged, off
location

Main regulator valve
Inspect for damage. Repair as required.
(only if line pressure is
out of specification) —
damaged

Components —
Inspect for damage. Repair as required.
damaged, check balls
stuck
Pump Assembly

Bolts out of torque
Tighten bolts to specification.
specification

Porosity/cross leaks —
Install a new pump assembly.
leaking, plugged hole

Components damaged —
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.
chain, sprocket or shaft
broken
Output Shaft

Splines — damaged
Inspect for damage. Repair as required.
Other Possible Components

Turbine shaft
Inspect for damage. Repair as required.

Pump shaft, sprockets
Inspect for damage. Repair as required.
and drive chain

Flexplate
Inspect for damage. Repair as required.

Sun gear and shell
Inspect for damage. Repair as required.
assemblies

Planetaries
Inspect for damage. Repair as required.

Final drive assembly
Inspect for damage. Repair as required.

Engagement Concern: Delayed/Soft Forward and Reverse

Possible Component Reference/Action
209 — ELECTRICAL ROUTINE
Powertrain Control System

Electrical inputs/outputs, vehicle wiring
Run On-Board Diagnostic (OBD). Refer to Powertrain
harnesses, PCM Transmission Fluid Control/Emissions Diagnosis (PC/ED) manual for
Temperature (TFT) sensor, Turbine Shaft diagnosis. GO to Pinpoint Test A , GO to Pinpoint Test B
Speed (TSS) sensor, Line Pressure and GO to Pinpoint Test C .
Control (LPC) solenoid
Solenoid Body

Incorrect solenoid body strategy data
Verify solenoid body strategy data stored in the PCM,
stored in the PCM download new identification and strategy as necessary.
Refer to Solenoid Body Strategy in this section.
309 — HYDRAULIC/MECHANICAL ROUTINE
Transmission Fluid Level

Low transmission fluid level
Check transmission fluid level and adjust as necessary.
Refer to Preliminary Inspection in this section.

Transmission fluid condition
Carry out transmission fluid condition check. Refer to
Preliminary Inspection in this section.
Selector Lever Linkage (Internal/External)

Damaged, out of adjustment
Inspect for damage. Repair as required. Verify selector
lever cable adjustment. Refer to Section 307-05A .
Incorrect Pressures

Line pressure — low
Carry out Line Pressure and Stall Speed Tests. Refer to
Special Testing Procedures in this section. See the Line
Pressure Chart for specifications. If pressures are low,
check the following possible components: main control,
pump assembly and LPC solenoid.
Transmission Fluid Filter and Seal Assembly

Plugged, damaged, not correctly seated
Inspect for damage. Install a new filter and seal assembly.

Filter, seal — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install a new filter and seal assembly.
Main Controls

Bolts out of torque specification
Tighten bolts to specification.

Gaskets and separator plate — damaged,
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.
off location

Seals, manual valve, main regulator valve
Inspect for damage. Repair or install new as required.
— missing, damaged or misassembled
Pump Assembly

Bolts out of torque specification
Tighten bolts to specification.

Worn/cross leaks — leaking
Install a new pump assembly.

Components damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Shift Concerns: Some or All Shifts Missing

Possible Component Reference/Action
210 — ELECTRICAL ROUTINE
Powertrain Control System

Electrical inputs/outputs, vehicle wiring harnesses, PCM,
Run On-Board Diagnostic (OBD). Refer
Shift Solenoid A (SSA), Shift Solenoid B (SSB), Shift to the Powertrain Control/Emissions
Solenoid C (SSC), Shift Solenoid D (SSD), Shift Solenoid E Diagnosis (PC/ED) manual for
(SSE), Throttle Position (TP) sensor, Mass Air Flow (MAF) diagnosis. GO to Pinpoint Test A , GO
sensor, Output Shaft Speed (OSS) sensor, Turbine Shaft to Pinpoint Test C and GO to Pinpoint
Speed (TSS) sensor, Transmission Range (TR) sensor and Test D .
Line Pressure Control (LPC) solenoid
310 — HYDRAULIC/MECHANICAL ROUTINE
Transmission Fluid Level

Incorrect transmission fluid level
Check transmission fluid level and
adjust as necessary. Refer to
Preliminary Inspection in this section.

Transmission fluid condition
Carry out transmission fluid condition
check. Refer to Preliminary Inspection
in this section.
Selector Lever Linkage (Internal/External)

Damaged, out of adjustment
Inspect for damage. Repair as required.
Verify selector lever cable adjustment.
Refer to Section 307-05A .
Vehicle Speed Input

Insufficient, erratic or no input received by the PCM from the
Inspect for damage. Repair as required.
OSS sensor GO to Pinpoint Test C .
Transmission Fluid Filter and Seal Assembly

Plugged, damaged, not correctly seated
Inspect for damage. Install a new filter
and seal assembly.

Filter, seal — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install a new filter
and seal assembly.
Main Controls

Regulator and/or boost valves — stuck, damaged,
Inspect for damage. Repair or install
misassembled new as required.

Plugged solenoid body filter
Inspect for damage. Install new as
required.
End Cover

End cover gasket — leaking
Inspect for damage. Repair or install
new as required.
Planetary Gear Sets

Damaged
Inspect for damage. Repair as required.
One-Way Clutch (OWC) Assembly

Damaged
Inspect for damage. Repair as required.
Other Components

Clutches
Inspect for damage. Repair as required.

Output shafts (differential)
Inspect for damage. Repair as required.

Powerflow components
Inspect for damage. Repair as required.

Go to shift concerns:
See the appropriate shift concern and
routine:

 Shift Concern: No 1-2, Routine 220/320

 Shift Concern: No 2-3, Routine 221/321
 Shift Concern: No 3-4, Routine 222/322
 Shift Concern: No 4-5, Routine 223/323
 Shift Concern: No 5-6, Routine 224/324
 Shift Concern: No 6-5, Routine 225/325
 Shift Concern: No 5-4, Routine 226/326
 Shift Concern: No 4-3, Routine 227/327
 Shift Concern: No 3-2, Routine 228/328
 Shift Concern: No 2-1, Routine 229/329

Shift Concerns: Timing — Early/Late

Possible Component Reference/Action
211 — ELECTRICAL ROUTINE
Powertrain Control System

Electrical inputs/outputs, vehicle wiring harnesses, PCM, Shift
Run On-Board Diagnostic (OBD).
Solenoid A (SSA), Shift Solenoid B (SSB), Shift Solenoid C Refer to Powertrain
(SSC), Shift Solenoid D (SSD), Shift Solenoid E (SSE), Throttle Control/Emissions Diagnosis (PC/ED)
Position (TP) sensor, Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor, Output manual for diagnosis. GO to Pinpoint
Shaft Speed (OSS) sensor, Turbine Shaft Speed (TSS) sensor, Test A , GO to Pinpoint Test B and
Intake Air Temperature (IAT) sensor, Engine Coolant GO to Pinpoint Test C .
Temperature (ECT) sensor and Line Pressure Control (LPC)
solenoid

Carry out Shift Point Road Test. Refer
to Shift Point Road Test in this section
and carry out Torque Converter
Operation Test. Refer to Torque
Converter Diagnosis in this section.
Solenoid Body

Incorrect solenoid body strategy data stored in the PCM
Verify solenoid body strategy data
stored in the PCM, download new
identification and strategy as
necessary. Refer to Solenoid Body
Strategy in this section.
311 — HYDRAULIC/MECHANICAL ROUTINE
Other

Tire size
See the specification decal and verify
vehicle has original equipment.
 Changes in tire size will affect shift
timing.
Transmission Fluid Level

Low transmission fluid level
Check transmission fluid level and
adjust as necessary. Refer to
Preliminary Inspection in this section.

Transmission fluid condition
Carry out transmission fluid condition
check. Refer to Preliminary Inspection
in this section.
Selector Lever Linkage (Internal/External)

Damaged, out of adjustment
Inspect for damage. Repair as
required. Verify selector lever cable
adjustment. Refer to Section 307-
05A .
Main Controls

Plugged solenoid body filter
Inspect for damage. Install new as
required.

Bolts out of torque specification
Tighten bolts to specification.

Gaskets and separator plate — damaged, off location
Inspect for damage. Install new as
required.

Valves, accumulators, seals, springs, clips, check balls —
Inspect for damage. Repair as
damaged, missing, misassembled required.

See the appropriate shift concern and
routine for further diagnosis:

 Shift Concern: Soft/Slipping 1-2,

Routine 230/330
 Shift Concern: Soft/Slipping 2-3,
Routine 231/331
 Shift Concern: Soft/Slipping 3-4,
Routine 232/332
 Shift Concern: Soft/Slipping 4-5,
Routine 233/333
 Shift Concern: Soft/Slipping 5-6,
Routine 234/334
 Shift Concern: Soft/Slipping 6-5,
Routine 235/335
 Shift Concern: Soft/Slipping 5-4,
Routine 236/336
 Shift Concern: Soft/Slipping 4-3,
Routine 237/337
 Shift Concern: Soft/Slipping 3-2,
Routine 238/338
 Shift Concern: Soft/Slipping 2-1,
Routine 239/339
End Cover

End cover gasket — leaking
Inspect for damage. Repair or install
new as required.
Planetary Gear Sets

Damaged
Inspect for damage. Repair or install
new as required.
One-Way Clutch Assembly

Damaged
Inspect for damage. Repair or install
new as required.
Other Components

Clutches
Inspect for damage. Repair or install
new as required.

Output shaft (differential)
Inspect for damage. Repair or install
new as required.

Powerflow Components
Inspect for damage. Repair as
required.
Vehicle Speed Input

Insufficient, erratic or no input received by the PCM from the
Inspect for damage. Repair as
OSS or TSS sensors required. GO to Pinpoint Test C .
Transmission Fluid Filter and Seal Assembly

Plugged, damaged, not correctly seated
Inspect for damage. Install a new filter
and seal assembly.

Filter, seal — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install a new filter
and seal assembly.

Shift Concerns: Timing — Erratic/Hunting

Possible Component Reference/Action
212 — ELECTRICAL ROUTINE
Powertrain Control System

Electrical inputs/outputs, vehicle wiring harnesses, PCM,
Run On-Board Diagnostic (OBD).
Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) solenoid, Shift Solenoid A Refer to Powertrain Control/Emissions
(SSA), Shift Solenoid B (SSB), Shift Solenoid C (SSC), Shift Diagnosis (PC/ED) manual for
Solenoid D (SSD), Shift Solenoid E (SSE), Throttle Position diagnosis. GO to Pinpoint Test A , GO
(TP) sensor, Output Shaft Speed (OSS) sensor, Engine to Pinpoint Test B , GO to Pinpoint
Coolant Temperature (ECT) sensor, Intake Air Temperature Test C , GO to Pinpoint Test D and
(IAT) sensor, Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor, Transmission GO to Pinpoint Test E .
Range (TR) sensor, Transmission Fluid Temperature (TFT)
sensor and Turbine Shaft Speed (TSS) sensors

Carry out Shift Point Road Test. Refer
to Shift Point Road Test in this section
and carry out Torque Converter
Operation Test. Refer to Torque
Converter Diagnosis in this section.
Solenoid Body

Incorrect solenoid body strategy data stored in the PCM
Verify solenoid body strategy data
stored in the PCM, download new
identification and strategy as
necessary. Refer to Solenoid Body
Strategy in this section.
312 — HYDRAULIC/MECHANICAL ROUTINE
Transmission Fluid Level

Low transmission fluid level
Check transmission fluid level and
adjust as necessary. Refer to
Preliminary Inspection in this section.

Transmission fluid condition
Carry out transmission fluid condition
check. Refer to Preliminary Inspection
in this section.
Selector Lever Linkage (Internal/External)

Damaged, out of adjustment
Inspect for damage. Repair as
required. Verify selector lever cable
adjustment. Refer to Section 307-05A .
Main Control Valve Body

Plugged solenoid body filter
Inspect for damage. Install new as
required.

Bolts out of torque specification
Tighten bolts to specification.

Gaskets and separator plate — damaged, off location
Inspect for damage. Install new as
required.

Valves, seals, clips, check ball — stuck, damaged,
Inspect for damage. Repair or install
contaminated new as required.
End Cover

End cover gasket — leaking
Inspect for damage. Repair or install
new as required.
Vehicle Speed Input

Insufficient, erratic or no input received by the PCM from the
Inspect for damage. Repair as
OSS sensor or TSS sensor required. GO to Pinpoint Test C .
Torque Converter Clutch (TCC)

See Torque Converter Cycling
(Routine 254/354).
Planetary Gear Sets

Damaged
Inspect for damage. Repair as
required.
Clutch Assemblies

Damaged clutch plates, pistons, seals, return springs
Inspect for damage. Repair or install
new as required.
Transmission Fluid Filter and Seal Assembly

Plugged, damaged, not correctly seated
Inspect for damage. Install a new filter
and seal assembly.

Filter, seal — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install a new filter
and seal assembly.
For Diagnosis Related to a Specific Shift

See the appropriate shift concern and
routine for further diagnosis:
 Shift Concern: No 1-2, Routine
220/320
 Shift Concern: No 2-3, Routine
221/321
 Shift Concern: No 3-4, Routine
222/322
 Shift Concern: No 4-5, Routine
223/323
 Shift Concern: No 5-6, Routine
224/324
 Shift Concern: No 6-5, Routine
225/325
 Shift Concern: No 5-4, Routine
226/326
 Shift Concern: No 4-3, Routine
227/327
 Shift Concern: No 3-2, Routine
228/328
 Shift Concern: No 2-1, Routine
229/329
 Shift Concern: Soft/Slip 1-2, Routine
230/330
 Shift Concern: Soft/Slip 2-3, Routine
 231/331
 Shift Concern: Soft/Slip 3-4, Routine
232/332
 Shift Concern: Soft/Slip 4-5, Routine
233/333
 Shift Concern: Soft/Slip 5-6, Routine
234/334
 Shift Concern: Soft/Slip 6-5, Routine
235/335
 Shift Concern: Soft/Slip 5-4, Routine
236/336
 Shift Concern: Soft/Slip 4-3, Routine
237/337
 Shift Concern: Soft/Slip 3-2, Routine
238/338
 Shift Concern: Soft/Slip 2-1, Routine
239/339
 Shift Concern: Harsh 1-2, Routine
240/340
 Shift Concern: Harsh 2-3, Routine
241/341
 Shift Concern: Harsh 3-4, Routine
242/342
 Shift Concern: Harsh 4-5, Routine
243/343
 Shift Concern: Harsh 5-6, Routine
244/344
 Shift Concern: Harsh 6-5, Routine
245/345
 Shift Concern: Harsh 5-4, Routine
246/346
 Shift Concern: Harsh 4-3, Routine
247/347
 Shift Concern: Harsh 3-2, Routine
248/348
 Shift Concern: Harsh 2-1, Routine
249/349

Shift Concerns: Feel — Soft/Slipping

Possible Component Reference/Action
213 — ELECTRICAL ROUTINE
Powertrain Control System

Electrical inputs/outputs, vehicle wiring harnesses,
Run On-Board Diagnostic (OBD). Refer to
PCM, Line Pressure Control (LPC) solenoid, Mass Air Powertrain Control/Emissions Diagnosis
Flow (MAF) sensor, Throttle Position (TP) sensor, (PC/ED) manual for diagnosis. GO to
Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) sensor, Intake Air Pinpoint Test A , GO to Pinpoint Test B and
Temperature (IAT) sensor, Transmission Fluid GO to Pinpoint Test C .
Temperature (TFT) sensor, Output Shaft Speed (OSS)
sensor and Turbine Shaft Speed (TSS) sensor
Solenoid Body

Incorrect solenoid body strategy data stored in the PCM
Verify solenoid body strategy data stored in
the PCM, download new identification and
strategy as necessary. Refer to Solenoid
Body Strategy in this section.
313 — HYDRAULIC/MECHANICAL ROUTINE
Transmission Fluid

Low transmission fluid level
Check transmission fluid level and adjust as
 necessary. Refer to Preliminary Inspection in
this section.

Transmission fluid condition
Carry out transmission fluid condition check.
Refer to Preliminary Inspection in this
section.
Selector Lever Linkage (Internal/External)

Damaged, out of adjustment
Inspect for damage. Repair as required.
Verify selector lever cable adjustment. Refer
to Section 307-05A .
Incorrect Pressures

Line pressure — low
Carry out Line Pressure and Stall Speed
Tests. Refer to Special Testing Procedures in
this section. See the Line Pressure Chart for
specifications. If pressures are low or all
shifts are soft/slipping refer to Main Control
Valve Body in this section.

If pressures are OK and a specific shift is
soft/slipping, see the following chart:

 Soft/Slipping Shift 1-2, Routine 230/330

 Soft/Slipping Shift 2-3, Routine 231/331
 Soft/Slipping Shift 3-4, Routine 232/332
 Soft/Slipping Shift 4-5, Routine 233/333
 Soft/Slipping Shift 5-6, Routine 234/334
 Soft/Slipping Shift 6-5, Routine 235/335
 Soft/Slipping Shift 5-4, Routine 236/336
 Soft/Slipping Shift 4-3, Routine 237/337
 Soft/Slipping Shift 3-2, Routine 238/338
 Soft/Slipping Shift 2-1, Routine 239/339
Transmission Fluid Filter and Seal Assembly

Plugged, damaged, not correctly seated
Inspect for damage. Install a new filter and
seal assembly.

Filter, seal — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install a new filter and
seal assembly.
Main Controls

Plugged solenoid body filter
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Bolts out of torque specification
Tighten bolts to specification.

Gaskets and separator plate — damaged, off location
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Sticking or binding valves, check balls, clips, springs —
Inspect for damage. Repair or install new as
damaged, missing required.
Pump Assembly

Pump assembly — worn/cross leaks, leaking
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Shift Concerns: Feel — Harsh

Possible Component Reference/Action
214 — ELECTRICAL ROUTINE
Powertrain Control System

Electrical inputs/outputs, vehicle wiring harnesses,
Run On-Board Diagnostic (OBD). Refer to
PCM, Line Pressure Control (LPC) solenoid, Mass Air Powertrain Control/Emissions Diagnosis
Flow (MAF) sensor, Throttle Position (TP) sensor, (PC/ED) manual for diagnosis. GO to Pinpoint
Output Shaft Speed (OSS) sensor, Turbine Shaft Test A , GO to Pinpoint Test B , GO to
 Speed (TSS) sensor, Engine Coolant Temperature Pinpoint Test C and GO to Pinpoint Test D .
(ECT) sensor, Intake Air Temperature (IAT) sensor,
Power Steering Pressure (PSP) switch, Transmission
Fluid Temperature (TFT) sensor, Transmission Range
(TR) sensor Shift Solenoid A (SSA), Shift Solenoid B
(SSB), Shift Solenoid C (SSC), Shift Solenoid D (SSD)
and Shift Solenoid E (SSE)
Solenoid Body

Incorrect solenoid body strategy data stored in the
Verify solenoid body strategy data stored in
PCM the PCM, download new identification and
strategy as necessary. Refer to Solenoid Body
Strategy in this section.
314 — HYDRAULIC/MECHANICAL ROUTINE
Transmission Fluid Level

Low transmission fluid level
Check transmission fluid level and adjust as
necessary. Refer to Preliminary Inspection in
this section.

Condition
Carry out transmission fluid condition check.
Refer to Preliminary Inspection in this section.
Incorrect Pressures

Line pressure — high
Carry out Line Pressure and Stall Speed
Tests. Refer to Special Testing Procedures in
this section. Check pressure at LPC pressure
taps. See the Line Pressure Chart for
specifications. If pressures are high or all shifts
are harsh, check the main control. Refer to
Main Control Valve Body in this section. If
pressures are OK and a specific shift is harsh.
See the appropriate shift routine in the
following chart:

 Shift 1-2, Routine 240/340

 Shift 2-3, Routine 241/341
 Shift 3-4, Routine 242/342
 Shift 4-5, Routine 243/343
 Shift 5-6, Routine 244/344
 Shift 6-5, Routine 245/345
 Shift 5-4, Routine 246/346
 Shift 4-3, Routine 247/347
 Shift 3-2, Routine 248/348
 Shift 2-1, Routine 249/349
Main Control Valve Body

Plugged solenoid body filter
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Bolts out of torque specification
Tighten bolts to specification.

Gaskets and separator plate — damaged, off location
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Valves, springs, clips, check balls — stuck, damaged
Inspect for damage. Repair or install new as
required.
Pump Assembly

Pump assembly — worn/cross leaks, leaking
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Shift Concerns: No 1st Gear, Engages in Higher Gear

Possible Component Reference/Action
215 — ELECTRICAL ROUTINE
Powertrain Control System

Electrical inputs/outputs, vehicle wiring harnesses,
Run On-Board Diagnostic (OBD). Refer to
PCM, Shift Solenoid A (SSA), Shift Solenoid B (SSB), Powertrain Control/Emissions Diagnosis
Shift Solenoid C (SSC), Shift Solenoid D (SSD), Shift (PC/ED) manual for diagnosis. GO to Pinpoint
Solenoid E (SSE), Output Shaft Speed (OSS) sensor, Test A , GO to Pinpoint Test C and GO to
Turbine Shaft Speed (TSS) sensor and transaxle Pinpoint Test E . Repair as required. Clear
solenoid power control circuit — no voltage at codes. Road test and rerun OBD .
transaxle connector
315 — HYDRAULIC/MECHANICAL ROUTINE
Main Control Valve Body

Plugged solenoid body filter ( SSA filter plate)
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Bolts out of torque specification
Tighten bolts to specification.

Gaskets and separator plate — damaged, off location
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Forward clutch regulator valve, springs, clips — stuck,
Inspect for damage. Repair as required.
damaged, missing, misassembled

Shift solenoid — stuck, damaged
Inspect for damage. GO to Pinpoint Test A .
Repair as required. Activate solenoid using
output state control. Repair as required.

For diagnosis related to a specific gear, use the scan
See the following routines:
tool to select the gear
 Shift 1-2, Routine 220/320
 Shift 2-3, Routine 221/321
 Shift 3-4, Routine 222/322
 Shift 4-5, Routine 223/323
 Shift 5-6, Routine 224/324
Mechanical

Clutches or seals — damaged or worn
Inspect for damage. Repair or install new as
required.

Shift Concerns: No Manual Low — 1st Gear

Possible Component Reference/Action
216 — ELECTRICAL ROUTINE
Powertrain Control System

Electrical inputs/outputs, vehicle
Run On-Board Diagnostic (OBD). Refer to Powertrain
wiring harnesses, PCM, Shift Solenoid Control/Emissions Diagnosis (PC/ED) manual for diagnosis.
A (SSA), Shift Solenoid D (SSD), Shift GO to Pinpoint Test A and GO to Pinpoint Test D . Repair as
Solenoid E (SSE) and Transmission required. Clear codes. Road Test and rerun OBD .
Range (TR) sensor
316 — HYDRAULIC/MECHANICAL ROUTINE
Selector Lever Linkage (Internal/External)

Damaged or out of adjustment
Inspect for damage. Repair as required. Verify selector lever
cable adjustment. Refer to Section 307-05A .
Incorrect Pressures

Line pressure — low
Check pressure at pressure tap. Carry out Line Pressure and
Stall Speed Tests. Refer to Special Testing Procedures in this
section. See the Line Pressure Chart for specifications. If
pressures are low, check the following possible components:
main control. Refer to Main Control Valve Body in this section.
Main Control Valve Body

Bolts out of torque specification
Tighten bolts to specification.

Gaskets and separator plate —
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.
damaged, off location

Forward boost, forward regulator,
Inspect for damage. Repair as required.
low/reverse boost, low/reverse
regulator valves, clips — stuck,
damaged, missing

Multiplex shift valve clips — stuck,
Check 4th gear ratio. Inspect for damage. Repair as required.
damaged, missing

Check ball — damaged, missing
Inspect for damage. Repair as required.
Low/Reverse Clutch Assembly

Seals, piston, spring — damaged
Inspect for damage. Repair or install new as required.

Clutches — damaged, burnt, worn
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Worn, damaged, misassembled
Inspect for damage. Repair as required.
Forward Clutch Assembly

Seals, piston, spring — damaged
Inspect for damage. Repair or install new as required.

Clutches — damaged, burnt, worn
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Worn, damaged, misassembled
Inspect for damage. Repair as required.

Case — damaged
Inspect for damage. Repair as required.

Shift Concerns: No 1-2 Shift (Automatic)

Possible Component Reference/Action
220 — ELECTRICAL ROUTINE
Powertrain Control System

Electrical inputs/outputs, vehicle
Run On-Board Diagnostic (OBD). Refer to Powertrain
wiring harnesses, PCM, Shift Control/Emissions Diagnosis (PC/ED) manual for diagnosis. GO to
Solenoid C (SSC) and Pinpoint Test A and GO to Pinpoint Test D .
Transmission Range (TR) sensor
320 — HYDRAULIC/MECHANICAL ROUTINE
Incorrect Pressures

Line pressure
Check pressure at pressure tap. Carry out Line Pressure Test.
Refer to Special Testing Procedures in this section. See the Line
Pressure Chart for specifications. If not OK, check main control.
Refer to Main Control Valve Body in this section.
Main Control Valve Body

Bolts out of torque specification
Tighten bolts to specification.

Gaskets and separator plate —
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.
damaged, off location

Intermediate regulator valve,
Inspect for damage. Repair or install new as required.
springs, clips — loose, stuck,
missing, misassembled stuck off

SSC not functioning correctly
Activate solenoid using scan tool. Refer to Output State Control
(OSC) Mode in this section. GO to Pinpoint Test A . Install a new
solenoid as required. Refer to Solenoids in this section. Download a
new solenoid body strategy into the PCM. Refer to Solenoid Body
Strategy in this section.
Intermediate Clutch Assembly —
Failed Off

Seals — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Piston — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Friction — damaged, worn
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Cylinder hub — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Return spring assembly —
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.
damaged
Low/Reverse Clutch Assembly —
Failed On

Piston — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Friction — overheated
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Cylinder hub — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Return spring assembly —
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.
damaged
Pump Assembly

Worn/cross leaks
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Component damaged
Inspect for damage. Install a new pump assembly as required.
Low One-Way Clutch Assembly

Not overrunning, damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.
Planetary Carrier

Damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Shift Concerns: No 2-3 Shift (Automatic)

Possible Component Reference/Action
221 — ELECTRICAL ROUTINE
Powertrain Control System

Electrical inputs/outputs, vehicle wiring
Run On-Board Diagnostic (OBD). Refer to Powertrain
harnesses, PCM, Shift Solenoid B Control/Emissions Diagnosis (PC/ED) manual for diagnosis.
(SSB) failed, Shift Solenoid C (SSC) GO to Pinpoint Test A and GO to Pinpoint Test D .
stuck on and Transmission Range
(TR) sensor
321 — HYDRAULIC/MECHANICAL ROUTINE
Incorrect Pressures

Line pressure
Carry out Line Pressure Test. Refer to Special Testing
Procedures in this section. Check pressure at pressure tap.
See the Line Pressure Chart for specifications. If not OK,
check main control. Refer to Main Control Valve Body in this
section.
Main Control Valve Body

Bolts out of torque specification
Tighten bolts to specification.

gaskets and separator plate —
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.
damaged, off location

Direct regulator and boost valves,
Inspect for damage. Repair or install new as required.
springs, clips — loose, stuck, missing,
misassembled, stuck off

Intermediate regulator and boost
Inspect for damage. Repair or install new as required.
valves, springs, clips — loose, stuck,
missing, misassembled, stuck on

SSB or SSC not functioning correctly
Activate solenoid using scan tool. Refer to Output State
Control (OSC) Mode in this section. GO to Pinpoint Test A .
Install a new solenoid as required. Refer to Solenoids in this
section. Download a new solenoid body strategy into the PCM.
Refer to Solenoid Body Strategy in this section.
Direct Clutch Assembly — Failed Off

Seals — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Piston — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Friction — damaged, worn
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Cylinder hub — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Return spring assembly — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.
Intermediate Clutch Assembly — Failed On

Seals — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Piston — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Friction — damaged, worn
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Cylinder hub — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Return spring assembly — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Shift Concerns: No 3-4 Shift (Automatic)

Possible Component Reference/Action
222 — ELECTRICAL ROUTINE
Powertrain Control System

Electrical inputs/outputs, vehicle wiring
Run On-Board Diagnostic (OBD). Refer to Powertrain
harnesses, PCM, Shift Solenoid D Control/Emissions Diagnosis (PC/ED) manual for diagnosis.
(SSD) failed, Shift Solenoid B (SSB) GO to Pinpoint Test A and GO to Pinpoint Test D .
stuck on and Transmission Range
(TR) sensor
322 — HYDRAULIC/MECHANICAL ROUTINE
Main Control Valve Body

Bolts out of torque specification
Tighten bolts to specification.

Gaskets and separator plate —
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.
damaged, off location

Overdrive regulator and boost valves,
Inspect for damage. Repair or install new as required.
springs, clips — loose, stuck, missing,
misassembled, clutch failed off

Direct regulator and boost valves,
Inspect for damage. Repair or install new as required.
springs, clips — loose, stuck, missing,
misassembled, clutch failed on

Shift Solenoid D (SSD) not functioning
Activate solenoid using scan tool. Refer to Output State
correctly, SSB stuck on Control (OSC) Mode in this section. GO to Pinpoint Test A .
Install a new solenoid as required. Refer to Solenoids in this
section. Download a new solenoid body strategy into the PCM.
Refer to Solenoid Body Strategy in this section.
Overdrive Clutch Assembly — Failed Off

Seals — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Piston — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Friction — damaged, worn
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Cylinder hub — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Return spring assembly — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.
Direct Clutch Assembly — Failed On

Seals — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Piston — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Friction — damaged, worn
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Cylinder hub — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Return spring assembly — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Shift Concerns: No 4-5 Shift (Automatic)

Possible Component Reference/Action
223 — ELECTRICAL ROUTINE
Powertrain Control System

Electrical inputs/outputs, vehicle wiring
Run On-Board Diagnostic (OBD). Refer to Powertrain
harnesses, PCM, Shift Solenoid B Control/Emissions Diagnosis (PC/ED) manual for diagnosis.
(SSB) failed, Shift Solenoid A (SSA) GO to Pinpoint Test A and GO to Pinpoint Test D .
stuck on and Transmission Range
(TR) sensor
323 — HYDRAULIC/MECHANICAL ROUTINE
Main Control Valve Body

Bolts out of torque specification
Tighten bolts to specification.

Gaskets and separator plate —
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.
damaged, off location

Direct regulator and boost valves,
Inspect for damage. Repair or install new as required.
springs, clips — loose, stuck, missing,
misassembled, clutch failed off

Forward regulator and boost valves,
Inspect for damage. Repair or install new as required.
springs, clips — loose, stuck, missing,
misassembled, clutch failed on

SSB not functioning correctly, SSA
Activate solenoid using scan tool. Refer to Output State
stuck on Control (OSC) Mode in this section. GO to Pinpoint Test A .
Install a new solenoid as required. Refer to Solenoids in this
section. Download a new solenoid body strategy into the PCM.
Refer to Solenoid Body Strategy in this section.
Direct Clutch Assembly — Failed Off

Seals — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Piston — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Friction — damaged, worn
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Cylinder hub — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Return spring assembly — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.
Forward Clutch Assembly — Failed On

Seals — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Piston — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Friction — damaged, worn
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Cylinder hub — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Return spring assembly — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Shift Concerns: No 5-6 Shift (Automatic)

Possible Component Reference/Action
224 — ELECTRICAL ROUTINE
Powertrain Control System

Electrical inputs/outputs, vehicle wiring
Run On-Board Diagnostic (OBD). Refer to Powertrain
harnesses, PCM, Shift Solenoid C Control/Emissions Diagnosis (PC/ED) manual for diagnosis.
(SSC) failed, Shift Solenoid B (SSB) GO to Pinpoint Test A and GO to Pinpoint Test D .
stuck on and Transmission Range
(TR) sensor
Transmission Control Switch
(TCS)/Overdrive (O/D) Cancel Switch

Switch control circuit open/shorted,
Refer to Section 307-05A .
switch damaged
324 — HYDRAULIC/MECHANICAL ROUTINE
Main Control Valve Body

Bolts out of torque specification
Tighten bolts to specification.

Gaskets and separator plate —
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.
damaged, off location

Intermediate regulator and boost
Inspect for damage. Repair or install new as required.
valves, springs, clips — loose, stuck,
missing, misassembled, clutch failed
off

Direct regulator and boost valves,
Inspect for damage. Repair or install new as required.
springs, clips — loose, stuck, missing,
misassembled, clutch failed on

SSC not functioning correctly, SSB
Activate solenoid using scan tool. Refer to Output State
stuck on Control (OSC) Mode in this section. GO to Pinpoint Test A .
Install a new solenoid as required. Refer to Solenoids in this
section. Download a new solenoid body strategy into the PCM.
Refer to Solenoid Body Strategy in this section.
Intermediate Clutch Assembly — Failed Off

Seals — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Piston — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Friction — damaged, worn
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Cylinder hub — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Return spring assembly — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.
Direct Clutch Assembly — Failed On

Seals — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Piston — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Friction — damaged, worn
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Cylinder hub — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Return spring assembly — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Shift Concerns: No 6-5 Shift (Automatic)

 Possible Component Reference/Action
225 — ELECTRICAL ROUTINE
Powertrain Control System

Electrical inputs/outputs, vehicle wiring
Run On-Board Diagnostic (OBD). Refer to Powertrain
harnesses, PCM, Shift Solenoid B Control/Emissions Diagnosis (PC/ED) manual for diagnosis.
(SSB) failed, Shift Solenoid C (SSC) GO to Pinpoint Test A and GO to Pinpoint Test D .
stuck on and Transmission Range
(TR) sensor
325 — HYDRAULIC/MECHANICAL ROUTINE
Main Control Valve Body

Bolts out of torque specification
Tighten bolts to specification.

Gaskets and separator plate —
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.
damaged, off location

Intermediate regulator and boost
Inspect for damage. Repair or install new as required.
valves, springs, clips — loose, stuck,
missing, misassembled, clutch failed
on

Direct regulator and boost valves,
Inspect for damage. Repair or install new as required.
springs, clips — loose, stuck, missing,
misassembled, clutch failed off

SSC not functioning correctly, SSB
Activate solenoid using scan tool. Refer to Output State
stuck on Control (OSC) Mode in this section. GO to Pinpoint Test A .
Install a new solenoid as required. Refer to Solenoids in this
section. Download a new solenoid body strategy into the PCM.
Refer to Solenoid Body Strategy in this section.
Intermediate Clutch Assembly — Failed On

Seals — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Piston — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Friction — damaged, worn
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Cylinder hub — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Return spring assembly — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.
Direct Clutch Assembly — Failed Off

Seals — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Piston — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Friction — damaged, worn
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Cylinder hub — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Return spring assembly — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Shift Concerns: No 5-4 Shift (Automatic)

Possible Component Reference/Action
226 — ELECTRICAL ROUTINE
Powertrain Control System

Electrical inputs/outputs, vehicle wiring
Run On-Board Diagnostic (OBD). Refer to Powertrain
harnesses, PCM, Shift Solenoid A Control/Emissions Diagnosis (PC/ED) manual for diagnosis.
(SSA) failed, Shift Solenoid B (SSB) GO to Pinpoint Test A and GO to Pinpoint Test D .
stuck on and Transmission Range
(TR) sensor
326 — HYDRAULIC/MECHANICAL ROUTINE
Main Control Valve Body

Bolts out of torque specification
Tighten bolts to specification.

Gaskets and separator plate —
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.
damaged, off location

Direct regulator and boost valves,
Inspect for damage. Repair or install new as required.
springs, clips — loose, stuck, missing,
misassembled, clutch failed on

Forward regulator and boost valves,
Inspect for damage. Repair or install new as required.
springs, clips — loose, stuck, missing,
misassembled, clutch failed off

SSA not functioning correctly, SSB
Activate solenoid using scan tool. Refer to Output State
stuck on Control (OSC) Mode in this section. GO to Pinpoint Test A .
Install a new solenoid as required. Refer to Solenoids in this
section. Download a new solenoid body strategy into the PCM.
Refer to Solenoid Body Strategy in this section.
Direct Clutch Assembly — Failed On

Seals — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Piston — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Friction — damaged, worn
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Cylinder hub — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Return spring assembly — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.
Forward Clutch Assembly — Failed Off

Seals — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Piston — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Friction — damaged, worn
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Cylinder hub — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Return spring assembly — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Shift Concerns: No 4-3 Shift (Automatic)

Possible Component Reference/Action
227 — ELECTRICAL ROUTINE
Powertrain Control System

Electrical inputs/outputs, vehicle wiring
Run On-Board Diagnostic (OBD). Refer to Powertrain
harnesses, PCM, Shift Solenoid B Control/Emissions Diagnosis (PC/ED) manual for diagnosis.
(SSB) failed, Shift Solenoid D (SSD) GO to Pinpoint Test A and GO to Pinpoint Test D .
stuck on and Transmission Range
(TR) sensor
327 — HYDRAULIC/MECHANICAL ROUTINE
Main Control Valve Body

Bolts out of torque specification
Tighten bolts to specification.

Gaskets and separator plate —
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.
damaged, off location

Overdrive regulator and boost valves,
Inspect for damage. Repair or install new as required.
springs, clips — loose, stuck, missing,
misassembled, clutch failed on

Direct regulator and boost valves,
Inspect for damage. Repair or install new as required.
 springs, clips — loose, stuck, missing,
misassembled, clutch failed off

SSB not functioning correctly, SSD
Activate solenoid using scan tool. Refer to Output State
stuck on Control (OSC) Mode in this section. GO to Pinpoint Test A .
Install a new solenoid as required. Refer to Solenoids in this
section. Download a new solenoid body strategy into the PCM.
Refer to Solenoid Body Strategy in this section.
Overdrive Clutch Assembly — Failed On

Seals — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Piston — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Friction — damaged, worn
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Cylinder hub — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Return spring assembly — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.
Direct Clutch Assembly — Failed Off

Seals — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Piston — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Friction — damaged, worn
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Cylinder hub — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Return spring assembly — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Shift Concerns: No 3-2 Shift (Automatic)

Possible Component Reference/Action
228 — ELECTRICAL ROUTINE
Powertrain Control System

Electrical inputs/outputs, vehicle
Run On-Board Diagnostic (OBD). Refer to Powertrain
wiring harnesses, PCM, Shift Solenoid Control/Emissions Diagnosis (PC/ED) manual for diagnosis.
C (SSC) failed, Shift Solenoid B (SSB) GO to Pinpoint Test A and GO to Pinpoint Test D .
stuck on, Transmission Range (TR)
sensor
328 — HYDRAULIC/MECHANICAL ROUTINE
Incorrect Pressures

Line pressure
Check pressure at pressure tap. Carry out Line Pressure Test.
Refer to Special Testing Procedures in this section. See the
Line Pressure Chart for specifications. If not OK, check main
control. Refer to Main Control Valve Body in this section.
Main Control Valve Body

Bolts out of torque specification
Tighten bolts to specification.

Gaskets and separator plate —
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.
damaged, off location

Direct regulator and boost valves,
Inspect for damage. Repair or install new as required.
springs, clips — loose, stuck, missing,
misassembled, stuck on

Intermediate regulator and boost
Inspect for damage. Repair or install new as required.
valves, springs, clips — loose, stuck,
missing, misassembled, stuck off

SSB or SSC not functioning correctly
Activate solenoid using scan tool. Refer to Output State Control
(OSC) Mode in this section. GO to Pinpoint Test A . Install a
new solenoid as required. Refer to Solenoids in this section.
 Download a new solenoid body strategy into the PCM. Refer to
Solenoid Body Strategy in this section.
Direct Clutch Assembly — Failed On

Seals — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Piston — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Friction — damaged, worn
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Cylinder hub — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Return spring assembly — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.
Intermediate Clutch Assembly — Failed Off

Seals — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Piston — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Friction — damaged, worn
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Cylinder hub — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Return spring assembly — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Shift Concerns: No 2-1 Shift (Automatic)

Possible Component Reference/Action
229 — ELECTRICAL ROUTINE
Powertrain Control System

Electrical inputs/outputs, vehicle
Run On-Board Diagnostic (OBD). Refer to Powertrain
wiring harnesses, PCM, Shift Control/Emissions Diagnosis (PC/ED) manual for diagnosis. GO to
Solenoid C (SSC) stuck on and Pinpoint Test A and GO to Pinpoint Test D .
Transmission Range (TR) sensor
329 — HYDRAULIC/MECHANICAL ROUTINE
Incorrect Pressures

Line pressure
Check pressure at pressure tap. Carry out Line Pressure Test.
Refer to Special Testing Procedures in this section. See the Line
Pressure Chart for specifications. If not OK, check main control
valve body.
Main Control Valve Body

Bolts out of torque specification
Tighten bolts to specification.

Gaskets and separator plate —
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.
damaged, off location

Intermediate regulator valve,
Inspect for damage. Repair or install new as required.
springs, clips — loose, stuck,
missing, misassembled, stuck on

SSC not functioning correctly,
Activate solenoid using scan tool. Refer to Output State Control
stuck on (OSC) Mode in this section. GO to Pinpoint Test A . Install a new
solenoid as required. Refer to Solenoids in this section. Download
a new solenoid body strategy into the PCM. Refer to Solenoid
Body Strategy in this section.
Intermediate Clutch Assembly — Failed
On

Seals — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Piston — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Friction — damaged, worn
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Cylinder hub — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Return spring assembly —
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.
damaged
Low One-Way Clutch Assembly

Damaged — not holding
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.
Planetary Carrier

Damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Shift Concerns: Soft/Slipping 1-2 Shift (Automatic)

Possible Component Reference/Action
230 — ELECTRICAL ROUTINE
Solenoid Body

Incorrect solenoid body
Verify solenoid body strategy data stored in the PCM, download new
strategy data stored in the identification and strategy as necessary. Refer to Solenoid Body
PCM Strategy in this section.
330 — HYDRAULIC/MECHANICAL ROUTINE
Incorrect Pressures

Line pressure
Check pressure at pressure tap. Carry out Line Pressure Test. Refer to
Special Testing Procedures in this section. See the Line Pressure
Chart for specifications. If not OK, check main control valve body.
Main Control Valve Body

Bolts out of torque
Tighten bolts to specification.
specification

Gaskets and separator plate
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.
— damaged, off location

Intermediate regulator valve,
Inspect for damage. Repair or install new as required.
springs, clips — loose, stuck,
missing, binding,
misassembled

Shift Solenoid C (SSC) not
Activate solenoid using scan tool. Refer to Output State Control (OSC)
functioning correctly Mode in this section. GO to Pinpoint Test A . Install a new solenoid as
required. Refer to Solenoids in this section. Download a new solenoid
body strategy into the PCM. Refer to Solenoid Body Strategy in this
section.
Intermediate Clutch Assembly

Seals — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Piston — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Friction — damaged, worn
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Cylinder hub — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Return spring assembly —
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.
damaged
Pump Assembly

Worn/cross leaks
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Component damaged
Inspect for damage. Install a new pump assembly if required.

Shift Concerns: Soft/Slipping 2-3 Shift (Automatic)

 Possible Component Reference/Action
231 — ELECTRICAL ROUTINE
Solenoid Body

Incorrect solenoid body strategy
Verify solenoid body strategy data stored in the PCM, download new
data stored in the PCM identification and strategy as necessary. Refer to Solenoid Body
Strategy in this section.
331 — HYDRAULIC/MECHANICAL ROUTINE
Incorrect Pressures

Line pressure
Check pressure at pressure tap. Carry out Line Pressure Test. Refer
to Special Testing Procedures in this section. See the Line Pressure
Chart for specifications. If not OK, check main control. Refer to Main
Control Valve Body in this section.
Main Control Valve Body

Bolts out of torque specification
Tighten bolts to specification.

Gaskets and separator plate —
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.
damaged, off location

Direct regulator and boost
Inspect for damage. Repair or install new as required.
valves, springs, clips — loose,
stuck, binding, missing,
misassembled

Intermediate regulator and
Inspect for damage. Repair or install new as required.
boost valves, springs, clips —
loose, stuck, binding, missing,
misassembled

Multiplex valve, springs, clips —
Inspect for damage. Repair or install new as required.
loose, stuck, missing, binding
misassembled

Shift Solenoid B (SSB) or Shift
Activate solenoid using scan tool. Refer to Output State Control
Solenoid C (SSC) not (OSC) Mode in this section. GO to Pinpoint Test A . Install a new
functioning correctly solenoid as required. Refer to Solenoids in this section. Download a
new solenoid body strategy into the PCM. Refer to Solenoid Body
Strategy in this section.
Direct Clutch Assembly

Seals — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Piston — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Friction — damaged, worn
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Cylinder hub — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Return spring assembly —
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.
damaged
Intermediate Clutch Assembly

Seals — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Piston — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Friction — damaged, worn
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Cylinder hub — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Return spring assembly —
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.
damaged

Shift Concerns: Soft/Slipping 3-4 Shift (Automatic)

 Possible Component Reference/Action
232 — ELECTRICAL ROUTINE
Solenoid Body

Incorrect solenoid body strategy
Verify solenoid body strategy data stored in the PCM, download new
data stored in the PCM identification and strategy as necessary. Refer to Solenoid Body
Strategy in this section.
332 — HYDRAULIC/MECHANICAL ROUTINE
Main Control Valve Body

Bolts out of torque specification
Tighten bolts to specification.

Gaskets and separator plate —
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.
damaged, off location

Overdrive regulator and boost
Inspect for damage. Repair or install new as required.
valves, springs, clips — loose,
stuck, binding, missing,
misassembled

Direct regulator and boost
Inspect for damage. Repair or install new as required.
valves, springs, clips — loose,
stuck, binding, missing,
misassembled

Shift Solenoid D (SSD) or Shift
Activate solenoid using scan tool. Refer to Output State Control
Solenoid B (SSB) not (OSC) Mode in this section. GO to Pinpoint Test A . Install a new
functioning correctly solenoid as required. Refer to Solenoids in this section. Download a
new solenoid body strategy into the PCM. Refer to Solenoid Body
Strategy in this section.
Overdrive Clutch Assembly

Seals — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Piston — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Friction — damaged, worn
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Cylinder hub — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Return spring assembly —
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.
damaged
Direct Clutch Assembly

Seals — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Piston — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Friction — damaged, worn
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Cylinder hub — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Return spring assembly —
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.
damaged

Shift Concerns: Soft/Slipping 4-5 Shift (Automatic)

Possible Component Reference/Action
233 — ELECTRICAL ROUTINE
Solenoid Body

Incorrect solenoid body
Verify solenoid body strategy data stored in the PCM, download new
strategy data stored in the PCM identification and strategy as necessary. Refer to Solenoid Body
Strategy in this section.
333 — HYDRAULIC/MECHANICAL ROUTINE
Main Control Valve Body

Bolts out of torque specification
Tighten bolts to specification.

Gaskets and separator plate —
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.
damaged, off location

Direct regulator and boost
Inspect for damage. Repair or install new as required.
valves, springs, clips — loose,
stuck, binding, missing,
misassembled

Forward regulator and boost
Inspect for damage. Repair or install new as required.
valves, springs, clips — loose,
stuck, binding, missing,
misassembled

Shift Solenoid B (SSB) or Shift
Activate solenoid using scan tool. Refer to Output State Control
Solenoid A (SSA) not (OSC) Mode in this section. GO to Pinpoint Test A . Install a new
functioning correctly solenoid as required. Refer to Solenoids in this section. Download a
new solenoid body strategy into the PCM. Refer to Solenoid Body
Strategy in this section.
Direct Clutch Assembly

Seals — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Piston — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Friction — damaged, worn
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Cylinder hub — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Return spring assembly —
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.
damaged
Forward Clutch Assembly

Seals — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Piston — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Friction — damaged, worn
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Cylinder hub — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Return spring assembly —
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.
damaged

Shift Concerns: Soft/Slipping 5-6 Shift (Automatic)

Possible Component Reference/Action
234 — ELECTRICAL ROUTINE
Solenoid Body

Incorrect solenoid body strategy
Verify solenoid body strategy data stored in the PCM, download new
data stored in the PCM identification and strategy as necessary. Refer to Solenoid Body
Strategy in this section.
334 — HYDRAULIC/MECHANICAL ROUTINE
Main Control Valve Body

Bolts out of torque specification
Tighten bolts to specification.

Gaskets and separator plate —
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.
damaged, off location

Intermediate regulator and
Inspect for damage. Repair or install new as required.
boost valves, springs, clips —
loose, stuck, binding, missing,
misassembled

Direct regulator and boost
Inspect for damage. Repair or install new as required.
valves, springs, clips — loose,
stuck, binding, missing,
misassembled

Shift Solenoid C (SSC) or Shift
Activate solenoid using scan tool. Refer to Output State Control
Solenoid B (SSB) not (OSC) Mode in this section. GO to Pinpoint Test A . Install a new
functioning correctly solenoid as required. Refer to Solenoids in this section. Download a
new solenoid body strategy into the PCM. Refer to Solenoid Body
Strategy in this section.
Intermediate Clutch Assembly

Seals — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Piston — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Friction — damaged, worn
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Cylinder hub — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Return spring assembly —
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.
damaged
Direct Clutch Assembly

Seals — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Piston — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Friction — damaged, worn
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Cylinder hub — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Return spring assembly —
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.
damaged

Shift Concerns: Soft/Slipping 6-5 Shift (Automatic)

Possible Component Reference/Action
235 — ELECTRICAL ROUTINE
Solenoid Body

Incorrect solenoid body strategy
Verify solenoid body strategy data stored in the PCM, download new
data stored in the PCM identification and strategy as necessary. Refer to Solenoid Body
Strategy in this section.
335 — HYDRAULIC/MECHANICAL ROUTINE
Main Control Valve Body

Bolts out of torque specification
Tighten bolts to specification.

Gaskets and separator plate —
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.
damaged, off location

Intermediate regulator and
Inspect for damage. Repair or install new as required.
boost valves, springs, clips —
loose, stuck, binding, missing,
misassembled

Direct regulator and boost
Inspect for damage. Repair or install new as required.
valves, springs, clips — loose,
stuck, binding, missing,
misassembled

Shift Solenoid C (SSC) or Shift
Activate solenoid using scan tool. Refer to Output State Control
Solenoid B (SSB) not (OSC) Mode in this section. GO to Pinpoint Test A . Install a new
functioning correctly solenoid as required. Refer to Solenoids in this section. Download a
new solenoid body strategy into the PCM. Refer to Solenoid Body
Strategy in this section.
Intermediate Clutch Assembly

Seals — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Piston — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Friction — damaged, worn
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Cylinder hub — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Return spring assembly —
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.
damaged
Direct Clutch Assembly

Seals — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Piston — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Friction — damaged, worn
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Cylinder hub — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Return spring assembly —
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.
damaged

Shift Concerns: Soft/Slipping 5-4 Shift (Automatic)

Possible Component Reference/Action
236 — ELECTRICAL ROUTINE
Solenoid Body

Incorrect solenoid body strategy
Verify solenoid body strategy data stored in the PCM, download new
data stored in the PCM identification and strategy as necessary. Refer to Solenoid Body
Strategy in this section.
336 — HYDRAULIC/MECHANICAL ROUTINE
Main Control Valve Body

Bolts out of torque specification
Tighten bolts to specification.

Gaskets and separator plate —
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.
damaged, off location

Direct regulator and boost
Inspect for damage. Repair or install new as required.
valves, springs, clips — loose,
stuck, missing, misassembled,
clutch failed on

Forward regulator and boost
Inspect for damage. Repair or install new as required.
valves, springs, clips — loose,
stuck, missing, misassembled,
clutch failed off

Shift Solenoid A (SSA) not
Activate solenoid using scan tool. Refer to Output State Control
functioning correctly, Shift (OSC) Mode in this section. GO to Pinpoint Test A . Install a new
Solenoid B (SSB) stuck on solenoid as required. Refer to Solenoids in this section. Download a
new solenoid body strategy into the PCM. Refer to Solenoid Body
Strategy in this section.
Direct Clutch Assembly

Seals — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Piston — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Friction — damaged, worn
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Cylinder hub — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Return spring assembly —
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.
damaged
Forward Clutch Assembly

Seals — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Piston — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Friction — damaged, worn
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Cylinder hub — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Return spring assembly —
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.
damaged

Shift Concerns: Soft/Slipping 4-3 Shift (Automatic)

Possible Component Reference/Action
237 — ELECTRICAL ROUTINE
Solenoid Body

Incorrect solenoid body strategy
Verify solenoid body strategy data stored in the PCM, download
data stored in the PCM new identification and strategy as necessary. Refer to Solenoid
Body Strategy in this section.
337 — HYDRAULIC/MECHANICAL ROUTINE
Main Control Valve Body

Bolts out of torque specification
Tighten bolts to specification.

Gaskets and separator plate —
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.
damaged, off location

Overdrive regulator and boost
Inspect for damage. Repair or install new as required.
valves, springs, clips — loose,
stuck, binding, missing,
misassembled

Direct regulator and boost valves,
Inspect for damage. Repair or install new as required.
springs, clips — loose, stuck,
binding, missing, misassembled,
clutch failed off

Shift Solenoid B (SSB) or Shift
Activate solenoid using scan tool. Refer to Output State Control
Solenoid D (SSD) not functioning (OSC) Mode in this section. GO to Pinpoint Test A . Install a new
correctly solenoid as required. Refer to Solenoids in this section. Download
a new solenoid body strategy into the PCM. Refer to Solenoid Body
Strategy in this section.
Overdrive Clutch Assembly

Seals — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Piston — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Friction — damaged, worn
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Cylinder hub — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Return spring assembly —
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.
damaged
Direct Clutch Assembly

Seals — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Piston — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Friction — damaged, worn
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Cylinder hub — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Return spring assembly —
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.
damaged
Shift Concerns: Soft/Slipping 3-2 Shift (Automatic)
Possible Component Reference/Action
238 — ELECTRICAL ROUTINE
Solenoid Body

Incorrect solenoid body strategy
Verify solenoid body strategy data stored in the PCM, download new
data stored in the PCM identification and strategy as necessary. Refer to Solenoid Body
Strategy in this section.
338 — HYDRAULIC/MECHANICAL ROUTINE
Incorrect Pressures

Line pressure
Check pressure at pressure tap. Carry out Line Pressure Test. Refer
to Special Testing Procedures in this section. See the Line Pressure
Chart for specifications. If not OK, check main control valve body.
Main Control Valve Body

Bolts out of torque specification
Tighten bolts to specification.

Gaskets and separator plate —
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.
damaged, off location

Direct regulator and boost
Inspect for damage. Repair or install new as required.
valves, springs, clips — loose,
stuck, binding, missing,
misassembled

Intermediate regulator and
Inspect for damage. Repair or install new as required.
boost valves, springs, clips —
loose, stuck, binding, missing,
misassembled

Shift Solenoid B (SSB) or Shift
Activate solenoid using scan tool. Refer to Output State Control
Solenoid C (SSC) not (OSC) Mode in this section. GO to Pinpoint Test A . Install a new
functioning correctly solenoid as required. Refer to Solenoids in this section. Download a
new solenoid body strategy into the PCM. Refer to Solenoid Body
Strategy in this section.
Direct Clutch Assembly

Seals — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Piston — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Friction — damaged, worn
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Cylinder hub — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Return spring assembly —
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.
damaged
Intermediate Clutch Assembly

Seals — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Piston — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Friction — damaged, worn
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Cylinder hub — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Return spring assembly —
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.
damaged

Shift Concerns: Soft/Slipping 2-1 Shift (Automatic)

 Possible Component Reference/Action
239 — ELECTRICAL ROUTINE
Solenoid Body

Incorrect solenoid body
Verify solenoid body strategy data stored in the PCM, download new
strategy data stored in the identification and strategy as necessary. Refer to Solenoid Body
PCM Strategy in this section.
339 — HYDRAULIC/MECHANICAL ROUTINE
Incorrect Pressures

Line pressure
Check pressure at pressure tap. Carry out Line Pressure Test. Refer to
Special Testing Procedures in this section. See the Line Pressure
Chart for specifications. If not OK, check main control valve body.
Main Control Valve Body

Bolts out of torque
Tighten bolts to specification.
specification

Gaskets and separator plate
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.
— damaged, off location

Intermediate regulator valve,
Inspect for damage. Repair or install new as required.
springs, clips — loose, stuck,
binding, missing,
misassembled

Shift Solenoid C (SSC) not
Activate solenoid using scan tool. Refer to Output State Control (OSC)
functioning correctly Mode in this section. GO to Pinpoint Test A . Install a new solenoid as
required. Refer to Solenoids in this section. Download a new solenoid
body strategy into the PCM. Refer to Solenoid Body Strategy in this
section.
Intermediate Clutch Assembly

Seals — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Piston — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Friction — damaged, worn
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Cylinder hub — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Return spring assembly —
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.
damaged
Low One-Way Clutch Assembly

Damaged — not holding
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.
Planetary Carrier

Damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Shift Concerns: Harsh 1-2 Shift (Automatic)

Possible Component Reference/Action
240 — ELECTRICAL ROUTINE
Solenoid Body

Incorrect solenoid body
Verify solenoid body strategy data stored in the PCM, download new
strategy data stored in the identification and strategy as necessary. Refer to Solenoid Body
PCM Strategy in this section.
340 — HYDRAULIC/MECHANICAL ROUTINE
Incorrect Pressures

Line pressure
Check pressure at pressure tap. Carry out Line Pressure Test. Refer to
 Special Testing Procedures in this section. See the Line Pressure
Chart for specifications. If not OK, check main control valve body.
Main Control Valve Body

Bolts out of torque
Tighten bolts to specification.
specification

Gaskets and separator plate
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.
— damaged, off location

Intermediate regulator valve,
Inspect for damage. Repair or install new as required.
springs, clips — loose, stuck,
missing, binding,
misassembled

Shift Solenoid C (SSC) not
Activate solenoid using scan tool. Refer to Output State Control (OSC)
functioning correctly Mode in this section. GO to Pinpoint Test A . Install a new solenoid as
required. Refer to Solenoids in this section. Download a new solenoid
body strategy into the PCM. Refer to Solenoid Body Strategy in this
section.
Intermediate Clutch Assembly

Seals — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Piston — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Friction — damaged, worn
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Cylinder hub — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Return spring assembly —
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.
damaged
Pump Assembly

Worn/cross leaks
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Component damaged
Inspect for damage, missing ball. Install a new pump assembly if
required.

Shift Concerns: Harsh 2-3 Shift (Automatic)

Possible Component Reference/Action
241 — ELECTRICAL ROUTINE
Solenoid Body

Incorrect solenoid body strategy
Verify solenoid body strategy data stored in the PCM, download new
data stored in the PCM identification and strategy as necessary. Refer to Solenoid Body
Strategy in this section.
341 — HYDRAULIC/MECHANICAL ROUTINE
Incorrect Pressures

Line pressure
Check pressure at pressure tap. Carry out Line Pressure Test. Refer
to Special Testing Procedures in this section. See the Line Pressure
Chart for specifications. If not OK, check main control valve body.
Main Control Valve Body

Bolts out of torque specification
Tighten bolts to specification.

Gaskets and separator plate —
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.
damaged, off location

Direct regulator and boost
Inspect for damage. Repair or install new as required.
valves, springs, clips — loose,
stuck, binding, missing,
misassembled

Intermediate regulator and
Inspect for damage. Repair or install new as required.
boost valves, springs, clips —
loose, stuck, binding, missing,
misassembled

Multiplex valve, springs, clips —
Inspect for damage. Repair or install new as required.
loose, stuck, missing, binding
misassembled

Shift Solenoid B (SSB) or Shift
Activate solenoid using scan tool. Refer to Output State Control
Solenoid C (SSC) not (OSC) Mode in this section. GO to Pinpoint Test A . Install a new
functioning correctly solenoid as required. Refer to Solenoids in this section. Download a
new solenoid body strategy into the PCM. Refer to Solenoid Body
Strategy in this section.
Direct Clutch Assembly

Seals — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Piston — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Friction — damaged, worn
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Cylinder hub — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Return spring assembly —
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.
damaged
Intermediate Clutch Assembly

Seals — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Piston — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Friction — damaged, worn
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Cylinder hub — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Return spring assembly —
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.
damaged

Shift Concerns: Harsh 3-4 Shift (Automatic)

Possible Component Reference/Action
242 — ELECTRICAL ROUTINE
Solenoid Body

Incorrect solenoid body strategy
Verify solenoid body strategy data stored in the PCM, download new
data stored in the PCM identification and strategy as necessary. Refer to Solenoid Body
Strategy in this section.
342 — HYDRAULIC/MECHANICAL ROUTINE
Main Control Valve Body

Bolts out of torque specification
Tighten bolts to specification.

Gaskets and separator plate —
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.
damaged, off location

Overdrive regulator and boost
Inspect for damage. Repair or install new as required.
valves, springs, clips — loose,
stuck, binding, missing,
misassembled

Direct regulator and boost
Inspect for damage. Repair or install new as required.
valves, springs, clips — loose,
stuck, binding, missing,
misassembled

Shift Solenoid D (SSD) or Shift
Activate solenoid using scan tool. Refer to Output State Control
 Solenoid B (SSB) not (OSC) Mode in this section. GO to Pinpoint Test A . Install a new
functioning correctly solenoid as required. Refer to Solenoids in this section. Download a
new solenoid body strategy into the PCM. Refer to Solenoid Body
Strategy in this section.
Overdrive Clutch Assembly

Seals — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Piston — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Friction — damaged, worn
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Cylinder hub — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Return spring assembly —
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.
damaged
Direct Clutch Assembly

Seals — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Piston — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Friction — damaged, worn
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Cylinder hub — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Return spring assembly —
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.
damaged

Shift Concerns: Harsh 4-5 Shift (Automatic)

Possible Component Reference/Action
243 — ELECTRICAL ROUTINE
Solenoid Body

Incorrect solenoid body
Verify solenoid body strategy data stored in the PCM, download new
strategy data stored in the PCM identification and strategy as necessary. Refer to Solenoid Body
Strategy in this section.
343 — HYDRAULIC/MECHANICAL ROUTINE
Main Control Valve Body

Bolts out of torque specification
Tighten bolts to specification.

Gaskets and separator plate —
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.
damaged, off location

Direct regulator and boost
Inspect for damage. Repair or install new as required.
valves, springs, clips — loose,
stuck, binding, missing,
misassembled

Forward regulator and boost
Inspect for damage. Repair or install new as required.
valves, springs, clips — loose,
stuck, binding, missing,
misassembled

Shift Solenoid B (SSB) or Shift
Activate solenoid using scan tool. Refer to Output State Control
Solenoid A (SSA) not (OSC) Mode in this section. GO to Pinpoint Test A . Install a new
functioning correctly solenoid as required. Refer to Solenoids in this section. Download a
new solenoid body strategy into the PCM. Refer to Solenoid Body
Strategy in this section.
Direct Clutch Assembly

Seals — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Piston — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Friction — damaged, worn
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Cylinder hub — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Return spring assembly —
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.
damaged
Forward Clutch Assembly

Seals — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Piston — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Friction — damaged, worn
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Cylinder hub — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Return spring assembly —
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.
damaged

Shift Concerns: Harsh 5-6 Shift (Automatic)

Possible Component Reference/Action
244 — ELECTRICAL ROUTINE
Solenoid Body

Incorrect solenoid body strategy
Verify solenoid body strategy data stored in the PCM, download new
data stored in the PCM identification and strategy as necessary. Refer to Solenoid Body
Strategy in this section.
344 — HYDRAULIC/MECHANICAL ROUTINE
Main Control Valve Body

Bolts out of torque specification
Tighten bolts to specification.

Gaskets and separator plate —
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.
damaged, off location

Intermediate regulator and
Inspect for damage. Repair or install new as required.
boost valves, springs, clips —
loose, stuck, binding, missing,
misassembled

Direct regulator and boost
Inspect for damage. Repair or install new as required.
valves, springs, clips — loose,
stuck, binding, missing,
misassembled

Shift Solenoid C (SSC) or Shift
Activate solenoid using scan tool. Refer to Output State Control
Solenoid B (SSB) not (OSC) Mode in this section. GO to Pinpoint Test A . Install a new
functioning correctly solenoid as required. Refer to Solenoids in this section. Download a
new solenoid body strategy into the PCM. Refer to Solenoid Body
Strategy in this section.
Intermediate Clutch Assembly

Seals — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Piston — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Friction — damaged, worn
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Cylinder hub — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Return spring assembly —
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.
damaged
Direct Clutch Assembly

Seals — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Piston — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Friction — damaged, worn
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Cylinder hub — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Return spring assembly —
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.
damaged

Shift Concerns: Harsh 6-5 Shift (Automatic)

Possible Component Reference/Action
245 — ELECTRICAL ROUTINE
Solenoid Body

Incorrect solenoid body strategy
Verify solenoid body strategy data stored in the PCM, download new
data stored in the PCM identification and strategy as necessary. Refer to Solenoid Body
Strategy in this section.
346 — HYDRAULIC/MECHANICAL ROUTINE
Main Control Valve Body

Bolts out of torque specification
Tighten bolts to specification.

Gaskets and separator plate —
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.
damaged, off location

Intermediate regulator and
Inspect for damage. Repair or install new as required.
boost valves, springs, clips —
loose, stuck, binding, missing,
misassembled

Direct regulator and boost
Inspect for damage. Repair or install new as required.
valves, springs, clips — loose,
stuck, binding, missing,
misassembled

Shift Solenoid C (SSC) or Shift
Activate solenoid using scan tool. Refer to Output State Control
Solenoid B (SSB) not (OSC) Mode in this section. GO to Pinpoint Test A . Install a new
functioning correctly solenoid as required. Refer to Solenoids in this section. Download a
new solenoid body strategy into the PCM. Refer to Solenoid Body
Strategy in this section.
Intermediate Clutch Assembly

Seals — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Piston — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Friction — damaged, worn
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Cylinder hub — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Return spring assembly —
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.
damaged
Direct Clutch Assembly

Seals — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Piston — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Friction — damaged, worn
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Cylinder hub — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Return spring assembly —
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.
damaged

Shift Concerns: Harsh 5-4 Shift (Automatic)

 Possible Component Reference/Action
246 — ELECTRICAL ROUTINE
Solenoid Body

Incorrect solenoid body strategy
Verify solenoid body strategy data stored in the PCM, download new
data stored in the PCM identification and strategy as necessary. Refer to Solenoid Body
Strategy in this section.
346 — HYDRAULIC/MECHANICAL ROUTINE
Main Control Valve Body

Bolts out of torque specification
Tighten bolts to specification.

Gaskets and separator plate —
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.
damaged, off location

Direct regulator and boost
Inspect for damage. Repair or install new as required.
valves, springs, clips — loose,
stuck, missing, misassembled,
clutch failed on

Forward regulator and boost
Inspect for damage. Repair or install new as required.
valves, springs, clips — loose,
stuck, missing, misassembled,
clutch failed off

Shift Solenoid A (SSA) not
Activate solenoid using scan tool. Refer to Output State Control
functioning correctly, Shift (OSC) Mode in this section. GO to Pinpoint Test A . Install a new
Solenoid B (SSB) stuck on solenoid as required. Refer to Solenoids in this section. Download a
new solenoid body strategy into the PCM. Refer to Solenoid Body
Strategy in this section.
Direct Clutch Assembly

Seals — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Piston — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Friction — damaged, worn
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Cylinder hub — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Return spring assembly —
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.
damaged
Forward Clutch Assembly

Seals — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Piston — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Friction — damaged, worn
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Cylinder hub — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Return spring assembly —
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.
damaged

Shift Concerns: Harsh 4-3 Shift (Automatic)

Possible Component Reference/Action
247 — ELECTRICAL ROUTINE
Solenoid Body

Incorrect solenoid body strategy
Verify solenoid body strategy data stored in the PCM, download
data stored in the PCM new identification and strategy as necessary. Refer to Solenoid
Body Strategy in this section.
347 — HYDRAULIC/MECHANICAL ROUTINE
Main Control Valve Body

Bolts out of torque specification
Tighten bolts to specification.

Gaskets and separator plate —
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.
damaged, off location

Overdrive regulator and boost
Inspect for damage. Repair or install new as required.
valves, springs, clips — loose,
stuck, binding, missing,
misassembled

Direct regulator and boost valves,
Inspect for damage. Repair or install new as required.
springs, clips — loose, stuck,
binding, missing, misassembled,
clutch failed off

Shift Solenoid B (SSB) or Shift
Activate solenoid using scan tool. Refer to Output State Control
Solenoid D (SSD) not functioning (OSC) Mode in this section. GO to Pinpoint Test A . Install a new
correctly solenoid as required. Refer to Solenoids in this section. Download
a new solenoid body strategy into the PCM. Refer to Solenoid Body
Strategy in this section.
Overdrive Clutch Assembly

Seals — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Piston — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Friction — damaged, worn
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Cylinder hub — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Return spring assembly —
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.
damaged
Direct Clutch Assembly

Seals — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Piston — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Friction — damaged, worn
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Cylinder hub — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Return spring assembly —
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.
damaged

Shift Concerns: Harsh 3-2 Shift (Automatic)

Possible Component Reference/Action
248 — ELECTRICAL ROUTINE
Solenoid Body

Incorrect solenoid body strategy
Verify solenoid body strategy data stored in the PCM, download new
data stored in the PCM identification and strategy as necessary. Refer to Solenoid Body
Strategy in this section.
348 — HYDRAULIC/MECHANICAL ROUTINE
Incorrect Pressures

Line pressure
Check pressure at pressure tap. Carry out Line Pressure Test. Refer
to Special Testing Procedures in this section. See the Line Pressure
Chart for specifications. If not OK, check main control valve body.
Main Control Valve Body

Bolts out of torque specification
Tighten bolts to specification.

Gaskets and separator plate —
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.
 damaged, off location

Direct regulator and boost
Inspect for damage. Repair or install new as required.
valves, springs, clips — loose,
stuck, binding, missing,
misassembled

Intermediate regulator and
Inspect for damage. Repair or install new as required.
boost valves, springs, clips —
loose, stuck, binding, missing,
misassembled

Shift Solenoid B (SSB) or Shift
Activate solenoid using scan tool. Refer to Output State Control
Solenoid C (SSC) not (OSC) Mode in this section. GO to Pinpoint Test A . Install a new
functioning correctly solenoid as required. Refer to Solenoids in this section. Download a
new solenoid body strategy into the PCM. Refer to Solenoid Body
Strategy in this section.
Direct Clutch Assembly

Seals — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Piston — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Friction — damaged, worn
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Cylinder hub — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Return spring assembly —
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.
damaged
Intermediate Clutch Assembly

Seals — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Piston — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Friction — damaged, worn
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Cylinder hub — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Return spring assembly —
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.
damaged

Shift Concerns: Harsh 2-1 Shift (Automatic)

Possible Component Reference/Action
249 — ELECTRICAL ROUTINE
Solenoid Body

Incorrect solenoid body
Verify solenoid body strategy data stored in the PCM, download new
strategy data stored in the identification and strategy as necessary. Refer to Solenoid Body
PCM Strategy in this section.
349 — HYDRAULIC/MECHANICAL ROUTINE
Incorrect Pressures

Line pressure
Check pressure at pressure tap. Carry out Line Pressure Test. Refer to
Special Testing Procedures in this section. See the Line Pressure
Chart for specifications. If not OK, check main control valve body.
Main Control Valve Body

Bolts out of torque
Tighten bolts to specification.
specification

Gaskets and separator plate
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.
— damaged, off location

Intermediate regulator valve,
Inspect for damage. Repair or install new as required.
springs, clips — loose, stuck,
 binding, missing,
misassembled

Shift Solenoid C (SSC) not
Activate solenoid using scan tool. Refer to Output State Control (OSC)
functioning correctly Mode in this section. GO to Pinpoint Test A . Install a new solenoid as
required. Refer to Solenoids in this section. Download a new solenoid
body strategy into the PCM. Refer to Solenoid Body Strategy in this
section.
Intermediate Clutch Assembly

Seals — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Piston — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Friction — damaged, worn
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Cylinder hub — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Return spring assembly —
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.
damaged
Low One-Way Clutch Assembly

Damaged — not holding
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.
Planetary Carrier

Damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Torque Converter Operation Concerns: No Apply

Possible Component Reference/Action
250 — ELECTRICAL ROUTINE
Powertrain Control System

Electrical inputs/outputs, vehicle wiring
Carry out Torque Converter Operation Test. Refer to
harnesses, PCM, Torque Converter Clutch Torque Converter Diagnosis in this section. Run On-
(TCC) solenoid, Throttle Position (TP) sensor, Board Diagnostic (OBD). Refer to Powertrain
Transmission Fluid Temperature (TFT) sensor, Control/Emissions Diagnosis (PC/ED) manual for
Turbine Shaft Speed (TSS) sensor, Output diagnosis. GO to Pinpoint Test A , GO to Pinpoint
Shaft Speed (OSS) sensor and shorted shift Test B and GO to Pinpoint Test C .
solenoid
350 — HYDRAULIC/MECHANICAL ROUTINE
Incorrect Pressures

Line pressure
Check pressure at pressure tap. Carry out Line
Pressure Test. Refer to Special Testing Procedures
in this section. See the Line Pressure Chart for
specifications. If not OK, check main control valve
body.
Main Control Valve Body

Bolts out of torque specification
Tighten bolts to specification.

Gaskets and separator plate — damaged, off
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.
location

TCC regulator valve, springs, clips — loose,
Inspect for damage. Repair or install new as
stuck, missing, misassembled required.

TCC control valve, springs, clips — loose, stuck,
Inspect for damage. Repair or install new as
missing, misassembled required.

TCC solenoid — not functioning correctly
Activate solenoid using scan tool. Refer to Output
State Control (OSC) Mode in this section. GO to
Pinpoint Test A . Install a new solenoid as required.
Refer to Solenoids in this section. Download a new
 solenoid body strategy into the PCM. Refer to
Solenoid Body Strategy in this section.
Turbine Shaft

Seals — damaged, missing
Inspect for damage. Repair as required.

Holes — missing, plugged
Inspect for damage. Repair as required.
Stator Support Assembly

Seals — damaged, missing
Inspect for damage. Repair as required.

Holes — missing, plugged
Inspect for damage. Repair as required.
Torque Converter Hub Bushing

Torque converter hub bushing worn
Inspect the bushing for damage and install a new
torque converter as required.

TCC worn
Install a new torque converter as required.

Torque Converter Operation Concern: Always Applied/Stalls Vehicle

Possible Component Reference/Action
251 — ELECTRICAL ROUTINE
Powertrain Control System

Electrical inputs/outputs,
Carry out Torque Converter Operation Test. Refer to Torque Converter
vehicle wiring harnesses, Diagnosis in this section. Run On-Board Diagnostic (OBD). Refer to
PCM, Torque Converter Powertrain Control/Emissions Diagnosis (PC/ED) manual for diagnosis.
Clutch (TCC) Solenoid GO to Pinpoint Test A using the scan tool. Repair as required. Clear
codes. Road Test and rerun OBD .
351 — HYDRAULIC/MECHANICAL ROUTINE
Main Controls

Bolts out of torque
Tighten bolts to specification.
specification

Gaskets and separator plate
Inspect gaskets. Repair as required.
— damaged, off location

TCC regulator valve, springs,
Inspect for damage. Repair or install new as required.
clips — loose, stuck, binding,
missing, misassembled

TCC control valve, springs,
Inspect for damage. Repair or install new as required.
clips — loose, stuck, binding,
missing, misassembled

TCC solenoid — not
Activate solenoid using scan tool. Refer to Output State Control (OSC)
functioning correctly Mode in this section. GO to Pinpoint Test A . Install a new solenoid as
required. Refer to Solenoids in this section. Download a new solenoid
body strategy into the PCM. Refer to Solenoid Body Strategy in this
section.

Torque Converter Operation Concern: Cycling/Shudder/Chatter

Possible Component Reference/Action
252 — ELECTRICAL ROUTINE
Powertrain Control System

Electrical inputs/outputs,
Carry out Torque Converter Operation Test. Refer to Torque Converter
vehicle wiring harnesses, Diagnosis in this section. Run On-Board Diagnostic (OBD). Refer to
 PCM and Torque Converter Powertrain Control/Emissions Diagnosis (PC/ED) manual for diagnosis.
Clutch (TCC) solenoid GO to Pinpoint Test A using the scan tool. Repair as required. Clear
codes. Road test and rerun OBD .
Solenoid Body

Incorrect solenoid body
Verify solenoid body strategy data stored in the PCM, download new
strategy data stored in the identification and strategy as necessary. Refer to Solenoid Body Strategy
PCM in this section.
352 — HYDRAULIC/MECHANICAL ROUTINE

Transmission fluid
Prior to carrying out this action, make sure all electrical diagnostics have
condition been carried out. Inspect transmission fluid condition. If burnt, drain
transmission fluid and converter. Install new transmission fluid and
transmission fluid filter assembly. Bring vehicle to normal operating
temperature. Carry out Transaxle Drive Cycle Test. Carry out OBD . If
condition still exists, continue diagnostics.
Incorrect Pressures

Line pressure
Check pressure at pressure tap. Carry out Line Pressure Test. Refer to
Special Testing Procedures in this section. See the Line Pressure Chart
for specifications. If not OK, check Main Control. Refer to Main Control
Valve Body in this section.
Main Controls

Bolts out of torque
Tighten bolts to specification.
specification

Gaskets and separator
Inspect gaskets for damage. Repair as required.
plate — damaged, off
location

TCC regulator valve,
Inspect for damage. Repair or install new as required.
springs, clips — loose,
stuck, binding, missing,
misassembled

TCC control valve, springs,
Inspect for damage. Repair or install new as required.
clips — loose, stuck,
binding, missing,
misassembled

TCC solenoid — not
Activate solenoid using scan tool. Refer to Output State Control (OSC)
functioning correctly Mode in this section. GO to Pinpoint Test A . Install a new solenoid as
required. Refer to Solenoids in this section. Download a new solenoid
body strategy into the PCM. Refer to Solenoid Body Strategy in this
section.
Turbine Shaft

Seals — damaged, missing
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.
Torque Converter

Torque converter damaged
Refer to Torque Converter Contamination Inspection in this section.
Stator Support Assembly

Stator support assembly —
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.
worn, damaged

Stator support seals —
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.
worn, damaged, leaking

Other Concerns: No Engine Braking In Manual Low Position

Possible Component Reference/Action
260 — ELECTRICAL ROUTINE

No electrical concerns
360 — HYDRAULIC/MECHANICAL ROUTINE
Main Control Valve Body

Bolts out of torque
Tighten bolts to specification.
specification

Gaskets and separator plate
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.
— damaged, off location

Low/reverse regulator valve,
Inspect for damage. Repair or install new as required.
springs, clips — loose, stuck,
binding, missing,
misassembled

Low/reverse boost valve,
Inspect for damage. Repair or install new as required.
springs, clips — loose, stuck,
binding, missing,
misassembled

Shift Solenoid D (SSD) not
Activate solenoid using scan tool. Refer to Output State Control (OSC)
functioning correctly Mode in this section. GO to Pinpoint Test A . Install a new solenoid as
required. Refer to Solenoids in this section. Download a new solenoid
body strategy into the PCM. Refer to Solenoid Body Strategy in this
section.
Low/Reverse Clutch Assembly

Seals — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Piston — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Friction — damaged, worn
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Cylinder hub — damaged
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.

Return spring assembly —
Inspect for damage. Install new as required.
damaged

Other Concerns: Selector Lever Efforts High

Possible Component Reference/Action
261 — ELECTRICAL ROUTINE

No electrical concerns
361 — HYDRAULIC/MECHANICAL ROUTINE
Selector Lever Linkage (Internal, External)

Damaged or out of adjustment
Inspect for damage. Repair as required.
Verify selector lever adjustment. Refer to
Section 307-05A .
Manual Control Lever

External retaining pin — damaged, nut — loose, detent
Inspect for damage. Repair or install new as
spring—bent, damaged; or park mechanism — required.
damaged, incorrect lever used
Main Control Valve Body

Manual valve — stuck
Inspect for damage. Repair or install new as
required.

Bolts out of torque specification
Tighten bolts to specification.
Brake Shift Interlock

Mechanically damaged
Refer to Section 307-05A .

Transmission Range (TR) sensor indicating park
GO to Pinpoint Test D .

Other Concerns: External Leaks

Possible Component Reference/Action
262 — ELECTRICAL ROUTINE

No electrical concerns
362 — HYDRAULIC/MECHANICAL ROUTINE
Transmission Fluid Level

High transmission fluid level
Check transmission fluid level and adjust
as necessary. Refer to Preliminary
Inspection in this section.

Condition
Carry out transmission fluid condition
check. Refer to Preliminary Inspection in
this section.
Seals, Gaskets

Leaks: converter, Turbine Shaft Speed (TSS) sensor,
Locate source of leak. Repair as required.
halfshaft axles, gasket/seal manual lever, fluid level
indicator, main control cover, incorrect hub seal
Other

Leaks: cooler fitting, pressure taps, transaxle connector,
Locate source of leak. Repair as required.
transaxle pan, cooler tubes, case porosity, case cracked

Vent — blocked damaged
Check vent for damage or blockage.
Repair as required.

Other Concerns: Poor Vehicle Performance

Possible Component Reference/Action
263 — ELECTRICAL ROUTINE
Powertrain Control System

Electrical inputs/outputs, vehicle wiring harnesses,
Run On-Board Diagnostic (OBD). Refer to the
PCM, Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Solenoid, Powertrain Control/Emissions Diagnosis (PC/ED)
Throttle Position (TP) sensor, Output Shaft Speed manual for diagnosis. GO to Pinpoint Test C
(OSS) sensor, Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor, Intake using scan tool. Repair as required. Clear codes.
Air Temperature (IAT) sensors, internal wiring Road test and rerun OBD .
harness

Carry out Shift Point Road Test. Refer to Shift
Point Road Test in this section and carry out
Torque Converter Operation Test. Refer to
Torque Converter Diagnosis in this section.
363 — HYDRAULIC/MECHANICAL ROUTINE
Transmission Fluid

Low level
Check transmission fluid level and adjust as
necessary. Refer to Preliminary Inspection in this
section.
Verify Correct Shift Scheduling, Engagements, Line
Pressures and Stall Speed

Go to the appropriate Diagnostic Routines per
 Index.
Converter Clutch Always Applied

Go to Routine 351.

Other Concerns: Noise/Vibration — Forward Or Reverse

NOTE: NVH symptoms should be identified using the diagnostic tools that are available. For a list of these tools, an
explanation of their uses and a glossary of common terms, refer to Section 100-04 . Since it is possible any one of
multiple systems may be the cause of a symptom, it may be necessary to use a process of elimination type of diagnostic
approach to pinpoint the responsible system. If this is not the causal system for the symptom, refer back to Section 100-
04 for the next likely system and continue diagnosis.

Possible Component Reference/Action

264 — ELECTRICAL ROUTINE

No electrical concerns
364 — HYDRAULIC/MECHANICAL ROUTINE
For Noises/Vibrations That Change With Engine Speed

Converter components
Locate source of disturbance. Repair as
required.

Transmission fluid level (low) — pump
cavitation.

Pump assembly.

Engine drive accessories

Transmission fluid cooler tubes grounding out

Flexplate
For Noises/Vibrations That Change With Vehicle Speed

Engine mounts — loose or damaged
Locate source of disturbance and repair as
required.

Driveline concerns:

 Halfshaft shudder
 CV joints
 Suspension
 Modifications

Output/halfshaft splines — worn or damaged

Turbine Shaft Speed (TSS) sensor — incorrectly
Inspect for damage. Repair as required.
installed
Other Noises/Vibrations

Main controls — valve resonance
Locate source of disturbance and repair as
required.

Selector lever cable — vibration, grounding
Locate source of disturbance and repair as
required.

Transmission fluid cooler tubes — grounding
Locate source of disturbance and repair as
required.

ABS
Refer to Section 206-09 .

Power steering pump
Refer to Section 211-02 .
Other Concerns: Engine Will Not Crank
Possible Component Reference/Action
265 — ELECTRICAL ROUTINE
Powertrain Control System

Electrical inputs/outputs, vehicle
Carry out Torque Converter Operation Test. Refer to Torque
wiring harnesses, PCM, Converter Diagnosis in this section. Run On-Board Diagnostic
Transmission Range (TR) sensor (OBD). Refer to the Powertrain Control/Emissions Diagnosis
(PC/ED) manual for diagnosis.
365 — HYDRAULIC/MECHANICAL ROUTINE
Selector Lever Linkage (Internal,
External)

Damaged or out of adjustment
Inspect for damage. Repair as required. Verify selector lever cable
adjustment. Refer to Section 307-05A .

Other Concerns: No Park Range

Possible Component Reference/Action
266 — ELECTRICAL ROUTINE

No electrical concerns
366 — HYDRAULIC/MECHANICAL ROUTINE
Selector Lever Linkage (Internal/External)

Damaged or out of adjustment
Inspect for damage. Repair as required.
Verify selector lever cable adjustment.
Refer to Section 307-05A .
Park Mechanism

Park brake pawl, parking pawl return spring, park rod
Inspect for damage. Repair as required.
abutment, parking pawl shaft, parking pawl actuating rod,
manual control lever, manual lever detent spring —
damaged

Other Concerns: Transaxle Overheating

Possible Component Reference/Action
267 — ELECTRICAL ROUTINE

No electrical concerns
367 — HYDRAULIC/MECHANICAL ROUTINE
Transmission Fluid

Incorrect transmission
Check transmission fluid level and adjust as necessary. Refer to Preliminary
fluid level Inspection in this section.

Condition
Carry out transmission fluid condition check. Refer to Preliminary Inspection in
this section.
Transmission Fluid Cooler
Tubes

Damaged, blocked,
Inspect for damage. Repair as required.
reversed, leaking
Auxiliary Cooler

Damaged, blocked,
Inspect for damage. Repair as required.
restricted or incorrectly
 installed
Vehicle Concerns Causing
Engine Overheating

Refer to Section 303-03A .
Main Control Valve Body

Torque converter
Inspect for damage. Repair as required.
regulator valve/spring
— stuck, damaged

Torque converter
Inspect for damage. Repair as required.
control valve/spring —
stuck, damaged
Torque Converter Not
Applying

Seized converter one-
See Routine 250/350. Inspect for damage. Repair as required.
way clutch
Excessive Towing Loads

Check GVW.
Idle or Driveability Concern

Refer to the Powertrain Control/Emissions Diagnosis (PC/ED) manual.
Incorrect Clutch Application
or Oil Pressure Control
System

Carry out line pressure tests. Refer to Special Testing Procedures in this
section and carry out shift point road test. Refer to Shift Point Road Test in this
section. Repair as required. See the Line Pressure Chart, and Clutch
Application Chart for specifications. Repair as required.
SECTION 307-01A: Automatic Transaxle/Transmission — 2010 Escape, Mariner, Escape Hybrid, Mariner Hybrid Workshop
6F35 Manual
GENERAL PROCEDURES Procedure revision date: 07/27/2009

Transmission Fluid Cooler Backflushing and Cleaning

Special Tool(s)
Transmission Heated Cooler Line
Flusher
222-00007, 222-00004 or equivalent

Material
Item Specification
Motorcraft® MERCON® LV Automatic MERCON®
Transmission Fluid LV
XT-10-QLVC

Item Part Number Description

1 7F113 Transmission fluid cooler tube (outlet)
2 7F112 Transmission fluid cooler tube (inlet)

NOTICE: Use transmission fluid specified for this transmission. Do not use any supplemental transmission
fluid additives or cleaning agents. The use of these products could cause internal transmission components to
fail, which will affect the operation of the transmission.
NOTE: Transmission fluid cooler backflushing and cleaning will be performed using the Transmission Heated Cooler
Line Flusher or equivalent. Follow the manufacturer's instructions included with the machine. Test the equipment to
make sure that a vigorous fluid flow is present before proceeding.

NOTE: If the Transmission Heated Cooler Line Flusher or equivalent is not available, install a new transmission fluid
cooler and/or an auxiliary transmission fluid cooler.

NOTE: If the vehicle is equipped with an in-line transmission fluid filter, remove and discard the in-line filter.

1. Check and top off fluid level of the cooler line flusher with transmission fluid.

2. Allow the transmission fluid in the cooler line flusher 15-30 minutes to heat up to 60°C (140°F) before using.

3. If equipped, remove and discard the in-line transmission fluid filter.

4. Install the line adapters into the transmission cooler tubes.

5. Attach the cooler line flusher red line to the transmission fluid cooler pressure tube quick disconnect fitting.

6. Attach the cooler line flusher blue line to the transmission fluid cooler return tube quick disconnect fitting.

7. Follow the equipment instructions to purge the transmission fluid cooler tubes and transmission fluid cooler prior
to starting the flushing procedure.

8. Allow the cooling system to backflush for 10-15 minutes, then flush the transmission fluid cooler in a normal flow
direction for an additional 10-15 minutes.
SECTION 307-01A: Automatic Transaxle/Transmission — 2010 Escape, Mariner, Escape Hybrid, Mariner Hybrid Workshop
6F35 Manual
GENERAL PROCEDURES Procedure revision date: 07/27/2009

Transmission Fluid Drain and Refill

Material
Item Specification
Motorcraft® MERCON® LV Automatic MERCON®
Transmission Fluid LV
XT-10-QLVC

NOTE: In order to completely clean the torque converter, this procedure needs to be carried out 3 times.

1. With the vehicle in NEUTRAL, position it on a hoist. For additional information, refer to Section 100-02 .

2. NOTE: If an internal problem is suspected, drain the transmission fluid through a paper filter. A small amount of
metal or friction particles may be found from normal wear. If an excessive amount of metal or friction material is
present, the transaxle will need to be overhauled.

Remove the transmission fluid drain plug and allow the transmission fluid to drain.

3. Install the transmission fluid drain plug.

Tighten to 12 Nm (106 lb-in).

4. Fill the transaxle with clean transmission fluid.

5. Start the engine and let it run for 3 minutes. Move the range selector lever into each gear position. Repeat Steps
2, 3, 4 and 5 two more times.

6. After the transmission fluid has been changed a total of 3 times, using the scan tool with the engine running,
check and make sure that the transmission is at normal operating temperature 85-93°C (185-200°F). Check and
adjust the transmission fluid level and check for any leaks. If transmission fluid is needed, add transmission fluid
in increments of 0.24L (0.5 pt) until the correct level is achieved.
SECTION 307-01A: Automatic Transaxle/Transmission — 6F35 2010 Escape, Mariner, Escape Hybrid, Mariner Hybrid Workshop Manual
GENERAL PROCEDURES Procedure revision date: 07/27/2009

Transmission Fluid Exchange

Special Tool(s)
Heavy-Duty Transmission and Power Steering Fluid X-
Changers
078-00531 or equivalent

Vehicle Communication Module (VCM) and Integrated

Diagnostic System (IDS) software with appropriate
hardware, or equivalent scan tool

Material
Item Specification
Motorcraft® MERCON® LV Automatic Transmission MERCON®
Fluid LV
XT-10-QLVC

NOTICE: Use transmission fluid specific for this transmission. Do not use any supplemental transmission fluid additives or cleaning
agents. The use of these products can cause internal transmission components to fail, which will affect the operation of the transmission.

1. With the vehicle in NEUTRAL, position it on a hoist. For additional information, refer to Section 100-02 .

2. Use the Heavy-Duty Transmission and Power Steering Fluid X-Changer to change the fluid.

3. Connect the Heavy-Duty Transmission and Power Steering Fluid X-Changer to the transmission fluid cooler tube after the transmission fluid
cooler on the return tube. This will help remove any foreign material trapped in the transmission fluid coolers.

4. Perform the transmission fluid exchange using the Heavy-Duty Transmission and Power Steering Fluid X-Changer. Follow the manufacturer's
instructions included with the machine.

5. Once the transmission fluid exchange is completed, disconnect the Heavy-Duty Transmission and Power Steering Fluid X-Changer.
Reconnect any disconnected transmission fluid cooler tubes.

6. Using the scan tool with the engine running, check and make sure that the transmission is at normal operating temperature 85-93°C (185-200°
F). Check and adjust the transmission fluid level and check for any leaks. If transmission fluid is needed, add transmission fluid in increments
of 0.24L (0.5 pt) until the correct level is achieved.
SECTION 307-01A: Automatic Transaxle/Transmission — 6F35 2010 Escape, Mariner, Escape Hybrid, Mariner Hybrid Workshop Manual
GENERAL PROCEDURES Procedure revision date: 07/27/2009

Torque Converter Contamination Inspection

Material
Item Specification
Motorcraft® MERCON® LV Automatic MERCON®
Transmission Fluid LV
XT-10-QLVC

1. A new or remanufactured torque converter must be installed if one or more of the following statements is true:

A torque converter malfunction has been determined based on complete diagnostic procedures.

The torque converter stud or studs, impeller hub or bushing are damaged.

The torque converter exhibits external discoloration (due to overheating).

There is evidence of transmission assembly or fluid contamination due to the following transmission or converter failure
modes.
 Major metallic failure
 Multiple clutch plates or band failures
 Sufficient component wear which results in metallic contamination
 Water or antifreeze contamination

2. If none of the above conditions are present, continue with the following fluid inspection.

3. Pour a small amount of transmission fluid from the torque converter onto an absorbent white tissue or through a paper filter.

4. Examine the fluid for contaminants, color and smell. The fluid must be free of contaminants, red in color and not have a burnt
smell.

5. NOTICE: Do not use water-based cleaners or mineral spirits to clean or flush the torque converter or transmission
damage will occur.

If the fluid passed inspection:

drain the remaining fluid from the torque converter.

using only the recommended transmission fluid, add 1.9L (2 qt) of clean fluid into the converter and agitate by hand.

thoroughly drain the fluid.
SECTION 307-01A: Automatic Transaxle/Transmission 2010 Escape, Mariner, Escape Hybrid, Mariner Hybrid
— 6F35 Workshop Manual
IN-VEHICLE REPAIR Procedure revision date: 07/27/2009

Transaxle Filler Tube

Item Part Number Description

1 7A020 Transmission fluid level indicator
2 W520101 Transaxle filler tube nut
3 7A228 Transaxle filler tube
4 — Transaxle vent hose

Removal

1. Remove the transaxle vent hose from the transaxle filler tube.
2. Remove the transmission fluid level indicator.

3. Remove the selector lever cable from the transaxle filler tube bracket.

4. Remove the transaxle filler tube nut.

To install, tighten to 11 Nm (97 lb-in).
 5. Pull and rotate the transaxle filler tube clockwise and remove the transaxle filler tube.

Installation

1. To install, reverse the removal procedure.

SECTION 307-01A: Automatic Transaxle/Transmission — 2010 Escape, Mariner, Escape Hybrid, Mariner Hybrid Workshop
6F35 Manual
IN-VEHICLE REPAIR Procedure revision date: 07/27/2009

Main Control Cover

Material
Item Specification
Motorcraft® MERCON® LV Automatic MERCON®
Transmission Fluid LV
XT-10-QLVC
Ultra Silicone Sealant —
TA-29

Item Part Number Description

1 W500214 Bolt — main control cover (8 required)
2 W714629 Stud bolt — main control cover (5 required)
3 7G004 Cover — main control

1. With the vehicle in NEUTRAL, position it on a hoist. For additional information, refer to Section 100-02 .

2. Remove the retainers and the LH splash shield.

3. Remove the transmission fluid drain plug and allow the transmission fluid to drain.

4. Install the transmission fluid drain plug.

Tighten to 12 Nm (106 lb-in).

5. Remove the 2 nuts, pull the transmission fluid cooler tube bracket and tubes away from the transaxle and position
it aside.
6. Disconnect the transaxle vehicle harness electrical connector.

7. Remove the transaxle electrical wiring harness retainers from the transmission fluid pan stud bolts.
8. NOTE: Note the location of the stud bolts for assembly.

Remove the 8 bolts, 5 stud bolts and the main control cover.
Installation

1. Clean the main control cover sealing surface and inspect for damage.

2. Apply silicone to the main control sealing surface of the transaxle case.
3. Position the main control cover in place.

4. NOTICE: Inspect the main control-to-main control cover grommet to make sure that the seal is on the
inside of the main control cover. Transmission fluid leak will occur.

NOTE: Install the stud bolts in the locations noted during disassembly.

Tighten the 8 main control cover bolts and 5 stud bolts.

Tighten to 12 Nm (106 lb-in).
5. Position the transmission fluid cooler tube bracket and transmission fluid cooler tube assembly in place and install
the 2 nuts.

Tighten to 9 Nm (80 lb-in).

6. Connect the transaxle vehicle harness electrical connector.

7. Connect the transaxle electrical wiring harness retainers.

8. Install the LH splash shield and the retainers.

 9. Fill the transaxle with clean transmission fluid.

10. Start the engine and move the range selector lever into each gear position.

11. Using the scan tool with the engine running, check and make sure that the transmission is at normal operating
temperature 85-93°C (185-200°F). Check and adjust the transmission fluid level and check for any leaks. If
transmission fluid is needed, add transmission fluid in increments of 0.24L (0.5 pt) until the correct level is
achieved.
SECTION 307-01A: Automatic Transaxle/Transmission — 2010 Escape, Mariner, Escape Hybrid, Mariner Hybrid Workshop
6F35 Manual
IN-VEHICLE REPAIR Procedure revision date: 03/10/2010

Manual Control Lever Shaft Seal

Special Tool(s)
Manual Lever Seal Installer
307-581

Material
Item Specification
Motorcraft® MERCON® LV Automatic MERCON®
Transmission Fluid LV
XT-10-QLVC
Ultra Silicone Sealant —
TA-29

Removal

All vehicles

1. With the vehicle in NEUTRAL, position it on a hoist. For additional information, refer to Section 100-02 .

3.0L engine

2. Remove the Air Cleaner (ACL) outlet pipe. For additional information, refer to Section 303-12B .

2.5L engine

3. Remove the ACL outlet pipe. For additional information, refer to Section 303-12A .

All vehicles

4. Remove the retainers and the LH splash shield.

3.0L engine

5. Remove the retainers and the RH splash shield.

All vehicles

6. Remove the transmission fluid drain plug and allow the transmission fluid to drain.

7. Install the transmission fluid drain plug.

Tighten to 12 Nm (106 lb-in).

3.0L engine

8. Drain the cooling system. For additional information, refer to Cooling System Draining, Filling and Bleeding in
Section 303-03A .
 9. Disconnect the upper radiator hose from the coolant pump housing and position it aside.

10. Disconnect the lower radiator hose from the thermostat housing and position it aside.

All vehicles

11. Disconnect the selector lever cable end from the manual control lever.

12. Remove the nut and the manual control lever.

13. Disconnect the transaxle vehicle harness electrical connector.

14. Remove the transaxle electrical wiring harness retainers from the transmission fluid pan stud bolts.
15. Remove the transmission fluid cooler tube bracket nuts from the main control cover studs and position the
transmission fluid cooler tubes and bracket aside.

16. NOTE: Note the location of the stud bolts for assembly.

Remove the 8 bolts, 5 stud bolts and the main control cover.
17. Remove the main control cover grommet.

18. Disconnect the Transmission Range (TR) sensor electrical connector.

19. Remove the bolt and the TR sensor detent spring.

20. Using a small pair of Vise Grips® or an equivalent suitable tool, remove and discard the TR sensor locking pin.

21. Remove the TR sensor.

1. Hold the TR sensor in place and slide the manual shaft outward until the manual shaft is out of the
transaxle case.
2. Remove the TR sensor from the transaxle, leaving the park pawl actuating rod attached to the TR sensor.

22. Using a suitable tool, remove the manual control lever shaft seal.
Installation

All vehicles

1. Using the Manual Lever Seal Installer, install a new manual control lever shaft seal.

2. NOTE: The TR sensor is easier to install into the transaxle from under the vehicle.

Install the TR sensor.

1. Install the TR sensor and park pawl actuating rod in the transaxle case.
2. Install the manual shaft in the transaxle case through the TR sensor.
3. Using a suitable tool such as center punch or a 5.5 mm (0.216 in) socket and a 101.6 mm (4 in) extension 1/4-
inch drive, install a new TR sensor locking pin.

4. Install the TR sensor detent spring and bolt.

Tighten to 13 Nm (115 lb-in).
5. Connect the TR sensor electrical connector.

6. Install the main control cover grommet.

7. Clean the main control cover sealing surface.

 8. Apply silicone to the main control sealing surface of the transaxle case.

9. Position the main control cover in place.

10. NOTICE: Inspect the main control cover grommet to make sure that the seal is on the inside of the main
control cover. Transmission fluid leak will occur.

NOTE: Install the stud bolts in the locations noted during disassembly.

Install the main control cover 8 bolts and 5 stud bolts.

Tighten to 12 Nm (106 lb-in).
11. Position the transmission fluid cooler tube bracket and transmission fluid cooler tubes in place and install the 2
nuts.

Tighten to 9 Nm (80 lb-in).

12. Connect the transaxle vehicle harness electrical connector.

13. Connect the transaxle electrical wiring harness retainers to the transmission fluid pan stud bolts.

14. NOTICE: Make sure that when installing the manual control lever it is fully seated onto the manual control
lever shaft or damage to the manual control lever shaft will occur and the lever will come loose.

NOTICE: Make sure to hold the manual control lever while tightening the manual control lever nut or
damage to the manual control lever and park components will occur.

Install the manual control lever and the nut.

Tighten to 24 Nm (18 lb-ft).
 15. Connect the selector lever cable end to the manual control lever with the manual control lever and selector lever
in DRIVE. Check selector lever cable adjustment. For additional information, refer to Section 307-05A .

3.0L engine

16. Connect the lower radiator hose onto the thermostat housing.

17. Connect the upper radiator hose onto the coolant pump housing.

All vehicles

18. Install the LH splash shield and the retainers.

3.0L engine

19. Install the RH splash shield and the retainers.

2.5L engine

20. Install the ACL outlet pipe. For additional information, refer to Section 303-12A .

3.0L engine

21. Install the ACL outlet pipe. For additional information, refer to Section 303-12B .

22. Fill and bleed the cooling system. For additional information, refer to Cooling System Draining, Filling and
Bleeding in Section 303-03A .

All vehicles

23. Fill the transaxle with clean transmission fluid.

24. Using the scan tool with the engine running, check and make sure that the transmission is at normal operating
temperature 85-93°C (185-200°F). Check and adjust the transmission fluid level and check for any leaks. If
transmission fluid is needed, add transmission fluid in increments of 0.24L (0.5 pt) until the correct level is
achieved.
SECTION 307-01A: Automatic Transaxle/Transmission — 2010 Escape, Mariner, Escape Hybrid, Mariner Hybrid Workshop
6F35 Manual
IN-VEHICLE REPAIR Procedure revision date: 03/10/2010

Digital Transmission Range (TR) Sensor

Material
Item Specification
Motorcraft® MERCON® LV Automatic MERCON®
Transmission Fluid LV
XT-10-QLVC
Ultra Silicone Sealant —
TA-29

Removal

All vehicles

1. With the vehicle in NEUTRAL, position it on a hoist. For additional information, refer to Section 100-02 .

3.0L engine

2. Remove the Air Cleaner (ACL) outlet pipe. For additional information, refer to Section 303-12B .

2.5L engine

3. Remove the ACL outlet pipe. For additional information, refer to Section 303-12A .

All vehicles

4. Remove the retainers and the LH splash shield.

3.0L engine

5. Remove the retainers and the RH splash shield.

All vehicles

6. Remove the transmission fluid drain plug and allow the transmission fluid to drain.

7. Install the transmission fluid drain plug.

Tighten to 12 Nm (106 lb-in).

3.0L engine

8. Drain the cooling system. For additional information, refer to Cooling System Draining, Filling and Bleeding in
Section 303-03A .

9. Disconnect the upper radiator hose from the coolant pump housing and position it aside.

10. Disconnect the lower radiator hose from the thermostat housing and position it aside.
All vehicles

11. Disconnect the selector lever cable end from the manual control lever.

12. Remove the nut and the manual control lever.

13. Disconnect the transaxle vehicle harness electrical connector.

14. Remove the transaxle electrical wiring harness retainers from the transmission fluid pan stud bolts.
15. Remove the transmission fluid cooler tube bracket nuts from the main control cover studs and position the
transmission fluid cooler tubes and bracket aside.

16. NOTE: Note the location of the stud bolts for assembly.

Remove the 8 bolts, 5 stud bolts and the main control cover.
17. Remove the main control cover grommet.

18. Disconnect the Transmission Range (TR) sensor electrical connector.

 19. Remove the bolt and the TR sensor detent spring.

20. Using a small pair of Vise Grips® or an equivalent suitable tool, remove and discard the TR sensor locking pin.

21. Remove the TR sensor in the following sequence.

1. Hold the TR sensor in place and slide the manual shaft outward until the manual shaft is out of the
transaxle case.
2. Remove the TR sensor from the transaxle, leaving the park pawl actuating rod attached to the TR sensor.

Installation

All vehicles

1. NOTE: The TR sensor is easier to install into the transaxle from under the vehicle.

Install the TR sensor.

 1. Install the TR sensor and park pawl actuating rod in the transaxle case.
2. Install the manual shaft in the transaxle case through the TR sensor.

2. Using a suitable tool such as center punch or a 5.5 mm (0.216 in) socket and a 101.6 mm (4 in) extension 1/4-
inch drive, install a new TR sensor locking pin.

3. Install the TR sensor detent spring and bolt.

Tighten to 13 Nm (115 lb-in).
4. Connect the TR sensor electrical connector.

5. Install the main control cover grommet.

6. Clean the main control cover sealing surface.

7. Apply silicone to the main control sealing surface of the transaxle case.

8. Position the main control cover in place.

9. NOTICE: Inspect the main control cover grommet to make sure that the seal is on the inside of the main
control cover. Transmission fluid leak will occur.

NOTE: Install the stud bolts in the locations noted during disassembly.

Install the main control cover 8 bolts and 5 stud bolts.

Tighten to 12 Nm (106 lb-in).
10. Position the transmission fluid cooler tube bracket and transmission fluid cooler tubes in place and install the 2
nuts.

Tighten to 9 Nm (80 lb-in).

11. Connect the transaxle vehicle harness electrical connector.

12. Connect the transaxle electrical wiring harness retainers to the transmission fluid pan stud bolts.

13. NOTICE: Make sure that when installing the manual control lever it is fully seated onto the manual control
lever shaft or damage to the manual control lever shaft will occur and the lever will come loose.

NOTICE: Make sure to hold the manual control lever while tightening the manual control lever nut or
damage to the manual control lever and park components will occur.

Install the manual control lever and the nut.

Tighten to 24 Nm (18 lb-ft).
 14. Connect the selector lever cable end to the manual control lever with the manual control lever and selector lever
in DRIVE. Check selector lever cable adjustment. For additional information, refer to Section 307-05A .

3.0L engine

15. Connect the lower radiator hose onto the thermostat housing.

16. Connect the upper radiator hose onto the coolant pump housing.

All vehicles

17. Install the LH splash shield and the retainers.

3.0L engine

18. Install the RH splash shield and the retainers.

2.5L engine

19. Install the ACL outlet pipe. For additional information, refer to Section 303-12A .

3.0L engine

20. Install the ACL outlet pipe. For additional information, refer to Section 303-12B .

21. Fill and bleed the cooling system. For additional information, refer to Cooling System Draining, Filling and
Bleeding in Section 303-03A .

All vehicles

22. Fill the transaxle with clean transmission fluid.

23. Using the scan tool with the engine running, check and make sure that the transmission is at normal operating
temperature 85-93°C (185-200°F). Check and adjust the transmission fluid level and check for any leaks. If
transmission fluid is needed, add transmission fluid in increments of 0.24L (0.5 pt) until the correct level is
achieved.
SECTION 307-01A: Automatic Transaxle/Transmission — 2010 Escape, Mariner, Escape Hybrid, Mariner Hybrid Workshop
6F35 Manual
IN-VEHICLE REPAIR Procedure revision date: 03/10/2010

Solenoid Body Leadframe

Special Tool(s)
Alignment Pins, Valve Body
307-636

Material
Item Specification
Motorcraft® MERCON® LV Automatic MERCON®
Transmission Fluid LV
XT-10-QLVC
Ultra Silicone Sealant —
TA-29

Removal

1. With the vehicle in NEUTRAL, position it on a hoist. For additional information, refer to Section 100-02 .

2. Remove the retainers and the LH splash shield.

3. Remove the transmission fluid drain plug and allow the transmission fluid to drain.
4. Install the transmission fluid drain plug.

Tighten to 12 Nm (106 lb-in).

5. Disconnect the transaxle vehicle harness electrical connector.

6. Remove the transaxle electrical wiring harness retainers from the transmission fluid pan stud bolts.
7. Remove the 2 nuts, pull the transmission fluid cooler tube bracket and tubes away from the transaxle and position
it aside.

8. NOTE: Note the location of the stud bolts for assembly.

Remove the 8 bolts, 5 stud bolts and the main control cover.
 9. Disconnect the Transmission Range (TR) sensor electrical connector.

10. Disconnect the Output Shaft Speed (OSS) sensor electrical connector.
11. Remove the main control cover grommet.

12. NOTICE: Be careful not to bend or twist the leadframe or the solenoid terminals when removing the
leadframe or damage can occur to the leadframe or the solenoids.

Remove the 5 screws and the leadframe from the solenoids by lifting it straight up evenly.
Installation

1. Install the Valve Body Alignment Pins in the solenoid body to align the lead frame for installation.

2. Position the leadframe on the Valve Body Alignment Pins and carefully install the leadframe by pushing straight
down into the solenoids.

3. Remove the Valve Body Alignment Pins.

4. Install the 5 leadframe screws.

5. Connect the OSS sensor electrical connector.

6. Connect the TR sensor electrical connector.

7. Install the main control cover grommet.

8. Clean the main control cover sealing surface and inspect for damage.
 9. Apply silicone to the main control sealing surface of the transaxle case.

10. Position the main control cover in place.

11. NOTICE: Inspect the main control cover grommet to make sure that the seal is on the inside of the main
control cover. Transmission fluid leak will occur.

NOTE: Install the stud bolts in the locations noted during disassembly.

Tighten the 8 main control cover bolts and 5 stud bolts.

Tighten to 12 Nm (106 lb-in).
12. Position the transmission fluid cooler tube bracket and transmission fluid cooler tube assembly in place and install
the 2 nuts.

Tighten to 9 Nm (80 lb-in).

13. Connect the transaxle vehicle harness electrical connector.

14. Connect the transaxle electrical wiring harness retainers to the transmission fluid pan stud bolts.

15. Install the LH splash shield and the retainers.

16. Fill the transaxle with clean transmission fluid.

17. Using the scan tool with the engine running, check and make sure that the transmission is at normal operating
temperature 85-93°C (185-200°F). Check and adjust the transmission fluid level and check for any leaks. If
transmission fluid is needed, add transmission fluid in increments of 0.24L (0.5 pt) until the correct level is
achieved.
SECTION 307-01A: Automatic Transaxle/Transmission — 2010 Escape, Mariner, Escape Hybrid, Mariner Hybrid Workshop
6F35 Manual
IN-VEHICLE REPAIR Procedure revision date: 03/10/2010

Solenoids

Special Tool(s)
Alignment Pins, Valve Body
307-636

Material
Item Specification
Motorcraft® MERCON® LV Automatic MERCON®
Transmission Fluid LV
XT-10-QLVC
Ultra Silicone Sealant —
TA-29

Removal

1. With the vehicle in NEUTRAL, position it on a hoist. For additional information, refer to Section 100-02 .

2. Remove the retainers and the LH splash shield.

3. Remove the transmission fluid drain plug and allow the transmission fluid to drain.
4. Install the transmission fluid drain plug.

Tighten to 12 Nm (106 lb-in).

5. Disconnect the transaxle vehicle harness electrical connector.

6. Remove the transaxle electrical wiring harness retainers from the transmission fluid pan stud bolts.
7. Remove the 2 nuts, pull the transmission fluid cooler tube bracket and tubes away from the transaxle and position
it aside.

8. NOTE: Note the location of the stud bolts for assembly.

Remove the 8 bolts, 5 stud bolts and the main control cover.
 9. Disconnect the Transmission Range (TR) sensor electrical connector.

10. Disconnect the Output Shaft Speed (OSS) sensor electrical connector.
11. Remove the main control cover grommet.

12. NOTICE: Be careful not to bend or twist the leadframe or the solenoid terminals when removing the
leadframe or damage can occur to the leadframe or the solenoids.

Remove the 5 screws and the leadframe from the solenoids by lifting it straight up evenly.
13. Using a paint pen, number the solenoids and solenoid body to clearly mark which solenoid was removed from
which bore in the solenoid body.
 14. Remove the solenoid retaining pin(s).

15. Remove the solenoid(s) from the solenoid body.

Installation

1. Inspect the solenoid(s) for damage.

2. If a new solenoid is not being installed, install the solenoid(s) into the bore from which it was removed.

3. If installing a new Variable Force Solenoid (VFS), determine the base part number of the solenoid(s). The Torque
Converter Clutch (TCC) solenoid, Shift Solenoid A (SSA) and Shift Solenoid C (SSC) are all normally low
pressure solenoids. The Line Pressure Control (LPC) solenoid, Shift Solenoid B (SSB) and Shift Solenoid D
(SSD) are all normally high pressure solenoids. Shift Solenoid E (SSE) is not a VFS ; it is an ON/OFF solenoid.

Item Part Number Description

 1 7G136 SSA (normally low)
2 7G383 SSB (normally high)
3 7G136 SSC (normally low)
4 7G383 SSD (normally high)
5 7G484 SSE (normally closed [OFF])
6 7G136 TCC solenoid (normally low)
7 7G383 LPC solenoid (normally high)

4. If installing a new LPC solenoid, SSB or SSD , note the color of the electrical terminal area of the solenoid. The
color will be blue or green and the solenoid can only be replaced with the same color solenoid. If a new solenoid
with that color is not available, install a new solenoid body, refer to Solenoid Body Assembly in this section.

5. Determine the part number suffix by checking the solenoid service band number etched on the side of the
solenoid. The band number is the third digit on the side of the solenoid and will be a 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5. Use the
following table to determine the part number suffix and match the new solenoid base part number and suffix with
the old solenoid. Install the solenoid in the solenoid body.

Solenoid Band Number Part Number Suffix

1 B
2 C
3 D
4 E
5 F

6. Install the solenoid retaining pin(s).

 7. Install the Valve Body Alignment Pins in the solenoid body to align the lead frame for installation.

8. Position the leadframe on the Valve Body Alignment Pins and carefully install the leadframe by pushing straight
down into the solenoids.

9. Remove the Valve Body Alignment Pins.

10. Install the 5 leadframe screws.

11. Connect the OSS sensor electrical connector.

12. Connect the TR sensor electrical connector.

13. Install the main control cover grommet.

14. Clean the main control cover sealing surface and inspect for damage.

15. Apply silicone to the main control sealing surface of the transaxle case.
16. Position the main control cover in place.

17. NOTICE: Inspect the main control cover grommet to make sure that the seals is on the inside of the main
control cover. Transmission fluid leak will occur.

NOTE: Install the stud bolts in the locations noted during disassembly.

Tighten the 8 main control cover bolts and 5 stud bolts.

Tighten to 12 Nm (106 lb-in).
18. Position the transmission fluid cooler tube bracket and transmission fluid cooler tube assembly in place and install
the 2 nuts.

Tighten to 9 Nm (80 lb-in).

19. Connect the transaxle vehicle harness electrical connector.

20. Connect the transaxle electrical wiring harness retainers to the transmission fluid pan stud bolts.

21. Install the LH splash shield and the retainers.

22. Fill the transaxle with clean transmission fluid.

23. Using the scan tool with the engine running, check and make sure that the transmission is at normal operating
temperature 85-93°C (185-200°F). Check and adjust the transmission fluid level and check for any leaks. If
transmission fluid is needed, add transmission fluid in increments of 0.24L (0.5 pt) until the correct level is
achieved.
SECTION 307-01A: Automatic Transaxle/Transmission — 2010 Escape, Mariner, Escape Hybrid, Mariner Hybrid Workshop
6F35 Manual
IN-VEHICLE REPAIR Procedure revision date: 05/28/2010

Main Control Valve Body

Material
Item Specification
Motorcraft® MERCON® LV Automatic MERCON®
Transmission Fluid LV
XT-10-QLVC
Ultra Silicone Sealant —
TA-29

Item Part Number Description

1 7J289 Bolt — main control cover (8 required)
2 W708442 Stud bolt — main control cover (5 required)
3 7G004 Cover — main control
4 7B329 Main control-to-main control cover grommet
5 W505513 Main control solenoid body leadframe screw
6 7G276 Main control solenoid body leadframe
7 W302863 Main control-to-transaxle case bolt (long) (10 required)
8 W302862 Main control-to-transaxle case bolt (short) (12 required)
9 W500303 Solenoid body-to-valve body bolt (2 required)
10 W520412 Main control nut
11 7G391 Solenoid body assembly
12 7Z490 Main control valve body-to-solenoid body separator plate
13 N605770 Separator plate-to-solenoid body bolt (2 required)
14 7A100 Main control valve body
15 7Z490 Main control-to-transaxle case separator plate

Removal

1. With the vehicle in NEUTRAL, position it on a hoist. For additional information, refer to Section 100-02 .

2. Remove the retainers and the LH splash shield.

3. Disconnect the selector lever cable end from the manual control lever.

4. Remove the transmission fluid drain plug and allow the transmission fluid to drain.
5. Install the transmission fluid drain plug.

Tighten to 12 Nm (106 lb-in).

6. Disconnect the transaxle vehicle harness electrical connector.

7. Remove the transaxle electrical wiring harness retainers from the transmission fluid pan stud bolts.
8. Remove the 2 nuts, pull the transmission fluid cooler tube bracket and tubes away from the transaxle and position
it aside.

9. NOTE: Note the location of the stud bolts for assembly.

Remove the 8 bolts, 5 stud bolts and the main control cover.
10. Disconnect the Transmission Range (TR) sensor electrical connector.

11. Disconnect the Output Shaft Speed (OSS) sensor electrical connector.
12. Remove the main control-to-main control cover grommet.

13. NOTICE: The main control should be handled with care, damage to the main control may occur.

NOTE: Note the location of the different length bolts for assembly.

Remove the nut, 22 bolts and the main control.

14. Remove and discard the main control-to-transaxle case separator plate.
 15. Remove the 2 bolts and separate the solenoid body assembly from the main control valve body.

Installation

1. NOTE: If cleaning the main control assembly or inspecting the valves, refer to Main Control Valve Body in this
section. If installing a new main control assembly, continue with this procedure.

NOTE: Make sure that the manual lever pin (part of the TR sensor) is correctly installed in the manual valve.

Install the solenoid body assembly onto the main control valve body. Install the 2 bolts.

Tighten to 10 Nm (89 lb-in).

2. Position the OSS and TR sensor wiring harnesses aside and install the new main control-to-transaxle case
separator plate.
3. NOTE: Make sure that the manual lever pin (part of the TR sensor) is correctly installed in the manual valve.

Install the main control valve body.

4. NOTICE: Make sure not to pinch the Output Shaft Speed (OSS) or Transmission Range (TR) sensor wiring
harnesses when installing the main control or damage to the sensors can occur.

NOTE: Install the different length bolts in the locations noted during disassembly.

Install the main control valve body, the main control valve body nut and the 22 main control valve body bolts.
Tighten in a crisscross pattern.

Tighten to 10 Nm (89 lb-in).
5. Route the OSS sensor wiring harness and connect the electrical connector.

6. Connect the TR sensor electrical connector.

7. Install the main control-to-main control cover grommet.

8. Clean the main control cover sealing surface.

9. Apply silicone to the main control sealing surface of the transaxle case.
10. Position the main control cover in place.

11. NOTICE: Inspect the main control-to-main control cover grommet to make sure that the seals is on the
inside of the main control cover. Transmission fluid leak will occur.

NOTE: Install the stud bolts in the locations noted during disassembly.

Tighten the 8 main control cover bolts and 5 stud bolts.

Tighten to 12 Nm (106 lb-in).
12. Position the transmission fluid cooler tube bracket and transmission fluid cooler tube assembly in place and install
the 2 nuts.

Tighten to 9 Nm (80 lb-in).

13. Connect the transaxle electrical connector.

14. Connect the transaxle electrical wiring harness retainers to the transmission fluid pan stud bolts.

15. Connect the selector lever cable end to the manual control lever.
16. Install the LH splash shield and the retainers.

17. Fill the transaxle with clean transmission fluid.

18. Using the scan tool with the engine running, check and make sure that the transmission is at normal operating
temperature 85-93°C (185-200°F). Check and adjust the transmission fluid level and check for any leaks. If
transmission fluid is needed, add transmission fluid in increments of 0.24L (0.5 pt) until the correct level is
achieved.

19. If a new solenoid body is installed, the solenoid body strategy and solenoid body identification will need to be
updated. For additional information, refer to Solenoid Body Strategy in this section

20. If a replacement transaxle assembly is being installed or a new solenoid body is installed, the PCM will have to
be reflashed with a new solenoid body strategy and identification data file. For additional information, refer to
Solenoid Body Strategy in this section.
SECTION 307-01A: Automatic Transaxle/Transmission — 2010 Escape, Mariner, Escape Hybrid, Mariner Hybrid Workshop
6F35 Manual
IN-VEHICLE REPAIR Procedure revision date: 04/15/2011

Output Shaft Speed (OSS) Sensor

Material
Item Specification
Motorcraft® MERCON® LV Automatic MERCON®
Transmission Fluid LV
XT-10-QLVC
Ultra Silicone Sealant —
TA-29

Removal

1. With the vehicle in NEUTRAL, position it on a hoist. For additional information, refer to Section 100-02 .

2. Remove the retainers and the LH splash shield.

3. Remove the transmission fluid drain plug and allow the transmission fluid to drain.

4. Install the transmission fluid drain plug.

Tighten to 12 Nm (106 lb-in).
5. Disconnect the transaxle vehicle harness electrical connector.

6. Remove the transaxle electrical wiring harness retainers from the transmission fluid pan stud bolts.
7. Remove the 2 nuts, pull the transmission fluid cooler tube bracket and tubes away from the transaxle and position
it aside.

8. NOTE: Note the location of the stud bolts for assembly.

Remove the 8 bolts, 5 stud bolts and the main control cover.
 9. Disconnect the Transmission Range (TR) sensor electrical connector.

10. Disconnect the Output Shaft Speed (OSS) sensor electrical connector.
11. Remove the main control-to-main control cover grommet.

12. NOTICE: The main control should be handled with care, damage to the main control may occur.

NOTE: Note the location of the different length bolts for assembly.

Remove the nut, 22 bolts and the main control.

13. Remove the main control-to-transaxle separator plate.
 14. Remove the bolt and the OSS sensor.

Installation

1. Install the OSS sensor and the bolt.

Tighten to 10 Nm (89 lb-in).

2. NOTE: If cleaning the main control assembly or inspecting the valves, refer to Main Control Valve Body in this
section. If installing a new main control assembly, continue with this procedure.

Position the OSS and TR sensor wiring harnesses aside and install the main control-to-transaxle separator plate.
3. NOTE: Make sure that the manual lever pin (part of the TR sensor) is correctly installed in the manual valve.

Install the main control.

4. NOTICE: Make sure not to pinch the Output Shaft Speed (OSS) or Transmission Range (TR) sensor wiring
harnesses when installing the main control or damage to the sensors can occur.

NOTE: Install the different length bolts in the locations noted during disassembly.

Install the main control valve body, the main control valve body nut and the 22 main control valve body bolts.
Tighten in a crisscross pattern.

Tighten to 10 Nm (89 lb-in).
5. Route the OSS sensor wiring harness and connect the electrical connector.

6. Connect the TR sensor electrical connector.

7. Install the main control-to-main control cover grommet.

8. Clean the main control cover sealing surface and inspect for damage.

9. Apply silicone to the main control sealing surface of the transaxle case.
10. Position the main control cover in place.

11. NOTICE: Inspect the main control-to-main control cover grommet to make sure that the seals is on the
inside of the main control cover. Transmission fluid leak will occur.

NOTE: Install the stud bolts in the locations noted during disassembly.

Tighten the 8 main control cover bolts and 5 stud bolts.

Tighten to 12 Nm (106 lb-in).
12. Position the transmission fluid cooler tube bracket and transmission fluid cooler tube assembly in place and install
the 2 nuts.

Tighten to 9 Nm (80 lb-in).

13. Connect the transaxle vehicle harness electrical connector.

14. Connect the transaxle electrical wiring harness retainers to the transmission fluid pan stud bolts.

15. Install the LH splash shield and the retainers.

16. Fill the transaxle with clean transmission fluid.

17. Using the scan tool with the engine running, check and make sure that the transmission is at normal operating
temperature 85-93°C (185-200°F). Check and adjust the transmission fluid level and check for any leaks. If
transmission fluid is needed, add transmission fluid in increments of 0.24L (0.5 pt) until the correct level is
achieved.
SECTION 307-01A: Automatic Transaxle/Transmission — 2010 Escape, Mariner, Escape Hybrid, Mariner Hybrid Workshop
6F35 Manual
IN-VEHICLE REPAIR Procedure revision date: 03/10/2010

Solenoid Body Assembly

Special Tool(s)
Vehicle Communication Module (VCM)
and Integrated Diagnostic System (IDS)
software with appropriate hardware, or
equivalent scan tool

Material
Item Specification
Motorcraft® MERCON® LV Automatic MERCON®
Transmission Fluid LV
XT-10-QLVC
Ultra Silicone Sealant —
TA-29

Item Part Number Description

1 7J289 Bolt — main control cover (8 required)
2 W708442 Stud bolt — main control cover (5 required)
3 7G004 Cover — main control
4 7B329 Main control-to-main control cover grommet
5 W505513 Main control solenoid body leadframe screw
6 7G276 Main control solenoid body leadframe
7 W302863 Main control-to-transaxle case bolt (long) (10 required)
8 W302862 Main control-to-transaxle case bolt (short) (12 required)
9 W500303 Solenoid body-to-valve body bolt (2 required)
10 W520412 Main control nut
11 7G391 Solenoid body assembly
12 7Z490 Main control valve body-to-solenoid body separator plate
13 N605770 Separator plate-to-solenoid body bolt (2 required)
14 7A100 Main control valve body
15 7Z490 Main control-to-transaxle case separator plate

1. With the vehicle in NEUTRAL, position it on a hoist. For additional information, refer to Section 100-02 .

2. Remove the retainers and the LH splash shield.

3. Remove the transmission fluid drain plug and allow the transmission fluid to drain.

4. Install the transmission fluid drain plug.

Tighten to 12 Nm (106 lb-in).
5. Disconnect the transaxle vehicle harness electrical connector.

6. Remove the transaxle electrical wiring harness retainers from the transmission fluid pan stud bolts.
7. Remove the 2 nuts, pull the transmission fluid cooler tube bracket and tubes away from the transaxle and position
it aside.

8. NOTE: Note the location of the stud bolts for assembly.

Remove the 8 bolts, 5 stud bolts and the main control cover.
 9. Disconnect the Transmission Range (TR) sensor electrical connector.

10. Disconnect the Output Shaft Speed (OSS) sensor electrical connector.
11. Remove the main control cover grommet.

12. NOTICE: The main control should be handled with care, damage to the main control may occur.

NOTE: Note the location of the different length bolts for assembly.

Remove the nut, 22 bolts and the main control.

13. Remove and discard the main control-to-transaxle case separator plate.
 14. Remove the 2 bolts and separate the solenoid body from the main control valve body.

15. Remove the 2 bolts and remove and discard the separator plate.

Installation

1. Install the new separator plate and the 2 separator bolts.

Tighten to 10 Nm (89 lb-in).

2. Install the solenoid body onto the main control valve body. Install the 2 bolts.

Tighten to 10 Nm (89 lb-in).
3. NOTE: If cleaning the main control assembly or inspecting the valves, refer to Main Control Valve Body in this
section. If installing a new main control assembly, continue with this procedure.

Position the OSS and TR sensor wiring harnesses aside and install the new main control-to-transaxle case
separator plate.

4. NOTE: Make sure that the manual lever pin (part of the TR sensor) is correctly installed in the manual valve.

Install the main control.

5. NOTICE: Make sure not to pinch the Output Shaft Speed (OSS) or Transmission Range (TR) sensor wiring
harnesses when installing the main control or damage to the sensors can occur.

NOTE: Install the different length bolts in the locations noted during disassembly.

Install the main control valve body, the main control valve body nut and the 22 main control valve body bolts.
Tighten in a crisscross pattern.

Tighten to 10 Nm (89 lb-in).
6. Route the OSS sensor wiring harness and connect the electrical connector.

7. Connect the TR sensor electrical connector.

 8. Install the main control cover grommet.

9. Clean the main control cover sealing surface.

10. Apply silicone to the main control sealing surface of the transaxle case.
11. Position the main control cover in place.

12. NOTICE: Inspect the main control-to-main control cover grommet to make sure that the seal is on the
inside of the main control cover or a transmission fluid leak will occur.

NOTE: Install the stud bolts in the locations noted during disassembly.

Tighten the 8 main control cover bolts and 5 stud bolts.

Tighten to 12 Nm (106 lb-in).
13. Position the transmission fluid cooler tube bracket and transmission fluid cooler tube assembly in place and install
the 2 nuts.

Tighten to 9 Nm (80 lb-in).

14. Connect the transaxle vehicle harness electrical connector.

15. Connect the transaxle electrical wiring harness retainers to the transmission fluid pan stud bolts.

16. Install the LH splash shield and the retainers.

17. Fill the transaxle with clean transmission fluid.

18. Using the scan tool with the engine running, check and make sure that the transmission is at normal operating
temperature 85-93°C (185-200°F). Check and adjust the transmission fluid level and check for any leaks. If
transmission fluid is needed, add transmission fluid in increments of 0.24L (0.5 pt) until the correct level is
achieved.

19. Download a new solenoid body strategy to the PCM. For additional information, refer to Solenoid Body Strategy
in this section.

20. Using the scan tool, select module programming and programmable parameters under the tool box icon and
select transmission. Follow the instructions displayed on the scan tool.
There are fields to enter the solenoid body 7-digit identification and 13-digit strategy recorded from the solenoid
body.

21. NOTICE: If the solenoid body information is not correct, transaxle damage or driveability concerns can
occur.

Enter the solenoid body identification and strategy.

The scan tool will verify that the numbers entered are valid and display a message if the information is not valid.
The scan tool checks to see if the file is present on the scan tool. If the file is present, the technician may proceed
with downloading the file to the PCM. If the file is not present, the scan tool will need to be connected to the
Professional Technician Society (PTS) server to download the file onto the scan tool.

22. Verify that the file is present on the scan tool. If the file is present, go to Step 26. If the file is not present, continue
with this procedure.

23. Connect the scan tool to the PTS server.

The screen will display a progress bar when connecting to the network.

24. Follow the instructions on the network to download the strategy file to the scan tool.
The screen will display a progress bar when downloading the strategy file to the scan tool and display a message
if it is downloaded successfully.

25. If the scan tool cannot connect to the PTS server, download the file from www.motorcraft.com.
If the scan tool cannot download a strategy from the web site, a partial strategy will automatically be downloaded.

26. Reconnect the scan tool to the vehicle.

27. Follow the instructions displayed on the scan tool.

28. If a new solenoid body was installed, compare the 7-digit identification and the 13-digit strategy fields from the
solenoid body to the replacement solenoid body tag provided with the solenoid body service kit and place it over
the existing identification tag.
The scan tool will automatically download the strategy file or partial strategy file to the PCM and will display a
progress bar while downloading. The scan tool will display a message when it is finished downloading the data
that states that the file was downloaded successfully.
SECTION 307-01A: Automatic Transaxle/Transmission — 2010 Escape, Mariner, Escape Hybrid, Mariner Hybrid Workshop
6F35 Manual
IN-VEHICLE REPAIR Procedure revision date: 03/10/2010

Turbine Shaft Speed (TSS) Sensor

Material
Item Specification
Motorcraft® MERCON® LV Automatic MERCON®
Transmission Fluid LV
XT-10-QLVC

Removal

1. With the vehicle in NEUTRAL, position it on a hoist. For additional information, refer to Section 100-02 .

2. Remove the retainers and the LH splash shield.

3. Disconnect the Turbine Shaft Speed (TSS) electrical connector, remove the bolt and the TSS sensor.

Installation

1. Install the TSS sensor, the bolt and connect the TSS electrical connector.

Tighten to 10 Nm (89 lb-in).
2. Install the LH splash shield and the retainers.

3. Fill the transaxle with clean transmission fluid.

4. Using the scan tool with the engine running, check and make sure that the transmission is at normal operating
temperature 85-93°C (185-200°F). Check and adjust the transmission fluid level and check for any leaks. If transmission
fluid is needed, add transmission fluid in increments of 0.24L (0.5 pt) until the correct level is achieved.
SECTION 307-01A: Automatic Transaxle/Transmission — 2010 Escape, Mariner, Escape Hybrid, Mariner Hybrid Workshop
6F35 Manual
REMOVAL Procedure revision date: 04/22/2011

Transaxle — 2.5L

Special Tool(s)
Adapters for 303-290
303-290A-01

Adapter for 303-290A (Support Leg)

303-290A-03A

Disconnect Tool, Transmission Cooler

Line
307-569

Retainer, Torque Converter

307-346 (T97T-7902-A)

Support Bar, Engine

303-290A

Removal

All vehicles

NOTE: Carry out transmission fluid cooler backflushing and cleaning if the transaxle is being overhauled or if installing a
new or remanufactured transaxle. For additional information, refer to Transmission Fluid Cooler Backflushing and
Cleaning in this section.

NOTE: Carry out the transmission fluid cooler flow test if the transaxle is being overhauled or if installing a new or
remanufactured transaxle. For additional information, refer to Transmission Fluid Cooler in this section.

NOTE: Refer to the Transmission Cooler Flushing Job Aid on the FMCDealer website.

1. With the vehicle in NEUTRAL, position it on a hoist. For additional information, refer to Section 100-02 .
 2. Remove the battery and the battery tray. For additional information, refer to Section 414-01 .

3. Remove the Air Cleaner (ACL) and outlet pipe assembly. For additional information, refer to Section 303-12A .

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) vehicles

4. Disconnect the Power Transfer Unit (PTU) vent hose from the clip located on the transaxle filler tube.

All vehicles

5. Disconnect the selector lever cable from the manual control lever.

6. Remove the 2 retaining bolts and position the selector lever cable and bracket aside.

7. Remove the selector lever cable retainer from the transaxle filler tube bracket.
8. NOTE: Transaxle removed for clarity.

Remove the 3 upper transaxle retaining bolts.

9. Install the Engine Support Bar and Adapters and support the engine and transaxle.
10. Remove the LH support insulator through bolt.

11. Remove the 4 nuts and the support insulator bracket.

12. Remove the front wheels and tires. For additional information, refer to Section 204-04 .

13. Remove the 7 retainers and the LH splash shield.

14. Remove the starter motor. For additional information, refer to Section 303-06 .

15. Remove the LH front halfshaft and RH intermediate shaft. For additional information, refer to Section 205-04 .

16. NOTE: AWD shown, FWD similar. Vehicles equipped with AWD have a damper that is held on by the through
bolt.

Remove the lower support insulator.

1. Remove the lower support insulator through bolt.
2. Remove the lower support insulator bolt and 2 nuts.
3. Remove the lower support insulator.
AWD vehicles

17. Index the driveshaft to the yoke and remove the 6 bolts holding the driveshaft to the PTU and position aside.

All vehicles

18. Remove the 4 bolts and remove the cross brace.

19. Remove the lower front support insulator through bolt for the mount and the 2 bolts from the cross brace.

20. Remove and discard the nut and remove the rear cross brace.
 21. NOTE: If transmission disassembly or installation of a new transmission is necessary, the transmission fluid will
need to be drained.

Remove the drain plug and drain the transmission fluid.

22. Install the transmission fluid drain plug.

Tighten to 12 Nm (106 lb-in).

AWD vehicles

23. Remove the 2 exhaust bracket-to-intermediate shaft bracket bolts.

24. NOTE: Exhaust removed for clarity.

Remove the 4 PTU bracket-to-engine bolts.

25. Remove the PTU bracket-to-engine bolt.

26. Remove the 2 PTU bracket-to- PTU bolts and remove the bracket.
 27. NOTE: Exhaust removed for clarity.

Remove the bolts from the PTU .

28. Remove the bolt and remove the PTU .

Front Wheel Drive (FWD) vehicles

29. Remove the 3 bolts and the dampener.

All vehicles

30. Remove the 3 bolts holding the transaxle front mount bracket.

31. Remove the 2 transmission fluid cooler tube secondary latches from the transmission fluid cooler tubes.

32. Using the Transmission Cooler Line Disconnect Tool, disconnect the 2 transmission fluid cooler tubes (1 shown).
33. Disconnect the transaxle vehicle harness electrical connector.

34. Disconnect the Turbine Shaft Speed (TSS) sensor electrical connector.

35. Remove the transaxle electrical wiring harness retainers from the transmission fluid pan stud bolts.
36. Remove the starter motor isolator.

37. Remove and discard the 4 torque converter nuts.

38. Using the Engine Support Bar, lower the transmission.

39. Push the torque converter back from the flexplate. Use a suitable transmission jack to support the transaxle and
remove the 3 rear bellhousing bolts.

40. Remove the 4 remaining transaxle-to-engine bolts.

41. NOTICE: The torque converter is heavy. Install the Torque Converter Retainer before lowering the
transaxle.

Move the transaxle back far enough to install the Torque Converter Retainer.

42. Lower the transaxle from the engine compartment.

SECTION 307-01A: Automatic Transaxle/Transmission — 2010 Escape, Mariner, Escape Hybrid, Mariner Hybrid Workshop
6F35 Manual
DISASSEMBLY Procedure revision date: 05/28/2010

Transaxle

Special Tool(s)
Handle, Torque Converter
307-091 (T81P-7902-C)

Holding Fixture
307-625

Installer, Wheel Speed Sensor Ring

206-084/2

Remover, Roll Pin

211-061 (T78P-3504-N1)

Retainer, Torque Converter

307-566

1. Install the Holding Fixture 307-625.

2. Using the Holding Fixture 307-625, install the transaxle on a bench-mounted holding fixture.

3. Remove the Torque Converter Retainer 307-566.

4. Install the Torque Converter Handle 307-091.

5. NOTICE: The torque converter is heavy. Be careful not to drop it or damage will result.

Using Torque Converter Handle 307-091, remove the torque converter from the transaxle.
6. NOTE: Note the location of the stud bolts for assembly.

Remove the 13 bolts and the main control cover.

7. Disconnect the Output Shaft Speed (OSS) sensor electrical connector.

8. Disconnect the Transmission Range (TR) sensor electrical connector.

 9. Remove the solenoid body-to-main control cover grommet.

10. NOTE: Note the location of the short and long main control bolts for reassembly.

Remove the nut and the 22 Torx bolts and remove the main control assembly.

11. Remove and discard the main control-to-transaxle case separator plate.
12. Remove and discard the forward (1, 2, 3, 4) clutch and low/reverse clutch transaxle case-to-center support seals.
1. Forward (1, 2, 3, 4) clutch transaxle case-to-center support seal.
2. Low/reverse clutch transaxle case-to-center support seal.

13. Remove the internal cooler bypass spring, sleeve and valve.
14. Remove the bolt and the Turbine Shaft Speed (TSS) sensor.

15. Remove the bolt and the TR sensor detent spring.

16. Remove the bolt and the OSS sensor.

17. NOTE: Note the location of the stud bolts for assembly.

Remove the 17 torque converter housing bolts.

18. Using a suitable tool, pry the torque converter housing loose from the transaxle case.
19. Remove the torque converter housing loose from the transaxle case.

20. Remove the No. 15 differential thrust bearing.

21. Remove the differential.

22. Remove the differential planetary sun gear.

23. Remove the No. 13 thrust washer.

24. Remove the No. 11 drive sprocket thrust bearing.

25. Simultaneously remove the drive and driven sprockets and the chain.

26. Remove the No. 12 driven sprocket thrust bearing.

27. Remove the No. 10 front sun gear and shell assembly thrust bearing.

28. Remove the 2 bolts and the transmission fluid reservoir hold-down bracket.

29. Remove the transmission fluid reservoir.

30. Remove the transmission fluid baffle.

31. Remove the park pawl pin and spring.

32. Remove the park pawl.

33. NOTE: The forward (1, 2, 3, 4) clutch snap ring is beveled. The beveled side of the snap ring goes up (flat side
down).

NOTE: The forward (1, 2, 3, 4) clutch snap ring gap faces the front of the transmission.

Remove the forward (1, 2, 3, 4) clutch snap ring.

34. Remove the forward (1, 2, 3, 4) clutch pressure plate, clutch assembly and wave spring.
35. Remove the front sun gear and shell assembly.

36. Remove the front planetary carrier/rear ring gear assembly.

37. Remove the No. 7 and No. 8 thrust bearings.

1. No. 7 thrust bearing
2. No. 8 thrust bearing
38. Remove the center planetary carrier/front ring gear assembly.

39. Remove the center planetary sun gear.

40. Remove the No. 5 and No. 6 thrust bearings.

1. No. 5 thrust bearing
2. No. 6 thrust bearing
41. Remove the center support assembly.

42. Remove the rear planetary carrier/center ring gear assembly.

43. Remove the low/reverse wave spring, clutch pack and pressure plate.
44. Remove the low One-Way Clutch (OWC).

45. NOTE: The intermediate (2, 6) clutch is removed with the rear planetary sun gear and shell assembly.

Remove the rear planetary sun gear and shell assembly and remove the intermediate (2, 6) clutch from the
assembly.
46. Remove the pressure plate and the wave spring.

47. Remove the No. 3 thrust bearing.

48. Remove the overdrive/direct clutch assembly.

49. NOTE: If the No. 1 thrust bearing stuck to the overdrive/direct clutch assembly, remove the No. 1 thrust bearing
from the overdrive/direct clutch assembly.

Remove the No. 1 thrust bearing.

50. Remove the intermediate (2, 6) clutch apply ring.

51. Remove the 3 bolts and the clutch support tower.

52. NOTE: Note the location of the snap ring gap for assembly.

Remove the intermediate (2, 6) clutch return spring snap ring.

53. NOTE: Note the position of the return spring for assembly.

Remove the intermediate (2, 6) clutch return spring.

54. NOTE: Note the position of the intermediate clutch piston for assembly.

Remove the intermediate (2, 6) clutch piston.

55. Remove and discard the 5 clutch feed seals.

56. Remove the nut and the manual lever from the manual shaft.

57. NOTICE: Do not drive the roll pin through the manual shaft. The roll pin will contact the transaxle case
causing damage to the transaxle case.

Using Roll Pin Remover 211-061, pull the roll pin out of the manual shaft.

58. Remove the manual shaft.

59. Remove the TR sensor and the park pawl actuator rod and remove the park pawl actuator rod from the TR
sensor.

60. Using a suitable tool, remove and discard the manual shaft seal.
61. Using a suitable tool, remove and discard the LH halfshaft seal.

62. NOTE: Press the bushing out of the transaxle case from the outside to the inside so that the transaxle case rests
on a flat surface.

Using the Wheel Speed Sensor Ring Installer 206-084/2 and a suitable press, remove and discard the LH
transaxle case bushing from the transaxle case.

63. Remove the 2 bolts and the oil baffle from the torque converter housing.
64. NOTE: Note the location of the 6-mm bolt for assembly.

Remove the 9 bolts and the pump and filter assembly.

65. Remove the differential ring gear snap ring.

66. Remove the differential ring gear.

67. Using a suitable tool, remove and discard the RH halfshaft seal.
SECTION 307-01A: Automatic Transaxle/Transmission — 2010 Escape, Mariner, Escape Hybrid, Mariner Hybrid Workshop
6F35 Manual
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY OF SUBASSEMBLIES Procedure revision date: 07/27/2009

Final Drive Carrier and Differential Assembly

Disassembly

1. Using a suitable tool, drive the roll pin out of the differential. Discard the roll pin.

2. Remove the differential pin.

3. NOTICE: Do not mix up the washers from the side or spider gears that they were originally assembled
with. Assembly of the differential with the wrong washers can cause excessive wear to the differential
carrier, spider or side gears.

Rotate the side gears along with the spider gears and remove the side gears and the spider gears.
1. Side gear
2. Spider gear
 4. Remove the washers from the side and spider gears, but keep the washers with the gear that it was originally
assembled with.

Assembly

1. Clean and inspect the side gears and spider gears and washers for damage or excessive wear and install new
components as necessary.
2. Clean and inspect the differential pin for damage or excessive wear and install new if necessary.

3. Clean and inspect the differential for damage and install new if necessary.
1. Inspect the thrust bearing surfaces.
2. Inspect the differential planetary gear teeth.
3. Inspect the differential planetary gear teeth to be sure they spin freely and do not move back and forth or
side to side excessively.
4. Clean and inspect the differential sun gear for damage or excessive wear and install new if necessary.

5. NOTICE: Do not mix up the washers from the side or spider gears that they were originally assembled
with. Assembly of the differential with the wrong washers can cause excessive wear to the differential
carrier, spider or side gears.

Install the washers on the side or spider gears that they were removed from.
6. Position the side gears in the differential carrier.

7. Place the spider gears in the differential carrier and rotate the side gears with the spider gears until the differential
pin hole lines up to the holes in the spider gears.

8. Install the differential pin with the roll pin holes aligned.
9. Using a suitable tool, install a new roll pin.
SECTION 307-01A: Automatic Transaxle/Transmission — 2010 Escape, Mariner, Escape Hybrid, Mariner Hybrid Workshop
6F35 Manual
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY OF SUBASSEMBLIES Procedure revision date: 07/27/2009

Pump and Filter Assembly

Special Tool(s)
Collet, 3/4 Inch to 7/8 Inch
303-D019 (D80L-100-Q)

Installer, Converter Seal

307-627

Seal Installer, Turbine Shaft

307-634

Slide Hammer
100-001 (T50T-100-A)

Material
Item Specification
Motorcraft® MERCON® LV Automatic MERCON®
Transmission Fluid LV
XT-10-QLVC

Pump Assembly
Item Part Number Description
1 7A103 Pump housing
2 — Main pressure regulator valve assembly
3 — Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) control valve assembly

Disassembly

1. NOTE: Note the orientation of the fluid filter to the fluid pump.

Remove the filter from the pump.

1. Rotate the filter 90 degrees clockwise.
2. Pull the filter out of the pump.
2. Remove the magnet from the filter.

3. Assemble the Slide Hammer 100-001 and 3/4 Inch to 7/8 Inch Collet 303-D019 and remove and discard the input
shaft seal.
4. Remove the pump-to-torque converter housing seal.

5. Using a suitable dent puller, remove the torque converter hub seal.

6. Position the pump assembly in the torque converter housing and install 2 pump-to-torque converter housing bolts
hand-tight.
7. Loosen the 23 pump bolts.

8. Remove the 2 bolts and the pump from the torque converter housing.

9. Remove the 23 pump bolts and separate the pump halves.

10. NOTE: The dot on the inner pump gear faces up.

Remove the pump gears.

11. Compress the main pressure regulator valve spring with a screwdriver and remove the retainer with a magnet.

12. Install an M4 bolt in the valve and remove the main pressure regulator valve assembly.
13. Compress the Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) control valve spring with a screwdriver and remove the retainer
with a magnet.

14. Remove the TCC control valve assembly.

Assembly

1. Clean and inspect the components of the pump assembly for wear or damage. Inspect the fluid drained from the
pump for excessive metal or foreign material. If excessive wear, damage or excessive metal is found, replace the
fluid pump as an assembly.

2. NOTE: TCC control valve retainer shown assembled in the pump body, main pressure regulator valve retainer
similar.

Assemble the TCC control valve and main pressure regulator valve and install the valves in the pump. Compress
the valve springs with a screwdriver and install the retainers.

3. NOTE: The dot on the inner pump gear faces up.

Install the pump gears.

4. Position the stator support on the pump housing and install the 23 bolts hand-tight.

5. Install the pump assembly in the torque converter housing and install 2 bolts hand-tight.

6. Tighten the 23 pump housing bolts.

Tighten to 10 Nm (89 lb-in).
7. Remove the 2 bolts and the pump assembly from the torque converter housing.

8. Install a new seal on Converter Seal Installer 307-627.

9. Using the Converter Seal Installer 307-627, install a new torque converter hub seal.
10. Install a new pump-to-torque converter housing seal.

11. Install a new turbine shaft seal on Turbine Shaft Seal Installer 307-634.

12. Using Turbine Shaft Seal Installer 307-634, install the turbine shaft seal.
13. Install a new O-ring on a new filter and lubricate it with clean automatic transmission fluid.

14. Install the magnet on the filter.

15. Install the filter.

1. Position the filter in the pump.
2. Rotate the filter counterclockwise 90 degrees.
SECTION 307-01A: Automatic Transaxle/Transmission — 2010 Escape, Mariner, Escape Hybrid, Mariner Hybrid Workshop
6F35 Manual
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY OF SUBASSEMBLIES Procedure revision date: 05/28/2010

Main Control Valve Body

Main Control Valve Body

Item Part Number Description
1 W500303 Solenoid body-to-valve body bolt
2 7G391 Solenoid body
3 7A100 Main control valve body
4 7E195 Check balls
5 7J191 Solenoid damper (Shift Solenoid A (SSA))
6 7C389 Manual valve
7 7G473 Solenoid pressure regulator valve assembly
8 7G179 Clutch bypass valve
9 7G307 Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) regulator valve
10 7B200 Control pressure regulator
11 7D102 Direct (3, 5, R) clutch regulator valve
12 7D102 Intermediate (2, 6) clutch regulator valve
13 7D102 Forward (1, 2, 3, 4) clutch regulator valve
14 7J187 Forward (1, 2, 3, 4) clutch latch valve
15 7D102 Low reverse/overdrive (4, 5, 6) clutch regulator valve

Disassembly

1. Remove the 2 bolts and separate the solenoid body from the valve body.
2. Remove the 2 bolts and remove and discard the separator plate.

3. Remove the 3 check balls and the damper.

1. Check balls
2. Solenoid damper
4. Remove the manual valve.

5. NOTICE: Remove the valves by tapping the valve body on the palm of the hand to slide the valves out of
the bores or by threading a 4-mm bolt into the valves and pulling them out. It may be necessary to
remove the valves and springs using a pick. If it is necessary to use a pick, use extreme caution to
prevent damaging the valves or valve bores. If necessary, disassemble parts of the main control valve
body in small groups. Take special care when handling the main control components, since they are the
most precise and delicate parts of the transaxle. Neatly arrange the parts as they are removed to avoid
mixing similar pieces.

NOTICE: Do not stone or polish any valves or damage to the valves can occur. If the valves do not move
freely, install a new assembly.

NOTE: The bypass valve is held in with a spring-loaded retainer. Be careful not to lose the retainer when
removing it.
 Compress the valve springs with a screwdriver and remove the retainers with a magnet. Use a pick to remove the
bypass valve retainer. Remove the individual valves and springs from the main control valve body by tapping the
valve body on the palm of the hand to slide the valves out of the bores. If needed, use a 4-mm bolt to thread into
the valves to remove the valves. See the Valve Body illustration for valve and spring locations. Clean valves,
springs and main control valve body.

Assembly

1. NOTICE: Do not stone or polish any valves or damage to the valves can occur. If the valves do not move
freely during assembly, install a new valve body.

Install the valve body valves, springs and retaining clips in the main control valve body. See the Valve Body
illustration at the beginning of this procedure for valve and spring locations.
2. Install the manual valve in the valve body.

3. Install the 3 check balls and the damper.

1. Check balls
2. Solenoid damper
4. Install the new separator plate and the 2 separator bolts.

Tighten to 10 Nm (89 lb-in).

5. For disassembly and assembly of the solenoid body, refer to Solenoid Body Assembly in this section.

6. Position the solenoid body assembly on the valve body and install the 2 bolts.

Tighten to 10 Nm (89 lb-in).
SECTION 307-01A: Automatic Transaxle/Transmission — 2010 Escape, Mariner, Escape Hybrid, Mariner Hybrid Workshop
6F35 Manual
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY OF SUBASSEMBLIES Procedure revision date: 11/18/2009

Solenoid Body Assembly

Special Tool(s)
Pins, Leadframe Guide
307-636

Solenoid Body
Item Part Number Description
1 W500303 Solenoid body-to-valve body bolt
2 7A100 Main control valve body
3 N605770 Solenoid body-to-valve body separator plate bolt (2 required)
4 7Z490 Solenoid body-to-valve body separator plate
5 7K221 Circuit filter
6 7G391 Solenoid body
7 W505513 Leadframe screw (5 required)
8 7G276 Leadframe
9 7H111 Solenoid retaining pin (14 required)
10 7J187 Direct (3, 5, R) clutch latch valve
11 7J187 Intermediate (2, 6) clutch latch valve
12 7J187 Low reverse/overdrive (4, 5, 6) clutch latch valve
13 7G383 Line Pressure Control (LPC) solenoid
14 7G136 Shift Solenoid C (SSC)
15 7G136 Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) solenoid
16 7G484 Shift Solenoid E (SSE) ON/OFF solenoid
17 7G136 Shift Solenoid A (SSA)
18 7G383 Shift Solenoid B (SSB)
19 7G383 Shift Solenoid D (SSD)

Disassembly

1. If not previously done, remove the 2 bolts and separate the solenoid body from the valve body.
2. Remove the 2 bolts and remove and discard the separator plate.

3. Remove and discard the circuit filter.

4. Compress the valve springs with a screwdriver and remove the retainers with a magnet. Remove the individual
valves and springs from the solenoid body by tapping it on the palm of the hand to slide the valves out of the
bores. See the Solenoid Body illustration at the beginning of this procedure for valve and spring locations.

5. NOTICE: Be careful not to bend or twist the solenoid body leadframe or the solenoid terminals when
removing the leadframe or damage can occur to the leadframe or the solenoids.

Remove the 5 screws and carefully remove the leadframe from the solenoids by lifting it straight up evenly.
6. NOTICE: The solenoids are calibrated from the factory and are not all the same. Failure to mark the
solenoids to the ports they were originally in can result in mixing the solenoids and can cause damage to
the transaxle or a harsh shift.

Using a paint marker, number the solenoids and the solenoid body to correspond with the ports from which the
solenoids are located in the solenoid body.

7. Remove the solenoid retaining pins.

 8. Remove the solenoids from the solenoid body.

Assembly

1. NOTICE: Be careful not to wash the numbers from the solenoids or the solenoid body. Failure to install
the solenoids in the ports they were originally in can result in damage to the transaxle or a harsh shift.

NOTICE: Do not stone or polish any valves or damage to the valves can occur. If the valves do not move
freely during assembly, install a new solenoid body.

Clean and inspect the solenoid body, solenoids and valve assemblies for damage. Inspect the solenoid screens
for debris that may restrict fluid flow through the screen.

2. NOTICE: The solenoids are calibrated from the factory and are not all the same. Failure to install the
solenoids in the ports they were originally in can result in damage to the transaxle or a harsh shift.
 If new solenoid(s) are not being installed, position the solenoids in the solenoid body ports from which their
numbers correspond.

3. If installing a new Variable Force Solenoid (VFS), determine the base part number of the solenoid(s). The Torque
Converter Clutch (TCC) solenoid, Shift Solenoid A (SSA) and Shift Solenoid C (SSC) are all normally low
pressure solenoids. The Line Pressure Control (LPC) solenoid, Shift Solenoid B (SSB) and Shift Solenoid D
(SSD) are all normally high pressure solenoids. Shift Solenoid E (SSE) is not a VFS ; it is an ON/OFF solenoid.

Item Part Number Description

1 7G136 SSA (normally low)
2 7G383 SSB (normally high)
3 7G136 SSC (normally low)
4 7G383 SSD (normally high)
5 7G484 SSE (normally closed [OFF])
6 7G136 TCC solenoid (normally low)
7 7G383 LPC solenoid (normally high)

4. If installing a new LPC solenoid, SSB or SSD , note the color of the electrical terminal area of the solenoid. The
color will be blue or green and the solenoid can only be replaced with the same color solenoid. If a new solenoid
with that color is not available, install a new solenoid body, refer to Solenoid Body Assembly in this section.
5. Determine the part number suffix by checking the solenoid service band number etched on the side of the
solenoid. The band number is the third digit on the side of the solenoid and will be a 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5. Use the
following table to determine the part number suffix and match the new solenoid base part number and suffix with
the old solenoid. Install the solenoid in the solenoid body.

Solenoid Band Number Part Number Suffix

1 B
2 C
3 D
4 E
5 F

6. Install the solenoid retaining pins.

 7. Install Leadframe Guide Pins 307-636 in the solenoid body to align the leadframe for installation.

8. Position the leadframe on the guide pins and carefully install the leadframe by pushing it straight down into the
solenoids.

9. Remove Leadframe Guide Pins 307-636.

10. Install the 5 leadframe screws.

11. NOTICE: If the valves do not move freely during assembly, install a new solenoid body. Failure to install a
new solenoid body can result in a harsh shift or damage to the transaxle.

Install the solenoid body valves, springs and retaining clips in the solenoid body. See the Solenoid Body
illustration at the beginning of this procedure for valve and spring locations.

12. Install the circuit filter.

13. Install the new separator plate and the 2 bolts.

Tighten to 10 Nm (89 lb-in).

14. If not previously done, refer to Main Control Valve Body in this section for disassembly and assembly of the valve
body.

15. Position the solenoid body assembly on the valve body and install the 2 bolts.

Tighten to 10 Nm (89 lb-in).
SECTION 307-01A: Automatic Transaxle/Transmission — 2010 Escape, Mariner, Escape Hybrid, Mariner Hybrid Workshop
6F35 Manual
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY OF SUBASSEMBLIES Procedure revision date: 07/27/2009

Planetary Gearsets And Chain Drive Parts

1. Clean and inspect the front planetary sun gear and shell assembly for damage or wear and install new, as
necessary.

Gear teeth

Shell-to-clutch pack surfaces

Thrust bearing surfaces

2. Clean and inspect the front planetary gear carrier/rear ring gear assembly for damage or excessive wear and
install new, as necessary.

Pinion gear teeth

Pinion gear surfaces

Pinion gear bearings

Spline teeth

Thrust bearing

Thrust bearing surfaces

Ring gear teeth
3. Clean and inspect the center planetary gear carrier/front ring gear assembly for damage or excessive wear and
install new, as necessary.

Pinion gear teeth

Pinion gear surfaces

Pinion gear bearings

Spline teeth

Thrust bearing surfaces

Ring gear teeth
4. Clean and inspect the center planetary sun gear for damage or excessive wear and install new, as necessary.

Sun gear teeth

Spline teeth

5. Clean and inspect the rear planetary gear carrier/center ring gear assembly for damage or excessive wear and
install new, as necessary.

Pinion gear teeth

Pinion gear surfaces

Pinion gear bearings

Spline teeth

Thrust bearing surfaces

Thrust bearing

Ring gear teeth
6. Clean and inspect the rear planetary sun gear and shell assembly for damage or wear and install new, if
necessary.

Sun gear teeth

Shell-to-clutch pack surfaces

Bearing surfaces
7. Remove the drive chain from the drive and driven sprockets.

8. Clean and inspect the drive chain for damage or excessive wear and install new, if necessary.

Check the drive chain for wear, stretching or tightness of the chain links.

Check that the chain moves freely.
 9. Inspect the driven sprocket for damage or excessive wear and install new, if necessary.

Chain teeth

Spline teeth

Thrust bearing surfaces

Bearing

10. Remove the snap ring and remove the drive sprocket from the front planetary hub/park gear assembly.
11. Inspect the drive sprocket for damage or excessive wear and install new, if necessary.

Chain teeth

Spline teeth

Thrust washer surface

12. Inspect the front planetary hub/park gear assembly for damage or excessive wear and install new, if necessary.

Park gear teeth

Spline teeth

Thrust washer surface

Thrust bearing surface

Bearing surfaces

Needle bearing
13. Install the drive sprocket on the front planetary hub/park gear assembly and install the snap ring.

14. Install the drive chain on the drive and driven sprockets.
SECTION 307-01A: Automatic Transaxle/Transmission — 6F35 2010 Escape, Mariner, Escape Hybrid, Mariner Hybrid Workshop Manual
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY OF SUBASSEMBLIES Procedure revision date: 07/27/2009

Low One-Way Clutch

1. NOTICE: Do not clean in water or with water-based solvents. Damage to the component may occur.

NOTE: The low One-Way Clutch (OWC) should not be disassembled.

Clean and inspect the low OWC for cracks and damaged splines. The internal splined section should rotate clockwise and lock when
rotated counterclockwise. If any damage is found or the clutch does not rotate or lock, install a new low OWC .

2. Inspect the intermediate (2, 6) clutch surface for damage. If the surface is burned or worn excessively, install a new OWC .
SECTION 307-01A: Automatic Transaxle/Transmission — 2010 Escape, Mariner, Escape Hybrid, Mariner Hybrid Workshop
6F35 Manual
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY OF SUBASSEMBLIES Procedure revision date: 07/27/2009

Overdrive/Direct Clutch Assembly

Special Tool(s)
Compressor, Forward/Intermediate
Spring
307-584 (includes 307-584/1 and 307-
584/2)

Compressor, Overdrive Clutch, Balance

Piston and Direct Clutch
307-589 (includes 307-589/1 and 307-
589/2)

Dial Indicator Gauge With Holding

Fixture
100-002 (TOOL-4201-C)

Input Shaft Support Seal Installer (Back

Plate, Multiple Rings)
307-578 (includes 307-578/1, 307-578/2
and 307-578/3)

Material
Item Specification
Motorcraft® MERCON® LV Automatic MERCON®
Transmission Fluid LV
XT-10-QLVC

Disassembly

1. Remove the input shaft snap ring.

2. Remove the input shaft.

3. Remove the Overdrive (O/D) (4, 5, 6) clutch hub.

4. Remove the O/D (4, 5, 6) clutch hub, No. 2 thrust bearing.

5. Remove the O/D (4, 5, 6) clutch snap ring.

6. Remove the O/D (4, 5, 6) clutch pressure plate and clutch assembly.
7. Install the Overdrive Clutch, Balance Piston and Direct Clutch Compressor 307-589/1 and Forward/Intermediate
Spring Compressor 307-584/2 on the balance piston.

8. Using a press, compress the O/D (4, 5, 6) clutch return spring and remove the snap ring.
 9. Remove the Overdrive Clutch, Balance Piston and Direct Clutch Compressor 307-589/1 and
Forward/Intermediate Spring Compressor 307-584/2.

10. Remove and discard the balance piston.

11. Remove the O/D (4, 5, 6) piston return spring.

12. Install the clutch support tower in the transmission case and install the 3 bolts.

Tighten to 12 Nm (106 lb-in).

13. Remove the Input Shaft Support Seal Installer 307-578/1 (sizer).
14. Install the No. 1 O/D /direct clutch assembly thrust bearing.

15. Position the O/D /direct clutch assembly in the transaxle case.

16. Apply compressed air to the O/D (4, 5, 6) clutch piston port and remove the O/D (4, 5, 6) clutch piston.
17. Remove the O/D /direct clutch assembly from the transaxle case.

18. Remove the O/D (4, 5, 6) clutch piston seal from the O/D /direct clutch assembly.
19. Remove the 2 seals from the O/D (4, 5, 6) clutch piston.

20. NOTICE: Only compress the direct clutch piston return spring far enough to take the tension from the
direct clutch cylinder off the snap ring. If the piston is compressed too far, the piston alignment tab may
be broken off.

Install the Overdrive Clutch, Balance Piston and Direct Clutch Compressor 307-589/2 and Forward/Intermediate
Spring Compressor 307-584/2 on the direct (3, 5, R) clutch cylinder. Using a press, compress the direct (3, 5, R)
clutch piston return spring, and remove the snap ring.
1. Do not contact the O/D /direct clutch hub and shaft assembly with the direct (3, 5, R) clutch cylinder.
2. Remove the snap ring.
21. Remove the Overdrive Clutch, Balance Piston and Direct Clutch Compressor 307-589/2 and
Forward/Intermediate Spring Compressor 307-584/2.

22. Remove the direct (3, 5, R) clutch cylinder.

23. Remove and discard the direct (3, 5, R) clutch piston.

24. NOTE: Note the position of the return spring for assembly. The flat side faces down.

Remove the direct (3, 5, R) clutch piston return spring.

25. Remove the direct (3, 5, R) clutch snap ring.

1. Slightly lift up on the direct (3, 5, R) clutch so that the snap ring floats freely.
2. Using a suitable tool, compress the snap ring.
3. Allow the direct (3, 5, R) clutch and pressure plate to drop so that the snap ring is out of the pressure plate
groove.
4. Remove the snap ring.
26. Remove the direct (3, 5, R) clutch pressure plate, clutch pack and wave spring.

27. Remove and discard the 3 direct (3, 5, R) clutch piston seals.
Assembly

1. Clean and inspect the O/D /direct clutch assembly for damage or excessive wear and install new components as
necessary.

2. Install new direct (3, 5, R) clutch piston seals and lubricate the seals with petroleum jelly.

3. Install the direct (3, 5, R) clutch wave spring.

4. Soak the direct (3, 5, R) clutch pack in clean automatic transmission fluid.

5. Install the direct (3, 5, R) clutch assembly and pressure plate.

6. Install the direct (3, 5, R) clutch snap ring.

1. Using a suitable tool, compress the snap ring.
2. Lift the direct (3, 5, R) clutch so that the snap ring is in the groove of the pressure plate.
3. Release the tension on the snap ring.
7. NOTE: Install the direct (3, 5, R) clutch piston return spring with the flat side facing down.

Install the direct (3, 5, R) clutch piston return spring.

8. Lubricate a new direct (3, 5, R) clutch piston with petroleum jelly and install the piston.
 9. Install the direct (3, 5, R) clutch cylinder.

10. NOTICE: Only compress the direct clutch piston return spring far enough to take the tension from the
direct clutch cylinder off the snap ring. If the piston is compressed too far, the piston alignment tab may
be broken off.

Install the Overdrive Clutch, Balance Piston and Direct Clutch Compressor 307-589/2 and Forward/Intermediate
Spring Compressor 307-584/2 on the direct (3, 5, R) clutch cylinder. Using a press, compress the direct (3, 5, R)
clutch piston return spring, and install the snap ring.
1. Do not contact the O/D /direct clutch hub and shaft assembly with the direct (3, 5, R) clutch cylinder.
2. Install the snap ring.
11. Remove the Overdrive Clutch, Balance Piston and Direct Clutch Compressor 307-589/2 and
Forward/Intermediate Spring Compressor 307-584/2.

12. Install 2 new seals on the O/D (4, 5, 6) clutch piston and lubricate the seals with petroleum jelly.
13. Install a new O/D (4, 5, 6) clutch piston inner seal and lubricate the seal with petroleum jelly.

14. Position the O/D (4, 5, 6) clutch piston in place.

15. Using the Overdrive Clutch, Balance Piston, and Direct Clutch Compressor 307-589/1, install the O/D (4, 5, 6)
clutch piston into the O/D /direct clutch assembly by hand.
16. NOTE: Holes face up on the O/D (4, 5, 6) clutch piston return spring.

Install the O/D (4, 5, 6) clutch piston return spring.

17. Lubricate the seals on a new balance piston and position the piston in place.
18. Install the Overdrive Clutch, Balance Piston and Direct Clutch Compressor 307-589/1 and Forward/Intermediate
Spring Compressor 307-584/2 on the balance piston.

19. Using a press, compress the O/D (4, 5, 6) clutch return spring and install the snap ring.
20. Remove the Overdrive Clutch, Balance Piston and Direct Clutch Compressor 307-589/1 and
Forward/Intermediate Spring Compressor 307-584/2.

21. Install the No. 2 thrust bearing.

22. Install the O/D (4, 5, 6) clutch hub.

23. Soak the O/D (4, 5, 6) clutch pack in clean automatic transmission fluid.

24. Install the O/D (4, 5, 6) clutch pack.

25. Install the O/D (4, 5, 6) clutch pressure plate.

26. Install the O/D (4, 5, 6) clutch snap ring.

27. Install the input shaft.

28. While holding the input shaft in place, install the snap ring.

29. Position the O/D /direct clutch assembly in the transaxle case, install Dial Indicator Gauge With Holding Fixture
100-002 or a suitable dial indicator and position the plunger on the O/D (4, 5, 6) clutch pressure plate. Apply 483
kPa (70 psi) of air pressure to the O/D (4, 5, 6) clutch piston port while recording the clutch pack clearance on the
Dial Indicator. The clearance should be between 0.950 mm (0.037 in) and 1.778 mm (0.07 in). If the clearance is
out of range, check the O/D (4, 5, 6) clutch pack for correct installation. If the O/D (4, 5, 6) clutch pack is correctly
installed, install a new O/D (4, 5, 6) clutch pack.
30. Position the plunger on one of the top direct (3, 5, R) clutch plate tabs. Apply 483 kPa (70 psi) of air pressure to
the direct (3, 5, R) clutch piston port while recording the clutch pack clearance on Dial Indicator Gauge With
Holding Fixture 100-002. The clearance should be between 0.412 mm (0.016 in) and 1.728 mm (0.068 in). If the
clearance is out of range, check the direct (3, 5, R) clutch pack for correct installation. If the direct (3, 5, R) clutch
pack is correctly installed, install a new direct (3, 5, R) clutch pack.
31. Remove Dial Indicator Gauge With Holding Fixture 100-002, O/D /direct clutch assembly and the No. 1
O/D /direct clutch assembly thrust bearing.
SECTION 307-01A: Automatic Transaxle/Transmission — 2010 Escape, Mariner, Escape Hybrid, Mariner Hybrid Workshop
6F35 Manual
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY OF SUBASSEMBLIES Procedure revision date: 07/27/2009

Center Support

Special Tool(s)
Compressor, Center Support Piston
Spring
307-630

Seal Protector, Low Reverse Piston

307-628 (includes 307-628/1 and 307-
628/2)

Seal Protector, Low Reverse / 1-2-3-4

Piston
307-629

Disassembly

1. NOTE: The forward clutch piston in the center support is the side of the center support with the short legs.

Install the Center Support Piston Spring Compressor 307-630 on the forward (1, 2, 3, 4) clutch return spring.

2. Using the Center Support Piston Spring Compressor 307-630 and a press, compress the forward (1, 2, 3, 4)
clutch return spring and remove the snap ring.
3. Remove the Center Support Piston Spring Compressor 307-630.

4. Remove the return spring from the Center Support Piston Spring Compressor 307-630 or the forward (1, 2, 3, 4)
clutch piston.
5. Apply 483 kPa (70 psi) of air pressure to the forward (1, 2, 3, 4) clutch piston port and remove the forward (1, 2,
3, 4) clutch piston.

6. Install the Center Support Piston Spring Compressor 307-630 on the low/reverse return spring.
7. Using the Center Support Piston Spring Compressor 307-630 and a press, compress the low/reverse clutch
return spring and remove the snap ring.

8. Remove the Center Support Piston Spring Compressor 307-630.

 9. Remove the low/reverse clutch return spring.

10. Apply 483 kPa (70 psi) of air pressure to the low/reverse clutch piston port and remove the low/reverse clutch
piston.

Assembly

1. Clean and inspect the center support for damage. Install a new center support if necessary.

2. Install the Low Reverse Piston Seal Protector 307-628/1 and 307-628/2 on the center support.
3. Lubricate the sealing surfaces of the low/reverse piston with petroleum jelly.

4. Position the low/reverse clutch piston on the Low Reverse Piston Seal Protector 307-628/1 and 307-628/2 and
push it down into the center support.

5. Remove the Low Reverse Piston Seal Protector 307-628/1 and 307-628/2.
6. Install the low/reverse piston return spring.

7. Install the Center Support Piston Spring Compressor 307-630 on the low/reverse piston return spring.

8. Using the Center Support Piston Spring Compressor 307-630 and a press, compress the low/reverse clutch
return spring and install the snap ring.
 9. Remove the Center Support Piston Spring Compressor 307-630.

10. Inspect the snap ring to be sure it is seated in the groove on the center support.
11. Turn the center support over and install the Low Reverse Piston Seal Protector 307-628/2 and the Low Reverse /
1-2-3-4 Piston Seal Protector 307-629 on the center support.

12. Lubricate the sealing surfaces of the forward (1, 2, 3, 4) clutch piston with petroleum jelly.

13. Position the forward (1, 2, 3, 4) clutch piston on Low Reverse Piston Seal Protector 307-628/2 and the Low
Reverse / 1-2-3-4 Piston Seal Protector 307-629 and push it down into the center support.
14. Remove Low Reverse Piston Seal Protector 307-628/2 and the Low Reverse / 1-2-3-4 Piston Seal Protector 307-
629.

15. Install the forward (1, 2, 3, 4) clutch piston return spring.

16. Install the Center Support Piston Spring Compressor 307-630 on the forward (1, 2, 3, 4) clutch return spring.
17. Using the Center Support Piston Spring Compressor 307-630 and a press, compress the forward (1, 2, 3, 4)
clutch return spring and install the snap ring.

18. Remove the Center Support Piston Spring Compressor 307-630.

19. Inspect the snap ring to be sure it is seated in the groove on the center support.
SECTION 307-01A: Automatic Transaxle/Transmission — 2010 Escape, Mariner, Escape Hybrid, Mariner Hybrid Workshop
6F35 Manual
ASSEMBLY Procedure revision date: 07/08/2010

Transaxle

Special Tool(s)
Compressor, Forward Clutch Spring
307-574 (includes 307-574/1 and 307-
574/2)

Compressor, Forward/Intemediate
Spring
307-584 (includes 307-584/1 and 307-
584/2)

Dial Indicator Gauge With Holding

Fixture
100-002 (TOOL-4201-C)

Handle
205-153 (T80T-4000-W)

Handle, Torque Converter

307-091 (T81P-7902-C)

Holding Fixture
307-625

Input Shaft Support Seal Installer (Back

Plate, Multiple Rings)
307-578 (includes 307-578/1, 307-578/2
and 307-578/3)

Installer, Bushing
307-664
Installer, Differential Seal
307-626

Installer, RH Halfshaft Fluid Seal

307-428

Manual Lever Seal Installer

307-581

Retainer, Torque Converter

307-566

Seal Protector, 2-6 Piston

307-632

Seal Protector, Turbine Shaft

307-635

Shim Selection Gauge

307-300 (T94P-77000-Q) (17-055)

Spring Compressor, 2-6 Piston Return

307-633 (Includes 307-633/1 and 307-
633/2)
Material
Item Specification
Motorcraft® MERCON® LV Automatic MERCON®
Transmission Fluid LV
XT-10-QLVC
Ultra Silicone Sealant —
TA-29

Disassembled Views
 Part
Item Number Description
1 7005 Transaxle case
2 7A130 Clutch support tower
3 7D019 Clutch support tower seals (4 required)
4 W302855 Clutch support tower bolt (3 required)
5 7F242 No. 1 thrust bearing
6 7E005 Intermediate (2, 6) clutch piston
7 7B070 Intermediate (2, 6) clutch piston return spring
8 7D483 Intermediate (2, 6) clutch return spring snap ring
9 7E005 Intermediate (2, 6) clutch apply ring
10 7C122 Direct (3, 5, R) clutch cylinder snap ring
11 7F283 Direct (3, 5, R) clutch cylinder
12 7A262 Direct (3, 5, R) clutch piston
13 7F235 Direct (3, 5, R) clutch piston return spring
14 7C099 Direct (3, 5, R) clutch piston inner (rear) seal
15 7C099 Direct (3, 5, R) clutch piston inner (front) seal
16 7A548 Direct (3, 5, R) clutch piston outer seal
17 7C122 Input shaft snap ring
18 7G384 Direct (3, 5, R)/Overdrive (O/D) (4, 5, 6) clutch cylinder and
hub assembly
19 7A548 O/D (4, 5, 6) clutch piston inner seal
20 7F213 Input shaft
21 7D234 No. 2 thrust bearing
22 7B070 Direct (3, 5, R) clutch wave spring
23 7B164 Direct (3, 5, R) clutch friction plates (3 required)
24 7B442 Direct (3, 5, R) clutch steel plates (3 required)
25 7B066 Direct (3, 5, R) clutch pressure plate
26 7D483 Direct (3, 5, R) clutch snap ring
27 7A548 O/D (4, 5, 6) clutch piston outer (rear) seal
28 7A548 O/D (4, 5, 6) clutch piston outer (front) seal
29 7A262 O/D (4, 5, 6) clutch piston
30 7F222 O/D (4, 5, 6) clutch piston return spring
31 7H360 O/D (4, 5, 6) clutch balance piston
32 7C122 O/D (4, 5, 6) clutch piston snap ring
33 7B164 O/D (4, 5, 6) clutch friction plates (5 required)
34 7B442 O/D (4, 5, 6) clutch steel plates (5 required)
35 7B066 O/D (4, 5, 6) clutch pressure plate
36 7D483 O/D (4, 5, 6) clutch snap ring
37 7H351 O/D (4, 5, 6) clutch hub
38 7D234 No. 3 thrust bearing
39 7A019 Rear planetary sun gear and shell assembly
40 7E085 Intermediate (2, 6) clutch wave spring
41 7B164 Intermediate (2, 6) clutch friction plates (2 required)
42 7B442 Intermediate (2, 6) clutch steel plates (2 required)
43 7A089 One-Way Clutch (OWC)
44 7D491 Rear planet carrier/center ring gear
45 7C096 No. 6 thrust bearing
46 7G177 No. 5 thrust bearing
47 7B066 Low/reverse clutch pressure plate
48 7B164 Low/reverse clutch friction plates (3 required)
49 7B442 Low/reverse clutch steel plates (3 required)
50 7E085 Low/reverse clutch wave spring
51 7C122 Low/reverse clutch piston snap ring
52 7B070 Low/reverse clutch piston return spring
53 7D402 Low/reverse clutch piston
54 7L328 Center support
55 7A262 Forward (1, 2, 3, 4) clutch piston
56 7B070 Forward (1, 2, 3, 4) clutch piston return spring
57 7H365 Forward (1, 2, 3, 4) clutch piston snap ring
58 7D491 Center planetary carrier/front ring gear
59 7D063 Center planetary sun gear
60 7C096 No. 7 thrust bearing
61 7C096 No. 8 thrust bearing
62 7D491 Front planetary carrier/rear ring gear
63 7A019 Front planetary sun gear and shell assembly
 7D234 No. 10 thrust bearing
65 7B070 Forward (1, 2, 3, 4) clutch wave spring
66 7B164 Forward (1, 2, 3, 4) clutch friction plates (2 required)
67 7B442 Forward (1, 2, 3, 4) clutch steel plates (2 required)
68 7B066 Forward (1, 2, 3, 4) clutch pressure plate
69 7D483 Forward (1, 2, 3, 4) clutch snap ring
70 7978 Transmission fluid baffle
71 W500214 Transmission fluid baffle bolt (2 required)
72 7060 Park gear
73 7G132 Drive chain drive sprocket
74 7C122 Drive sprocket snap ring
75 7G099 No. 13 thrust washer
76 7G249 Drive chain
77 7D234 No. 11 thrust washer
78 7048 Input shaft seal
79 7A098 Transmission fluid filter
80 W302860 Pump-to-torque converter housing bolt (8 required)
81 7A103 Pump assembly
82 7A248 Pump assembly-to-torque converter housing O-ring seal
83 7A248 Torque converter hub seal
84 7F343 Different ring gear
85 7C122 Differential ring gear snap ring
86 7H245 Differential transmission fluid baffle
87 W500214 Differential transmission fluid baffle bolt (2 required)
88 7975 Torque converter housing
89 W701606 Torque converter housing stud bolt
90 7A443 Torque converter housing bolt (16 required)
91 7902 Torque converter
92 1177 RH halfshaft seal
93 391308-S Transaxle filler tube O-ring
94 7A228 Transaxle filler tube
95 W520101 Transaxle filler tube nut
96 7A020 Transmission fluid level indicator
97 7G355 No. 12 thrust bearing
98 7G132 Drive chain driven sprocket
99 7F342 Differential sun gear
100 7F465 Differential assembly
101 7G112 No. 15 thrust bearing
102 7B362 Torque converter housing-to-transaxle case guide pins
103 7D070 Park pawl spring
104 7A441 Park pawl
105 7D071 Park pawl pin
 7F337 Manual control shaft seal
107 7A232 Park pawl actuator rod
108 7H557 Transmission Range (TR) sensor
109 7C493 Manual control shaft
110 7G100 Manual control shaft pin
111 7A256 Manual control lever
112 W708455 Manual control lever nut
113 7E332 Manual valve detent spring
114 W711235 Manual valve detent spring bolt
115 7J387 Lubrication funnel
116 7A248 Torque converter housing-to-transaxle case seal (large)
117 7A248 Torque converter housing-to-transaxle case seal (small) (4
required)
118 7B431 Main control alignment pin
119 7C207 Main control stud
120 7G199 Main control-to-center support seal (2 required)
121 7H322 Thermal bypass valve and sleeve
122 — Thermal bypass valve spring (part of 7H322)
123 W713644 Output Shaft Speed (OSS) sensor bolt
124 7H103 OSS sensor
125 7Z490 Main control-to-transaxle case separator plate
126 7A100 Main control valve body
127 N605770 Separator plate-to-soledoid body bolt (2 required)
128 7Z490 Main control valve body-to-solenoid body
129 7G391 Solenoid body
130 W500303 Solenoid body-to-valve body bolt (2 required)
131 W302863 Main control-to-transaxle case bolt (long) (10 required)
132 W302862 Main control-to-transaxle case bolt (short) (12 required)
133 W520412 Main control nut
134 7G276 Main control leadframe
135 W505513 Main control leadframe screw (5 required)
136 7B329 Main control-to-cover seal
137 7G004 Main control cover
138 W714629 Main control cover stud bolt (5 required)
139 W500214 Main control cover bolt (8 required)
140 7010 Drain plug
141 7H398 Line pressure tap
142 7D273 Transmission fluid cooler tube fittings (2 required)
143 1177 LH halfshaft seal
144 7025 LH halfshaft bushing
145 7M101 Turbine Shaft Speed (TSS) sensor
146 W500214 TSS bolt
147 7A246 Vent tube
148 7L027 Magnet
149 7A033 Lubrication funnel bracket
150 7G342 Solenoid body strategy tag
151 7B148 Transaxle service identification tag
152 — Direct clutch (3, 5, R)
153 — Intermediate clutch (2, 6)
154 — O/D clutch (4, 5, 6)
155 — Forward clutch (1, 2, 3, 4)
156 — Low/reverse clutch

All vehicles

1. Clean and inspect the transaxle case for damage. Clean the silicone from the transaxle case-to-torque converter
housing sealing surface and the main control cover sealing surface.

2. Assemble the Handle 205-153 and the Bushing Installer 307-664 and install a new bushing on the Bushing
Installer.

3. Using the Handle 205-153 and the Bushing Installer 307-664, install the new bushing in the transaxle case.
4. Assemble the Handle 205-153 and Seal Installer 307-626. Install a new LH halfshaft seal on the Differential Seal
Installer 307-626.

5. Using the Differential Seal Installer 307-626 and Handle 205-153, install the new LH halfshaft seal in the
transaxle case.

6. Install a new manual control shaft seal on Manual Lever Seal Installer 307-581.
7. Using the Manual Lever Seal Installer 307-581, install the new manual control shaft seal in the transaxle case.

8. If not previously installed, install the clutch support tower and the 3 bolts.

Tighten to 12 Nm (106 lb-in).

9. Remove Input Shaft Support Seal Installer 307-578/1.

10. Install 2-6 Piston Seal Protector 307-632.

11. Lubricate the seals on the intermediate (2, 6) clutch piston with clean transmission fluid.

12. NOTICE: Be sure the bleed hole is aligned in the correct position as noted during disassembly or damage
to the transaxle can occur.

Install the intermediate (2, 6) clutch piston on the seal protector with the bleed hole aligned at the top of the
transaxle case.
13. Position the intermediate (2, 6) clutch piston return spring on the piston to align the piston before pushing it in its
bore. The tabs of the return spring should fit into the indentions of the piston and the 2 outer tabs should be at the
clockwise most position of the open area at the bottom of the transaxle case. The bleed hole on the piston should
be aligned between the inner double tabs of the return spring.
1. Outer tabs
2. Open area at the bottom of the transaxle case
3. Bleed hole
4. Inner double tabs

14. Remove the intermediate (2, 6) clutch piston return spring.

15. Install Forward/Intermediate Spring Compressor 307-584/1 on the intermediate (2, 6) clutch piston.
16. Using Forward/Intermediate Spring Compressor 307-584/1, push the intermediate (2, 6) clutch piston into the
clutch cylinder by hand.

17. Remove Forward/Intermediate Spring Compressor 307-584/1 and Clutch Piston Seal Protector 307-632.

18. NOTICE: Be sure the return spring is positioned correctly with the forward clutch bleed hole aligned
between the inner double tabs and the outer tab in the clockwise most position of the slot at the bottom
of the case or damage to the transaxle can occur.

Install the intermediate (2, 6) clutch piston return spring. The tabs of the return spring should fit into the indentions
of the piston and the 2 outer tabs should be at the clockwise most position of the slot at the bottom of the case.
The bleed hole on the piston should be aligned between the inner double tabs of the return spring.
1. Outer tabs
2. Bleed hole
3. Inner double tabs
19. NOTICE: Be sure the snap ring is aligned with the gap facing the front of the transaxle or damage to the
transaxle can occur. The front of the transaxle is where the low/reverse and forward (1, 2, 3, 4) clutch
hydraulic ports are located.

Position the snap ring in place. Align the gap of the snap ring to face the front of the transaxle.
1. Snap ring
2. Snap ring gap
3. Low/reverse and forward (1, 2, 3, 4) clutch hydraulic ports (located at the front of the transaxle case)

20. Install the 2-6 Piston Return Spring Compressor 307-633/2 on the transaxle case to center the intermediate (2, 6)
clutch return spring.

21. Install the 2-6 Piston Return Spring Compressor 307-633/1 on the snap ring.
22. Install Forward Clutch Spring Compressor 307-574/1 on the transaxle case.

23. NOTICE: Be sure the return spring is centered or it can bind on the snap ring groove and cause damage
to the transaxle case.

Using the Forward Clutch Spring Compressor 307-574/1 and the 2-6 Piston Return Spring Compressor 307-633,
install the intermediate (2, 6) clutch snap ring in the groove.

24. Remove the Forward Clutch Spring Compressor 307-574/1 and the 2-6 Piston Return Spring Compressor 307-
633.
25. Install the intermediate (2, 6) clutch apply ring. Tap the ring in place using a suitable tool.

26. NOTICE: Be sure to install the No. 1 thrust bearing with the flat side facing up or damage to the transaxle
can occur.

Install the No. 1 thrust bearing with the flat side facing up.
27. Install the overdrive/direct clutch assembly.

28. NOTICE: Be sure to install the No. 3 thrust bearing with the flat side facing down or damage to the
transaxle can occur.

Install the No. 3 thrust bearing with the flat side facing down.

29. Install the direct/intermediate clutch hub and rear sun gear assembly.
30. Install the intermediate (2, 6) wave spring assembly.

31. Soak the intermediate (2, 6) clutch assembly in clean transmission fluid.

32. Install the intermediate (2, 6) clutch assembly, temporarily reversing the top friction and steel plates for the clutch
stack-up measurement.
33. Install the Shim Selection Gauge 307-300 on the transaxle case.

34. Using a suitable depth gauge, measure and record as measurement A, the distance from the Shim Selection
Gauge 307-300 to the top of the intermediate (2, 6) clutch pack at 3 different points and average the 3 distances.
35. Using a suitable depth gauge, measure and record as measurement B, the distance from the top of Shim
Selection Gauge 307-300 to the transaxle case step above the intermediate (2, 6) clutch.
36. Subtract measurement B from measurement A The clearance should be between 0.240 mm (0.009 in) and 2.60
mm (0.102 in). If the clearance is out of range, check the intermediate (2, 6) clutch pack for correct installation. If
the intermediate (2, 6) clutch pack is correctly installed, install a new clutch pack.

Description Reading
Measurement A
Measurement B
Subtract measurement B from measurement A and check to see if it is within range of 0.240 mm
(0.009 in) and 2.60 mm (0.102 in)

37. NOTE: When the intermediate (2, 6) clutch is correctly installed, a friction plate is on top.

Remove the top intermediate (2, 6) clutch friction and steel plate and correctly install the plates back in the
transaxle case.

38. Install the One-Way Clutch (OWC) assembly.

39. Install the rear planetary carrier/center ring gear assembly.

40. NOTE: Note the position of the low/reverse pressure plate. When installing the center support, the long support
legs must fit through the low/reverse pressure plate and rest on the OWC .

Position the low/reverse pressure plate so that the center support legs fit through the pressure plate and rest on
the OWC and install the low/reverse pressure plate.

41. Soak the low/reverse clutch in clean automatic transmission fluid.

42. Align the low/reverse clutch pack with the pressure plate and install it in the transaxle case temporarily reversing
the wave spring and top steel plate.
43. Install the Shim Selection Gauge 307-300 on the side of the center support with the long support legs.

44. Using a suitable depth gauge, measure and record as measurement A, the distance from the top of Shim
Selection Gauge 307-300 to the contact surface of the low/reverse clutch piston.
45. Using a suitable depth gauge, measure and record as measurement B, the distance from the top of Shim
Selection Gauge 307-300 to the leg surface of the center support.

46. Subtract measurement B from measurement A and record as measurement C.

Description Reading
Measurement A
Measurement B
Subtract measurement B from measurement A and record as measurement C.

47. Install the Shim Selection Gauge 307-300 on the transaxle case.
48. Using a suitable depth micrometer, measure and record as measurement D, the distance from the Shim
Selection Gauge 307-300 to the top of the OWC .

49. Using a suitable depth gauge, measure and record as measurement E, the distance from the top of Shim
Selection Gauge 307-300 to the top of the low/reverse clutch at 3 different points and average the 3 distances.
50. Subtract measurement E from measurement D and record as measurement F.

Description Reading
Measurement D
Measurement E
Subtract measurement E from measurement D and record as measurement F

51. Subtract measurement F from measurement C to get the low/reverse clutch clearance. The clearance should be
between 0.406 mm (0.015 in) and 2.000 mm (0.078 in). If the clearance is out of range, check the low/reverse
clutch pack for correct installation. If the low/reverse clutch pack is correctly installed, install a new clutch pack.

Description Reading
Measurement C
Measurement F
Subtract measurement F from measurement C and check to see if it is within range of 0.406 mm
(0.015 in) and 2.000 mm (0.078 in)

52. NOTE: When the low/reverse clutch is correctly installed, the wave spring is on top.

Remove the top low/reverse clutch steel plate and wave spring and correctly install the plates back in the
transaxle case.
53. NOTE: Be sure the center support is installed with the long support legs facing down and the feed holes facing
the front of the transaxle.

Install the center support with the long legs facing down and the feed holes aligned with the feed holes in the
transaxle case.
1. Long center support legs face down
2. Feed holes face the front of the transaxle case

54. Install the No. 5 and No. 6 thrust bearings.

1. No. 5 thrust bearing
2. No. 6 thrust bearing
55. Install the center sun gear.

56. Install the center carrier/front ring gear assembly.

57. Install the No. 7 and No. 8 thrust bearings.

1. No. 7 thrust bearing
2. No. 8 thrust bearing
58. Install the front planetary/rear ring gear assembly.

59. Install the forward (1, 2, 3, 4) clutch wave spring.

60. Soak the forward (1, 2, 3, 4) clutch pack in clean automatic transmission fluid.
61. Install the forward (1, 2, 3, 4) clutch pack.

62. Install the forward (1, 2, 3, 4) clutch pressure plate.

63. NOTICE: Be sure to install the forward (1, 2, 3, 4) clutch beveled snap ring with the flat side facing down
or the snap ring can come loose, causing damage to the transaxle.

Install the forward (1, 2, 3, 4) clutch beveled snap ring with the flat side down with the gap facing the front of the
transaxle.
1. Forward (1, 2, 3, 4) clutch snap ring
2. Forward (1, 2, 3, 4) clutch snap ring gap
64. Using a suitable tool, seat the snap ring in the snap ring groove.

65. Install Dial Indicator Gauge With Holding Fixture 100-002 or a suitable dial indicator on the transaxle case and
position the plunger on the top forward (1, 2, 3, 4) clutch friction plate.
66. Install the new low/reverse and forward (1, 2, 3, 4) clutch feed seals in the transaxle case.

67. Apply 483 kPa (70 psi) of air pressure to the forward (1, 2, 3, 4) clutch piston port while recording the clutch pack
clearance on the dial indicator. The clearance should be between 0.076 mm (0.002 in) and 1.840 mm (0.072 in).
If the clearance is out of range, check the forward (1, 2, 3, 4) clutch pack for correct installation and the transaxle
for correct assembly. If the forward (1, 2, 3, 4) clutch pack is correctly installed, install a new forward (1, 2, 3, 4)
clutch pack.
68. Install the front planetary sun gear and shell assembly.

69. Install the No. 10 thrust bearing.

70. Install the park pawl.

71. Install the park pawl pin and spring.

72. Install the park pawl actuator rod in the Transmission Range (TR) sensor.
73. Position the park pawl aside and position the park pawl actuator rod and the TR sensor in the transaxle case.

74. Install the manual control shaft and align the roll pin holes.
75. Install the manual control shaft roll pin.

76. NOTICE: Make sure to hold the manual control lever while tightening the manual control lever nut or
damage to the manual control lever and park components will occur.

Install the manual control lever and the nut.

Tighten to 24 Nm (18 lb-ft).
77. Install the 5 new clutch feed seals.

78. Position the transmission fluid baffle in place.

79. Install the lube funnel and position the alignment pin in the alignment hole.
80. Position the lube funnel hold-down bracket in place and install the 2 bolts.

Tighten to 12 Nm (106 lb-in).

81. Install the No. 12 thrust bearing.

82. Simultaneously install the drive/driven sprocket and chain assembly. Lightly tap on the driven sprocket to be sure
it is fully seated in the case.
83. Install the No. 11 thrust bearing.

84. Install the No. 13 thrust washer.

85. Install the final drive sun gear.

86. Install the differential assembly.

87. Install the No. 15 thrust bearing.

 88. Install the Turbine Shaft Seal Protector 307-635 on the input shaft.

89. Clean the torque converter housing sealing surface.

Front Wheel Drive (FWD) vehicles

90. Assemble the Handle 205-153 and Differential Seal Installer 307-626. Install a new RH seal on the Seal Installer
307-626.
 91. Using the Handle 205-153 and Differential Seal Installer 307-626, install the new RH halfshaft seal.

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) vehicles

92. Install a new RH seal on the RH Halfshaft Fluid Seal Installer 307-428.

93. Using the RH Halfshaft Fluid Seal Installer 307-428, install the new RH halfshaft seal.
All vehicles

94. Install the differential ring gear in the torque converter housing.

95. NOTICE: Be sure the flat side of the beveled snap ring is facing down or the ring can come loose,
causing damage to the transaxle.

Install the beveled differential ring gear snap ring with the flat side facing down.

96. Seat the snap ring using a suitable tool.

97. Install the pump and filter assembly in the torque converter housing and install the pump bolts.
1. Tighten to 35 Nm (26 lb-ft).
2. Tighten to 10 Nm (89 lb-in).

98. Install the transmission fluid baffle and the 2 bolts.

Tighten to 12 Nm (106 lb-in).

99. NOTE: Be sure the sealing surfaces of the torque converter housing and the transaxle housing are free of oil
before applying silicone.

Apply silicone to the sealing surface of the transaxle case.

100. NOTE: Be sure the stud bolt is in the correct location as noted during disassembly.

Install the torque converter housing on the transaxle case and install the 17 transaxle case-to-torque converter
housing bolts.
1. Tighten to 24 Nm (18 lb-ft).
2. Stud bolt location.

101. Remove the Turbine Shaft Seal Protector 307-635.

102. Install the Turbine Shaft Speed (TSS) sensor and the bolt.

Tighten to 10 Nm (89 lb-in).
103. Install the Output Shaft Speed (OSS) sensor and the bolt.

Tighten to 10 Nm (89 lb-in).

104. Assemble the bypass valve in the sleeve and install the assembly in the case.
1. Bypass valve
2. Bypass valve sleeve

105. Install the bypass valve spring.

106. Install the new main control-to-transaxle case separator plate and align it on the stud and the guide pin.

107. NOTE: Be sure that the manual pin (part of the TR sensor) is correctly installed in the manual valve.

Position the main control assembly in place and align the manual valve on the TR sensor.
108. Install the nut hand-tight.

109. Install the short bolts hand-tight.

110. Install the long bolts hand-tight.

111. Tighten the main control bolts and the nut in a crisscross pattern.

Tighten to 10 Nm (89 lb-in).

112. Position the TR sensor detent spring in place with the alignment tab in the alignment hole and install the bolt.

Tighten to 13 Nm (115 lb-in).
113. NOTE: Be sure the solenoid body-to-main control cover seal is installed with the holes facing up.

Install the solenoid body-to-main control cover seal.

114. Connect the TR sensor electrical connector.

115. Connect the OSS sensor electrical connector.

116. Clean the main control cover sealing surface.

117. Apply silicone to the main control sealing surface of the transaxle case.

118. Position the main control cover in place.

119. NOTE: Install the main control cover stud bolts in the correct location as noted during disassembly.

Install the main control cover bolts.

1. Bolt location
2. Stud bolt location

Tighten to 12 Nm (106 lb-in).

120. NOTICE: The torque converter is heavy. Be careful not to drop it or damage will result.

Using the Torque Converter Handle 307-091, install the torque converter.

121. Remove the Torque Converter Handle 307-091.

122. Install the Torque Converter Retainer 307-566.

123. Remove the transaxle from the bench-mounted holding fixture.

124. Remove the Holding Fixture 307-625.